Home

User`s Manual EnergyPro Version 5

1. cccccecesseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeaaees 90 GreenPoint Rated Module seroren r E AANT 90 GreenPoimnt Rated RESUS danera a aacednn cae 91 GreenPoint Rated Calculation Options ccccccccssssesecceeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeesseaeeeeeeeeeeensaas 92 Home Energy Rating System HERS Modules ccceeeesseeeseeeeseeeeseeees 92 Basis and Capabilities of the HERS Calculations cccccccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeens 93 HERS Module Results Res CHEERS Res CalCERTS Res CBPCA 0 94 HERS Module Calculation Options cccccccceccseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeseaeeeeeesesaeeeeeeeeaas 95 Res Performance Calculation MOUIE cccccecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeseeeeeees 96 Res Performance CaleulatlomO ponder heel 97 FOS F CIOMMAN CCS SUING estate acest suis oles leeaaese lao ue E EEN 97 FES Loda S Cal CUlalO Misa cseuaraaccssennaaniansain auc aaa ane 98 RES koads OPHION Seisean e ea ictal cides a E 99 Res Loads Res lS nerina a a od ah aeaeees deanna 99 NR T24 Prescriptive Calculation ssssimiioen a 100 NR T24 Prescriptive Calculation Options cccccccccsssseeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeessaeaeeeeeees 101 NR T24 Prescriptive Reports iondoe aa a a a e Ea aa ia 101 Which Forms Go On the Drawings ccccsesscccccssesseeeeceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeessaeeeeeeessaaeeeees 102 INF PrESCHDUVE TA CSUINS isenana a a a 102 NR T24 Performance Calculation for Title 24 Compliance 0
2. a Existing and or New Floor Click in this multi edit box to select a construction for the floor from the Assembly Library The floor assembly determines the materials U Factor R value absorptivity roughness weight and heat capacity of the floor Thermal Mass Tab F Mass Type Use this drop down list to select a material type that most closely resembles the mass material you wish to model For more information on Material Type see Thermal Mass in the Glossary in Section JA1 of the CEC Reference Appendices a Thickness Enter the thickness of the material Range amp Units Imperial US 0 000 99 000 inches SI Metric 0 0 2 515 mm g Exposed If a Mass surface is exposed not covered by cabinets or carpeting etc check this box Appropriate thermal mass credit will be applied User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 71 Slab Element F Name Enter a descriptive name of the Slab On Grade The name is for your information only and does not appear on any program report FH Area Enter the total area of the Slab On Grade The slab on grade area is modeled identically in both the proposed and standard buildings Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 99 999 0 ft SI Metric 0 0 9 289 9 m F Surface Type When performing an Existing Addition Alteration calculation the user must assign an identity or Type for each element in the building tree Select from the four options a Type that most
3. 168 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Tailored Lighting Calculations Daylighting Exhaust Fans Nonresidential Fenestration Cool Roofs Tight Duct Credits in Nonresidential Modeling Guidelines for Compliance How To Prepare A Building Input File For A Compliance Run There are several key points to consider in preparing a building input file for a compliance run First be sure you are clear what conditioned space is being permitted including both directly indirectly conditioned and unconditioned space as defined in the Standards Unconditioned spaces should be modeled as separate zones as explained in Unconditioned Zones Determine whether the permitted space i e the building as defined by the Standards is new construction an addition an alteration etc Indicate the Project Building Type in the Project Design Data tab of the Building element Determine which components of the building envelope indoor lighting outdoor lighting and or mechanical systems are to be modeled for compliance Enter the Designer names or select them from the Contacts Database for the components to be included under the appropriate Designer tabs in the Building element Using a worksheet prepare a summary of information for the envelope surfaces Plant Systems and Zones which comprise the building What Envelope Surfaces To Model Model all exterior roofs ceilings exterior walls underground walls exterior floors slabs
4. Nonresidential a Occupant Density Enter the area per occupant in the room If you set the Ventilation Type in the Mechanical Tab of the Zone Element to Use Occupancy Basis you must use a combination of Occupant Density and Ventilation rate inputs consistent with the minimum ventilation requirements set forth in the Standards Table 4 3 Minimum Ventilation Requirements in the Nonresidential Manual contains both CBC occupancy loads and ventilation requirements You may also view the CBC occupant densities in Table 4 2 Range amp Units Imperial US 1 0 99 999 0 ft occ SI Metric 0 1 9 289 9 m occ a Occupant Sensible Enter the sensible heat gain attributable to each occupant in the room Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 99 999 0 Btu hr occ SI Metric 0 0 29 309 7 W occ Occupant Latent Enter the latent heat gain attributable to each occupant in the room Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 99 999 0 Btu hr occ SI Metric 0 0 29 309 7 W occ 60 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 F Ventilation Enter the ventilation air per occupant If you set the ventilation type to Use Occupancy you must use a combination of Occupant Density and Ventilation rate inputs consistent with the minimum mechanical ventilation requirements set forth in the Standards Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 99 999 0 cfm occ SI Metric 0 0 47 189 5 L s occ Residential E Number of Kitchens Ent
5. Surface Type New New Fenestration Fenestration Library Anderson Permashield Click in this field to choose Anderson Permashield then click on OK 2 Click on the Exterior Shading tab Leave the Shading Device set to the default selection Bug Screen There are no overhangs or sidefins in this example NOTE Model the Standard Bug Screen for glass doors also Editing the Remaining Walls and Openings Res Sample Now you will continue adding Walls and the Window and Door Elements that belong to each wall to the 1 Floor Room Element and inputting data 1 Add to the 1 Floor Room Element another Exterior Wall Element by following instruction number 1 above under Editing the Exterior Wall Element Click on the new wall to input on the General tab Name Left Wall Area 240 ft 22 3m New Assembly Assembly Library R 19 Wall Click on this field to select R 19 Wall from the Library and then click on OK Orientation drop down list or user input East Tilt 90 degrees Add to the Left Wall Element a Window Element by following the instruction number 3 above under Editing the Exterior Wall Element Then in the General tab input Name Left Windows Area 40 ft 3 7 m New Fenestration Fenestration Library Anderson Permashield Click in this field to choose Anderson Permashield then click on OK Exterior Shading tab Leave the Shading Device set to the default selection Bug Screen Add to the
6. Exhaust Fan Lighting Name Office Area 1920 ft Ceiling Height 10 feet Type Year Built Winter Indoor Temp Summer Indoor Temp Installed LPD O87 W t Installed LPD does NOT include Control Credits 1 Now you will Add a Room element to the Office Zone Element by clicking on the Office Zone then right click and select Add Room 2 Click on Undefined Room to define the information specific to the building at this level In this case there is no need to list the zone by rooms the data you input under Room will apply to the whole Office Zone 3 The General tab is the first tab displayed Input Name Office Area 1 920 ft 178 4 m This is the total gross area of the Room space being modeled measured from the outside surface of the exterior walls Ceiling Height 10 feet 3 05 meters This value is used to calculate the volume of the room Leave the rest of the inputs at their default values 4 The next tab is titled Infiltration Leave inputs set to their default values Click on the next tab Occupant In the Nonresidential section leave inputs at their default values Occupant Density 100 ft occupant 9 29 m occupant Occupant Sensible 250 Btuh occupant 73 3 W occupant Occupant Latent 200 Btuh occupant 58 6 W occupant Ventilation 15 0 cfm occupant 7 1 L s occupant 6 Click on the next tab Receptacle Process The equipment receptacle power density is used only in NR Loads This value is f
7. Imperial US 0 0 999 0 ft SI Metric 0 0 304 5 m i Type e Existing Existing room that will not be altered Select when performing an Existing Addition Alteration or Existing Alteration e New New room for new construction or being added as part of an addition e Altered Select Altered if the room is being altered from existing conditions but is not part of an addition By checking the Altered option the user will need to create an Existing room to illustrate the room prior to any changes or replacement as well as a New room to describe the room after the alteration e Removed This room will be removed as part of an addition or alteration Year Built If you select an Existing Altered or Removed Room Type enter the year the Room was first built This entry establishes the features that will be used to create the standard design Refer to Appendix B of the Residential Manual for additional information a Winter Indoor Temperature Enter the indoor temperature of the zone during the heating season The value specified in the Title 24 Standards is 70 F 21 1L C Ifthe occupancy is set to Unconditioned and has a nomzero floor area the heat transfer from an adjacent zone in the NR Loads calculation is defined by this value That is instead of using the outside winter design temperature the program will use the Desired Winter Temperature in calculating the design loads heat flow across the common wall floor or ceil
8. Meets the requirements of 152 k Includes Permanently Installed High Efficacy luminaires that can accept only linear fluorescent compact fluorescent or LED lamps Low Efficac Any luminaire that accepts any type of incandescent lamp and that has incandescent lamps installed Any luminaire that accepts screw based incandescent lamps but that has screw based compact fluorescent or screw based LED installed Screw in High Efficacy Any track lighting track that accepts medium screw based incandescent lamps but that has medium screw based track head with screw in CFL CFL track heads with factory installed ballast or LED track heads 218 e Case Studies User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Table 2 3 Measures Requiring Acceptance Testing Table 2 3 Measures Requiring Acceptance Testing Category Measure Envelope Fenestration Acceptance Fenestration Label Certificate Verification Variable Air Volume Systems Outdoor Air Acceptance Outdoor Air Constant Volume System Outdoor Air Acceptance HVAC Systems Constant Volume Single Zone Unitary A C and Heat Pumps Valve Leakage Test Hydronic System Controls Acceptance Hydronic Variable Flow Controls Supply Water Temperature Reset Controls Automatic Demand Shed Control Acceptance Fault Detection amp Diagnostics for DX Units l Automatic Fault Detection amp Diagnostics for Air Handling amp Mechanical Systems Zone Terminal Units Distributed Energy Storage DX A C Syste
9. 1 Floor Room Element another Exterior Wall Element by following instruction number 1 above under Editing the Exterior Wall Element Click on the new wall to input on the General tab Name Back Wall Area 320 ft 29 7 m New Assembly Assembly Library R 19 Wall Click on this field to select R 19 Wall from the Library and then click on OK Orientation drop down list or user input South Tilt 90 degrees 152 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 4 Add a Window and a Door Element to the Back Wall Element by following the instruction number 3 above under Editing the Exterior Wall Element Click on the new Door element to input Name Back Door Area 16 7 ft 1 6 m Surface Type New New Assembly drop down list Wood Door 5 Inthe Window element input Name Back Windows Area 72 ft 6 7 m New Fenestration Fenestration Library Anderson Permashield Click in this field to choose Anderson Permashield then click on OK Exterior Shading tab Leave the Shading Device set to the default selection Bug Screen 6 Add to the 1 Floor Room Element another Exterior Wall Element by following instruction number 1 above under Editing the Exterior Wall Element Click on the new wall to input on the General tab Name Right Wall Area 240 ft 22 3 m Surface Type New New Assembly drop down list Wood Door Orientation drop down list or user input West Tilt 90 degrees 7 Add to the Right Wa
10. 103 NR 124 PenOnnance ODON S iian ert a a a aseaannioiemt stash aint 104 NR T24 Performance Results 000nn00nnna0nn0annoannnnnnoonnernnnonnnnrnnernnnnnnnernnernnrrrnnernnee 105 NR T24 Performance Compliance Reports ccccccseeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeesaeneeeeeeeas 106 Energy Conservation Measures Modeled by NR T24 Performance 0cc008 107 Which Forms Go On the Drawings sacsete es ioeccccsssceey Setctee dae aa a 110 Basis and Capabilities of NR T24 Performance ccccccececseeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeas 110 Building Features Modeled by NR 124 Performance ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 111 ASHRAE 90 1 Pertormance Mod le ascris 113 ASHRAE 90 1 Performance ReSullts 0 cccccccseccseececceesecceeeesceeseneeeeeceeeesceerees 113 ASHRAE 90 1 and T24 LEED Performance Calculation Options cccceeeeees 114 User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Contents e v ASHRAE 90 1 and LEED 124 Performance Reports ccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 115 Title 24 LEED Performance Module rrr 116 T24 LEED Performance POSUINS siestaiaiicics witundi wae ceivcievt Oa law tirich wien ius hie Rees Dutton takin 117 NR Performance Calculation MOdUule cccccsecccssceceeeeteeeeteneeseeeetaneeeas 118 NR Performance Options ccccccsceecceeeceseeceeeeaeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeeeeseeeeeeeessaaneeeeeeeas 118 NR Fenormance Resul czccs nore Siac teeta anc
11. Choices include High Efficacy Screw in CFL or Incandescent fixture types and On Off Switch Dimmer or Occupant Sensor controls You may not select only a portion of the indoor lighting for this alternative calculation Domestic Hot Water Heater Select the alternative Domestic Hot Water heater from the Boiler Library Solar Domestic Hot Water Enter the alternative Net Solar Fraction portion of the annual water heating energy provided by a solar system You may use this alternative to either specify the addition of solar water heating from 0 Net Solar to some specified percentage or to simulate a change to an existing system that increases the percentage of energy provided by solar Renewables Enter the alternative energy cost savings and energy production from a renewable source in kWh yr and TDV energy Calibration Tab All Modules The Calibration feature allows you to compare the results of the simulation to the actual energy usage and costs for a project Select Calculations from the list in the lower left window pane select the appropriate calculation module then select the Calibration Tab You must enter the Utility Rate information in the Schedule Library prior to the calculation to generate a utility cost estimate Then in the Calibration Tab enter the monthly usage and cost data using the Electricity and Gas tabs and select the Billing Data Start Date from the drop down calendar You may now compare the simulated
12. EnergyPro now offers a Residential GreenPoint Rated module that enables you to calculate the number of energy points using the GreenPoint Rated rating system developed by Build It Green The GPR calculation produces three sets of results that allow you to compare the energy performance of the rated project to the CA HERS Rating Index and the GreenPoint Rated standard As with all other residential modules you may also evaluate alternative energy savings measures either individually or as a cumulative package EnergyPro s GreenPoint Rated module also produces a GreenPoint Rated report that includes an HVAC system and loads summary an energy use and cost summary and the GPR 1 Form similar to Title 24 CF User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 5 1R Form Form GPR 1 documents the detailed energy features of the home as well as the number of energy points the project is eligible to earn through the GPR rating system Saving Detailed Data EnergyPro allows you to save detailed data for each simulation module in the EnergyPro 5 Results sub folder The default setting removes all temporary and detailed data files after the simulation is complete You may elect to save input and some output files for additional analysis outside the program This feature can be a very helpful trouble shooting tool The program creates a sub folder for each calculation module that includes both the project name and calculation module for easy identificatio
13. In this sample building file all HVAC units have already been selected 2 The HVAC selection is a Packaged DX from the default Central System Library You can review the HVAC System details in the Central System Library 3 Leave all inputs at their default settings 4 Now you will edit the Zone Element Office Zone ED Editing the Zone Element NR Sample 130 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 fone Office Zone General Lighting Mechanical Schedules Zone Details Name Office Zone fone Type Conditioned Occupancy Office gt 750 sqft 90 1 Ltg Occupancy Office Open Plan Floor Number Rotation Vertical Multiplier Horizontal Multiplier Display Perimeter If you are just following along skip the next two steps Also skip all instructions to add or insert elements Instead simply double click on the element being discussed to view input Deleting the Office Zone and its sub elements for practice 1 Click on Office Zone if you haven t already Click the right mouse button select Delete 2 Tocreate a new Office Zone highlight the Office Mechanical System element click the right mouse button and select Add Zone An Undefined Zone element appears below the Office Mechanical System 3 Click on the new Undefined Zone to define the General Lighting and Mechanical Zone information and to set Schedules for the zone Only the General tab is shown here On the General tab input
14. Luminaire Controls include e On Off Switch e Dimmer e Occupant Sensor a Outdoor Lighting Enter the quantity of each permanently installed exterior luminaire Refer to Table 7 from the CEC HERS Technical Manual to determine the luminaire count for each different luminaire type Operating hours for exterior lighting for HERS projects are shown in Table 10 Daily Lighting Hours Exterior 26 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Use the drop down lists to quantify the permanently installed exterior lighting in the home For each luminaire type enter the number of luminaires the location and the type of control Luminaire Types include e High Efficacy e Screw in CFL e Incandescent Refer to Table 8 from the CEC HERS Technical Manual to determine the proper classification for each luminaire type Locations include e Garage e Front Entry e Outdoor Luminaire Control choices include e On Off Switch e Sensor photocontrol with motion sensing for outdoor lighting occupant sensor for interior garage lighting Exterior Application Element The Standards now address general site illumination and specific outdoor lighting applications Section 147 Exterior lighting applications addressed by the Standards are shown in Table 6 1 Scope of the Outdoor Lighting Requirements The first column is generated site illumination applications which allow for tradeoffs The second column is specific outdoor lig
15. Pulse Start of Ceramic Metal Halide Neon or Cold Cathode Light Emitting Diode Barrier Coat T 5 and T 8 Compact Fluorescent Electronic Ballast E Sign Symbol or Code Enter a code that identifies each sign type on the Lighting Compliance Forms a Quantity of Signs Enter the number of identical signs of the selected type Range amp Units 0 99 999 units N A E Area Enter the total area for the face or faces of the sign Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 999 999 ft SI Metric 0 00 92 899 9 m E Lighting Technology When using the Alternative 2 approach to sign compliance the sign has to use at least one of the technologies listed High Pressure Sodium Pulse Start of Ceramic Metal Halide Neon or Cold Cathode Light Emitting Diode User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 29 Barrier Coat T 5 and T 8 Compact Fluorescent Electronic Ballast _ Plant Element Heating Hot Water Chilled Water Hydronic Tab DHW System Renewables Tab Exceptional Tab Use the Plant element of the Building Tree to enter the building s Boiler Chilled Water Hydronic and DHW System information Heating Hot Water Tab F Name Enter a descriptive name for the Plant Use this box to name the Plant element whether or not the project has a Boiler for example Residential DHW for a residential project Hot Water Boiler 1 Boiler Click in this multi edit box to choose a Boiler from the DHW Boiler Lib
16. Residential Manual Section 7 6 on Subdivisions and Master Plans by calculating compliance of the unit in all four orientations To do this within the program Input the unit plan set the Front Orientation to due north and the Rotation to zero When you run Res 124 Performance check the Run Four Orientations box in the Options tab of the Calculations EnergyPro will run compliance calculations for the building in all four cardinal orientations After the calculation is complete the results are displayed in the Results pane in the bottom right section of the window EnergyPro lists the Standard Building results first followed by results for each of the four cardinal orientations 162 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 lf the unit does not comply initially in all four orientations choose the orientation with the worst results i e where the building fails by the greatest margin Make changes to the building and recalculate until the unit complies in all four orientations EnergyPro prints the detailed simulation results for each orientation on Part 3 of the CF 1R form and also notes that you selected compliance for all orientations in the Special Features section in Part 2 Multifamily Buildings You may also use this feature to document compliance of individual dwelling units in multifamily buildings Refer to Section 7 5 of the Residential Manual for additional details NOTE Do not select Four Orientations if you are
17. Select Altered if the building is being altered from existing conditions but is not part of an addition By checking the Altered option the user will need to create an Existing building to illustrate the building prior to any changes or replacement as well as a New building to describe the building after the alteration e Removed This portion of the building will be removed as part of an addition or alteration E Existing and or New Specific Leakage Area If you selected Building Leakage Testing enter the Specific Leakage Area SLA target for the Existing and or New portion of the project as appropriate If the SLA target is less than 3 0 sqft 10 000 sqft you must also enter the volume and power consumption of the ventilation fans in the Lowrise Residential Mechanical Ventilation section of the Residential Tab If the target or measured SLA is less than 1 5 the CEC considers the building to have unusually tight construction per the building code and requires the building to meet 50 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 specific ventilation criteria as described in Section 4 6 of the Residential Manual In order to receive the credit an approved HERS rater must perform diagnostic blower door testing as specified in Section 3 5 3 of the Residential Manual MECH 2 Tab MECH 2 Features F Time Control Select the type of time control device for the system from the drop down list As stated in the Nonresidential Manual
18. Square feet per occupant listed in Table N2 5 as occupants per 1 000 ft 92 9 m L Sensible heat per occupant _ Latent heat per occupant C Receptacle load in Watts per square foot _ Service hot water in Btuh per hour per occupant L JLighting Watts per square foot e Cfm per occupant listed in Table N2 5 as cfm per saft The general rules for dividing the building into Zones are as follows If more than 10 of a Zone in the building does not have the same primary lighting function as explained in Chapter 5 of the Nonresidential Manual and in Mixed Occupancy you must Divide the Zone into smaller zones each with its own proper occupancy type which accurately models either the different lighting Area Categories shown in Table 146 E or 146 F of the Standards and or the ventilation categories shown in Table 121 A of the Standards or Input a whole Zone associated with a particular HVAC System selecting an occupancy type which most accurately models the occupant density and internal gain per occupant Then using the prescriptive lighting forms explained in Chapter 5 of the Nonresidential Manual calculate the Tailored Allotment for lighting and input it under Lighting You may also customize the ventilation rate in the Zone that is override the default ventilation rate shown in Table 4 3 by modifying the values under Occupant Density in the program and setting Vent Type to Tailored The main point is that you must select occ
19. people etc regardless of the actual schedules you have selected from the Schedule Library For another example the absorptivity of assemblies is restricted to between 0 20 and 0 90 even if a value outside that range is entered All fixed and restricted inputs are described in the ACM Approval Manual Nonresidential Program Modeling Limitations The program has modeling limitations when it is used as a compliance performance approach Some of these limitations include Maximum of Systems 256 Maximum of Zones 1024 Maximum of Rooms 1024 Maximum of Exterior Walls 4096 Maximum of Underground Walls 256 Maximum of Doors 1024 Maximum of Windows 8192 One type of cooling tower and boiler per plant and one type of HVAC equipment per system although you may model multiple pieces of equipment of the exact same type and size Nonresidential Manual 170 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 The CEC Nonresidential Manual is required reading and must be accessible while using the program in order to maintain a current license agreement with EnergySoft and receive user support Partial Permit Applications The general rule when using the performance method is that you may model a specific building component or system for compliance i e envelope lighting and mechanical only if that component or system is designed for and covered by the current permit application In alterations partial permits are quite common
20. 1 Packaged Single Zone Gas Electric Low Rise Nonresidential three or fewer stories above grade System 2 Packaged Single Zone Heat Pump System 5 Built up Single Zone System High Rise Single Zone with Central Plant Nonresidential four or more stories Multiple Zone Any naa Central VAV Gas Boiler with All Residential including Hotel system 1 No economizer Packaged Motel Guest Single ae Gas Electric Room system 2 No economizer Packaged Single Zone Heat Pump Table 6 5 3 1 1B Fan Power Limitation Pressure Drop Adjustment Table 6 5 3 1 1B Fan Power Limitation Pressure Drop Adjustment Device e Credits Fully ducted return and or exhaust air systems 0 5 in w c Return and or exhaust airflow control devices 0 5 in W C Exhaust filters scrubbers or other exhaust treatment The pressure drop of device calculated at fan system design conditions Particulate Filtration Credit MERV 9 through 12 User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Case Studies e 205 Particulate Filtration Credit MERV 13 through 15 Particulate Filtration Credit MERV 16 and greater Pressure drop calculated a 2x clean filter pressure and electronically enhanced filters drop at fan system design condition Carbon and other gas phase air cleaners Clean filter pressure drop at fan system design conditions Heat recovery device Pressure drop device at fan system design conditions Evaporative humidifier cooler in se
21. 77 Skylighi 1 30 Operable N A Fixed ooo O O na TN Metal Thermal Greenhouse Garden Window NA 1142 Z NA Break Doors N A 0 59 Skylight 1 11 Operable 0 58 N A N A N A N A N A N A N A oso Nonmeta Doors N A Skylight a7 os Nna 210 e Case Studies User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 1 For all dual glazed fenestration products adjust the listed U factors as follows a Add 0 05 for products with dividers between panes if spacer is less than 7 16 inch wide b Add 0 05 to any product with true divided lite dividers through the panes 2 Translucent or transparent panels shall use glass block values Table 116 B Default Solar Heat Gain Coefficient Table 116 B Default Solar Heat Gain Coefficient SHGC Total Window SHGC Frame Type j Single Pane Double Pane Glass Block Operable Metal Fixed 0 73 Operable Tinted oe7 oss NA Fixed 0 68 Operable Clear NA os Metal Thermal Clear Break Operable Tinted Tinted Operable Clear 0 76 Operable Tinted Fixed tines oss os 1 Translucent or transparent panels shall use glass block values Nonmetal Nonresidential Appendix NA6 2008 Tables Appendix NA6 Alternate Default Fenestration Procedure to Calculate Thermal Performance for fenestration products excepted from 116 A amp 116 B NA6 2 Default U Factor The default U Factor shall be determined using the following equation User s Manual EnergyPro Versi
22. 90 180 and 270 degrees to set the budget T24 LEED Runs the 2005 Title 24 baseline as described above though it can also use a 2008 Title 24 baseline for the simulation You must instruct EnergyPro to use the appropriate Reference Standard Run Proposed Runs the Proposed Design whose energy use is compared with the energy cost budget Scope Sets the project Scope Check Envelope Indoor Lighting Outdoor Lighting Mechanical and or Domestic Hot Water to set the scope of the analysis Include all project components for which a permit is desired or that are part of the project scope Delete Temporary Files After Simulation is Complete Deletes the DOE 2 1E files once the simulation is complete Only the final results are saved in the software file Do not check this box if you wish to keep a copy of the DOE 2 input BDL or output SIM files or if you need to troubleshoot a file that doesn t run properly Generate CSV Output File Containing Detailed Results Select this option to instruct EnergyPro to produce an output file that includes hourly temperature and loads data for each fuel and end use Use Microsoft Excel or another spreadsheet program to view and analyze the data The CSV files will be saved in the EnergyPro 5 Results folder under the project name with a csv extension DOE 2 Reports You may select specific DOE 2 output reports in the Utility Tab of the Building Element If you do not make any selection the DOE 2 output
23. CEA stamp in the reports 6 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Company Logo If you wish EnergyPro will include your company s logo on the cover page of each report You must first save the logo as omp file format name the file logo omp and place the logo bmp file into the EnergyPro Forms sub folder If you accept the installation defaults as discussed in the Program Installation topic the Forms subfolder will be located at C Program Files EnergyPro 5 If the program was installed on a network drive the Forms folder will be located in the EnergyPro folder Signature To include your signature on the title 24 CF 1R or PERF 1C forms save your electronic signature file in the jog format name the file signature jpg and place the signature jpg file into the EnergyPro 5 Forms sub folder Stamp The Title 24 compliance forms also include a space in which you may include a stamp following the same process as described above except that you must name the file stamp jpg You may modify the files at anytime changes take effect immediately Mandatory Measures Forms Title 24 mandatory measures forms are no longer printed as a checklist All mandatory measures are listed on the residential mandatory measure form MF 1R and the nonresidential ENV MM LTG MM MECH MM forms When you prepare your reports select Reports from the list in the lower left pane and check the box to the left of the report name N
24. Compliance is not Performed Receptacle a Occupancy Type Occupants Sensible Heat Latent Heat Load W saft Hot Water Lighting Ventilatio 1000sqft Occupant 2 Occupant 2 3 Btu h person W sqft 4 CFM saft Auditoriums Note 1 07 8 i Classroom Commercial and 0 15 Industrial Building Convention Financial General Commercial and Industrial Work 7 375 625 1 00 120 1 00 Buildings High Bay 0 15 General Commercial and Industrial Work 7 375 625 1 00 120 1 00 0 15 Buildings Low Bay Grocery Stores Medical Buildings 0 15 Religious i K Schools Note 8 108 1 00 0 32 User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Case Studies e 197 Theaters E S 8 1 Most occupancy values are based on an assumed mix of sub occupancies within the area These values were based on one half the maximum occupant load for exiting purposes in the CBC Full value for design conditions Full year operational schedules reduce these values by up to 50 for compliance simulations and full year test simulations 2 From Table 1 p 29 4 ASHRAE 2001Handbook of Fundamentals 3 From Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory study This value is fixed and includes all equipment that is plugged into receptacle outlets 4 From Table 146 E of the Standards for the applicable occupancy The lighting power density of the standard building for areas where no lighting plans or specifications are submitted for permit and the occupancy of the bui
25. Cost Summary e HVAC System Heating and Cooling Load Summary e Zone Load Summary e Room Load Summary e Room Heating Peak Loads e Room Cooling Peak Loads e Room Cooling Coil Loads e DOE 2 Simulation Output Proposed e DOE 2 Simulation Output Standard NOTE All pages of the performance report are automatically stamped by the program with a Run Initiation Time Run Code and Date The local enforcement agency may reject a compliance report if all these values are not the same on every page The program will also generate a preset selection of DOE 2 1E reports if Delete Temporary Files After Simulation is Complete is cleared NOT checked when performing ASHRAE 90 1 Performance calculations These reports will be saved in the Results subfolder to a text file with the same name as your input file plus the extension of SIM i e filename SIM You may customize which DOE 2 reports are included in the sim file in the Utility Tab of the Building Element DOE 2 reports are divided into four different groups Loads Systems Plant and Economics Reports Each group is further sub divided into two types verification reports and summary reports When you select a report for inclusion in the output file the default selections for that report type are nullified For example if you select the PS A report the output file will not contain the PS B or PS D reports unless you also select them All other default reports will still be included in th
26. Furnace AC with Exhaust Fans A small office building approximately 2 500 sqft is served by one packaged rooftop furnace air conditioner with R 4 2 ducts located in the attic Insulation is at the roof level so the ductwork is located within indirectly conditioned space The building also has two 400 cfm 188 8 L s bathroom exhaust fans What inputs are required Answer 1 Create and save the specified packaged unit in the Central System Library or confirm that the desired unit is already there You can use the CEC Equipment Directory Database to help input some of the information 2 The building has been defined as having a single zone Under the Schedules tab of the Zone element select CA Daytime Fans for the Fan Schedule you may leave this Undefined if modeling for Title 24 compliance 3 Define a 400 cfm 188 8 L s exhaust fan in the Exhaust Fan tab of the Room Element If you are defining all the envelope elements within one Room Element of the Building Tree enter a multiplier of 2 If you will be further dividing the building for analysis set the multiplier to 1 and enter the second exhaust fan in the appropriate Room 4 Open the System Element General Tab and Name the System e g Office System Select the packaged unit you created in the Central System Library and enter a system Multiplier of 1 In the Distribution Tab enter the duct location and insulation value NOTE Both the heating and cooling components of the
27. If the lighting system is not being altered the existing lighting need not meet the Standards If the envelope is not being changed the envelope need not meet the Standards If a mechanical system is not being altered the mechanical system need not meet the Standards When No Envelope Design Is Submitted For Permit When envelope compliance calculations are not required you may turn off envelope credits and penalties as well as the envelope compliance forms for the project In the Scope section of the Calculations Options for either the NR Prescriptive or NR T24 Performance module leave the Envelope checkbox blank When Envelope calculations are not selected the envelope modeled in the Standard Design is the same envelope modeled for the Proposed Design This is especially important in tenant improvement spaces in which there are no envelope changes and you are using the performance method When No Lighting Design Is Submitted For Permit When indoor and or outdoor lighting compliance calculations are not required you may turn off lighting credits and penalties as well as the lighting compliance forms for the project In the Scope section of the Calculations Options for either the NR Prescriptive or NR T24 Performance module leave the Indoor and or Outdoor Lighting checkboxes blank NOTE When lighting plans are being submitted for only certain portions of the permitted space check Proposed Lighting Use Installed LPD under the Zone Lighti
28. Location Surface Area and R Values credit described above However the air handler plenum connectors and boots can be insulated to the mandatory minimum R value Ducts in Attics with Radiant Barriers Installation of a radiant barrier in the attic increases the duct efficiency by lowering attic summer temperatures Compliance credit for radiant barriers requires listing of the radiant barrier in the Special Features and Modeling Assumptions listings to aid the local enforcement agency s inspections Supply Duct Location When 100 percent of the supply ducts are located in either the crawlspace or the basement rather than in the attic and if the design specifies that all supply registers are located in the floor or within two feet of the floor and shows the appropriate locations for the ducts A duct layout must be included in the plans that show that all of the supply registers are located in the floor or no more than two feet above the floor Building envelope air sealing associated with duct sealing default compliance credit If compliance credit is not taken for reduced building envelope air leakage through diagnostic testing as described in detail below a special default compliance credit can be taken for building envelope leakage reduction To qualify for this credit all requirements for reduced duct leakage including diagnostic testing must be met A default reduction in Specific Leakage Area SLA of 0 50 is allowed
29. Preview button to view your report It is ready to print unless you choose to make changes after viewing the Report You can page up or down through the Title 24 Report that has been prepared for this sample building Residential Sample Building This section illustrates how to input and calculate a residential building for compliance using the software The sample building is a single family detached two story dwelling which complies with the residential standards using EnergyPro s Residential Performance calculation module For further information on residential zoning and modeling techniques see Residential Compliance Modeling Techniques Running EnergyPro includes step by step instructions for working through the program for any type of building NOTE Certain inputs are treated differently within the program depending upon which set of standards residential or nonresidential applies to the building being modeled See the Building Tree and Libraries for detailed information on each program input We will use the software Res Sample file that comes with the program as a model for this tutorial Res Sample bld is a single family detached two story dwelling You may use the procedures listed here in two ways For practice Open the Res Sample file and give it a name of your choice to use as a practice file Following the step by step procedures listed here move through the sample input for the initial elements Make the few minor in
30. Project Title Input Project Name NonRes Practice This is the name that appears on report forms The names and addresses for the designers affiliated with the project are entered in the Designer Lighting Designer and Mechanical Designer tabs This sample file already contains this information 4 The Utility Outdoor and HERS tabs are not used in this example You have completed data input for the Nonresidential Sample Building element Click on the Plant element Res DHW to continue 128 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Oe Editing the Plant Element NR Sample Plant Plant DHW Heating Hot Water Chilled Water Hydronic Domestic Hot Water Renewables Exceptional DHW Boiler b Combined Hydronic Piping Fipe Length D feet Fipe Diameter 0 5 inches New Boiler Insulation Thickness 0 3 inches Multiplier C Multi Family Central System Monitored System Additional 1 2 Insulation Residential Distribution No Pipe Insulation Click on the Plant element Res DHW if you haven t already to access inputs for the Nonresidential sample building s Domestic Hot Water DHW features 1 The first tab in the dialog box is Heating Hot Water Although there is no Boiler in your sample building use this tab to name the Plant For this sample Plant Name Plant DHW 2 Click on the tab Domestic Hot Water to view the DHW system characteristics Leave all DHW entries at the
31. SI Metric 0 00 1 065 24 W m Proposed Lighting FH Use Standard LPD No Plans When no lighting plans or specifications are submitted for permit check this item 54 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 1 Use Installed LPD When the Proposed Actual Energy calculation will be based on the light fixtures as input in the Building Tree check this item The installed LPD including control credits is shown to the right a User Input LPD If you are modeling a building for which installed lighting levels have already been determined e g installed lighting levels have been calculated by another lighting consultant check this box and enter the actual LPD in the User Input LPD box You may also use this input to quickly test the effects various lighting levels have on the building s overall energy performance Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 99 000 W ft SI Metric 0 00 1 065 24 W m a Lighting Type Select the lighting type and fixture location from the drop down list The choices are _ Incandescent Recessed Fluorescent L_ Suspended Fluorescent Rec Fluor Return Vent Rec Fluor Ret Sup Vent a Lighting Heat to Zone If a portion of the lighting heat is designed to go to the return air rather than the zone enter the fraction of heat from the lighting which goes to the zone as a percent You may only use this field wnen Recessed Fluorescent Return Vent or Recessed Fluorescent Return Supp
32. SI Metric 0 00 74 599 kW Head This is not a program input Head is calculated automatically by the program based upon the pump Flow Rate and Design Power inputs Thermal Energy Storage Entries Click on the thermal energy storage icon to define the thermal energy storage system characteristics Name Enter a descriptive name of the thermal energy storage system This entry is for display only it will not appear on the compliance forms F Storage Type Select the storage type from the drop down list Choices include e Chilled Water e Ice on Coil e ice Harvester e Brine e Ice Slurry e Eutectic e CHS Clathrate Hydrate Slurry FE Number of Tanks Enter the number of storage tanks in the thermal energy storage system F Capacity Enter the capacity of the system in ton hours E Supply Rate Enter the supply rate or the rate at which cooling energy can be extracted from the storage tank Charge Schedule Click in this field to select a charge schedule for the thermal energy storage system User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 33 E Auxiliary Energy Enter the electricity demand from any auxiliary energy components used for pumping or devices such as air blowers used in the TES system in kilowatts Tank Area Enter the area of the wall and floor surfaces of the storage tank in square feet This data is used to calculate the heat transfer from the tank to the surrounding area FH Tank Ins
33. Section 4 3 1D the choices include _ Programmable Switch with weekday weekend features L Occupancy Sensor for intermittently occupied spaces only Manual Timer for intermittently occupied spaces only Your selection will appear on the Title 24 MECH 2 form E Outdoor Damper Select the type of outdoor air damper control Choices include either Auto motorized or Gravity F DP Sensor Location Indicate the specification for the placement of the fan static pressure sensor to meet the requirements of Section 144 c 2C For constant volume systems and VAV systems with DDC controls to the zone level enter N A F Supply Pressure Reset For systems with DDC controls to the zone level indicate the sequence of operation that provides supply pressure reset by zone demand enter yes or no depending on your design E Natural Ventilation The project design calls for the specifications for operable openings their control if appropriate and location Enter yes or no if your project will be using Natural Ventilation a Pipe Insulation Identify the specifications of pipe insulation greater than or equal to the requirements of Section 123 Note this is only for the refrigerant piping on split systems Hydronic insulation is identified on the form MECH 2 C Part 2 of 3 Zone Element Top of Page Use the Zone element of the Building Tree to enter the Zone s General Lighting Mechanical and Schedules info
34. Sheet e Table of Contents e Form CF 1R Certificate of Compliance e Form MF 1R Mandatory Measures Summary e HVAC System Heating and Cooling Loads User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 87 e Room Load Summary e Room Heating Peak Loads e Room Cooling Peak Loads e Form ECON 1 Energy Use and Cost Summary e Form UTIL 1R Utility Incentive Worksheet NOTE All pages of the performance report are automatically stamped by the program with a Run Initiation Time Run Code and Date The local enforcement agency may reject a compliance report if all these values are not the same on every page Basis and Capabilities of the Res T24 Performance Calculation Res T24 Performance is a state approved residential computer Performance method also known as an Alternative Calculation Method ACM as defined in the Standards Section 151 d The following text explaining computer performance methods is contained in Section 7 0 of the Residential Manual Computer methods are computer programs approved by the California Energy Commission as being capable of calculating space conditioning and water heating energy use The methods simulate or mode the thermal behavior of buildings by calculating heat flows into and out of the various thermal zones of the building The Warren Alquist Act calls for the establishment of performance standards which predict and compare energy use of buildings Because of their relative accuracy in anal
35. T24 Performance module will perform either calculation Note that you must instruct EnergyPro to use the appropriate Reference Standard in the simulation The selected reference standard is displayed in the status bar in the lower right corner of the window and will appear on Form EAC 1 LEED Compliance Summary LEED Energy and Atmosphere EA Credit 1 Optimize Energy Performance The project may earn points for exceeding the selected baseline by 12 or more for new construction or by 8 or more for existing building renovations T24 LEED Performance Results See Also ASHRAE 90 1 Performance Calculation Module ASHRAE 90 1 Performance Calculation Options and ASHRAE 90 1 Performance Reports When the calculation is complete the display summarizes the results of the NR 90 1 Performance calculation according to category of energy end use The NR 90 1 Performance Baseline Annual Site Energy Use Estimate in kBtu saft yr is shown for each orientation and the Proposed Building Total energy use All calculation results displayed are for the building as a whole in kBtu saft yr Categories of energy end use are as follows Heating Annual energy used for space heating Cooling Annual energy used for space cooling Lighting Annual energy used for electric lights Process Lighting Annual energy used in process lighting input within the program Outdoor Annual energy used for outdoor lighting Receptacle Annual energy used to meet equipment r
36. The default SLA is equal to 4 3 You may not use this credit if you specify credit for reduced building envelope air leakage through diagnostic testing This credit will be appear in the Special Features section of Forms CF 1R and C 2R You may combine this credit with the Reduced Duct Leakage credit Lowrise Residential Mechanical Ventilation E Supply Enter the airflow rate for the ventilation supply fan required to maintain adequate air quality in buildings with a target SLA less than 3 0 Leave the input set to 0 to use the default ventilation value Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 9 999 0 cfm SI Metric 0 00 9 999 0 L s E Exhaust Enter the airflow rate for the ventilation exhaust fan required to maintain adequate air quality in buildings with a target SLA less than 3 0 Leave the input set to 0 to use the default ventilation value Range amp Units 48 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Imperial US 0 0 9 999 0 cfm SI Metric 0 00 9 999 0 L s E Power Enter the total Watts for the supply and exhaust fans Leave the input set to 0 to use the default ventilation value Range amp Units 0 0 9 999 W HERS Credits Tab There are several compliance credits available for improving the efficiency of heating and cooling distribution system ducts and for improving practices to achieve higher performance and less leakage than results from standard construction practices These HERS compliance credi
37. Watts cfm which will be used for both the standard and proposed systems Be sure to model sufficient supply air to meet the minimum ventilation requirements NR T24 Performance will automatically define the type of system specified for both the standard and proposed designs Default Chiller To model a default Chiller simply set the Chiller input of the Plant element to Undefined NR T24 Performance will automatically define a chiller for both the standard and proposed designs Default Central Cooling Tower To model a default Cooling Tower simply set the Cooling Tower input of the Plant element to Undefined NR T24 Performance will automatically define a cooling tower for both the standard and proposed designs Default Zonal Systems When modeling a default built up mechanical system with VAV boxes reheating or recooling you must create default zonal conditions as well 1 Inthe Zonal System Library create for example a default VAV box e g Std 30 VAV Box Reheat Set the Minimum Airflow Ratio to the appropriate value e g 0 30 and indicate the presence or absence of a Reheat Coil depending on the default condition 2 Save the Zonal system and select it in the Zone element under the Mechanical tab Zonal System Data Default Boiler To model a default Boiler simply set the Heating Boiler input of the Plant element Heating Hot Water Tab to Undefined NR T24 Performance will automatically define a boiler for both th
38. a duct R value of 4 2 L_ For hydronic piping see Hydronic Systems _ Ducts buried under insulation with reduced leakage or reduced surface area must be verified by an approved HERS rater _ If there is no cooling installed see the No Cooling topic for modeling details Hydronic Systems Residential Systems Residential hydronic heating systems are typically either dedicated providing only space heating or combined providing both space and water heating Refer to Sections 4 7 1 and 4 7 2 in the Residential Manual for additional details regarding hydronic heating systems Combined hydronic space and water heating systems are modeled as follows In the Plant element under the Domestic Hot Water tab create a DHW System with a water heater or boiler selected from the DHW Library Include all the standard water heating system attributes including features of the distribution system In the Combined Hydronic Piping section of the tab enter the length of pipe associated with the hydronic system which is in unconditioned space the pipe diameter and the insulation thickness on that pipe Create a New Split FAU A C system in the Central System library and assign ita name Set the Heating Tab entries to zero and all other Central System entries to the actual conditions EnergyPro automatically calculates the effective efficiency AFUE or HSPF from the water heater characteristics and pipe losses Save the entry in the library and
39. and clear it for those serving the core Save each VAV box to the Library and return to the Building Tree 2 Next open the Chiller Library and define the Chiller to be used in the building Then in the Boiler Library create the Boiler which will supply hot water to the reheat coils This wraps up the Library inputs required for this mechanical system so return to the Building Tree 1 Open the Plant Element and under the Heating Hot Water Tab select the boiler just saved in the Boiler Library Set the Multiplier to 1 If the service hot water for the building is supplied by the Heating Boiler leave the DHW System set to Undefined 2 Continuing in the Plant Element under the Chilled Water tab click on the chiller graphic to select the chiller you just saved in the Chiller Library and define the primary chilled water pump characteristics Set the Multiplier to 1 Enter the Secondary Pump characteristics here as well 3 Inthe System Element select the Central System equipment you defined in the Central System Library Place each Zone Element under the appropriate System Element in the Building Tree 4 Now load the VAV boxes into each Zone element as explained in Case Study 3 California Advanced Homes Program The CA Advanced Homes program is a publicly funded program that provides financial incentives for new homes that meet minimum energy efficiency performance requirements For information regarding program eligibility requireme
40. and summary reports When you select a report for inclusion in the output file the default selections for that report type are nullified For example if you select the PS A report the output file will not contain the PS B or PS D reports unless you also select them All other default reports will still be included in the file NOTE DOE 2 1E bug DOE 2 registers the SS P report command as an invalid command If you select the SS P report the DOE 2 simulation will not run Outdoor Tab E Outdoor Lighting Zone Select the appropriate Outdoor Lighting Zone 1 4 for the project The least power is allowed in Zone 1 parks wildlife preserves etc with increasingly more power allowed in Zones 2 rural areas 3 urban areas and 4 special use districts Exterior lighting applications addressed by the Standards are shown in Table 6 1 Scope of the Outdoor Lighting Requirements 4 Standard Outdoor Lighting Select the methodology for determining the Standard lighting power allowance Select Use Standard to use lighting power values designated in either Title 24 or ASHRAE 90 1 standard The program automatically determines the allowable lighting power to be used in the Standard Budget Energy calculation This is the most common selection User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 23 Select Use Override if you are modeling a project for which allowed outdoor lighting levels have already been determined i e by an
41. and the measures in Section 151 f applicable to Alternative Component Package D are installed To determine the space conditioning budget use an approved calculation method 3 Multiple heating systems If a space or a zone is served by more than one heating system compliance shall be demonstrated with the most TDV energy consuming system serving the space or the zone For spaces or zones that are served by electric resistance heat in addition to other heating systems the electric resistance heat shall be deemed to be the most TDV energy consuming system EXCEPTION to Section 151 b 3 A supplemental heating unit may be installed in a soace served directly or indirectly by a primary heating system provided that the unit thermal capacity does not exceed 2 kW or 7 000 Btu hr and is controlled by a time limiting device not exceeding 30 minutes Combined Energy Budget Space Conditioning and Water Heating Energy Use Each approved computer method automatically generates an energy budget by calculating the annual TDV energy use of the standard design a version of the proposed building incorporating all the conservation features of prescriptive Package D see Chapter 3 There are two basic components to the energy budget space conditioning and water heating Space conditioning is further divided into space heating space cooling fans and pumps User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 89 A building complies with the Standards if the pred
42. and to designate each wall input as front left right or back on the residential Computer Method Summary C2 R and the nonresidential ENV 2 form It does not affect the actual orientation of the walls windows doors and roofs The Front Orientation can be changed with the building Rotation input See also Working with Rotation Inputs F Rotation Enter a value in degrees to rotate the front orientation walls windows doors and roofs in the building clockwise when reference project north is not true north Range amp Units 0 360L See also Working with Rotation Inputs Number of Dwelling Units Enter the number of residential dwelling units in the building If you are modeling an addition alone enter a decimal fraction indicating the ratio of the addition area relative to the area of the entire house existing plus addition The calculation is as follows Area of addition Area of existing addition Range amp Units 0 0 999 0 a Location Data EnergyPro stores weather data in the Location List The database includes entries from all 50 states in the United States and all Provinces in Canada Click Select to open the Location List and select the project location The list is not a standard library You may customize existing or create new locations by selecting User Defined then the Edit button to open the Edit Location Dialog Box F State The State in which the project is located will be displayed
43. as published in the ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals to determine the proper size of the HVAC system The cooling analysis is an hourly analysis that explicitly models solar gain and response factors of all construction assemblies In addition the module can perform room by room load calculations for buildings with up to 1 024 user defined zones e Nonresidential Title 24 Performance DOE 2 1E compliance calculation which predicts annual building energy performance based on an hourly simulation as explained in Chapter 7 of the Nonresidential Manual Other Calculations Modules e Lowrise Residential Performance allows you to calculate the energy performance of low rise residential buildings when no code or compliance baselines are involved This module will perform an hourly simulation on the building and determine annual energy consumption and energy cost e California Home Energy Efficiency Rating Services CHEERS Developed in partnership with CHEERS this module performs home energy rating calculations on existing California homes for use with the CHEERS Whole House Home Energy Rating and Energy Efficient Mortgage programs This module produces a HERS index which rates the energy efficiency of the home and also performs economic analysis of various energy efficiency upgrades on the home e CBPCA Developed in partnership with CBPCA this module performs home energy rating calculations on existing California homes for use with the CBPCA Who
44. defined hourly Select the operation Sequence Name from the drop down list for each hour of the day Hydronic Tab i Ground Coupled System Check this box if the system is a ground coupled system This will enable the Ground Temperatures input field to the right a Ground Temperatures For ground coupled systems click in this box to select a temperature schedule from the Schedule Library Leave this entry set to Undefined to use Ground Temperatures from the weather file Economizer Condenser Water If your project includes a central water cooled condenser one which serves all systems in the building from a central location model the condenser pump energy here If the water cooled condenser is part of an individual system enter the pump energy in the Central System Library a Flow Rate per Pump Enter the water side economizer or water cooled condenser pump flow rate Range amp Units Imperial US 0 99 999 gpm SI Metric 0 0 6 309 9 L s z Pump Multiplier Enter an integer value to specify the number of identical pumps in the system Range amp Units 0 99 units N A a Pump Motor Design Power Enter the power output of the pump at design conditions If pump energy is expressed in kilowatts kW divide kilowatts by 0 746 to convert to brake horsepower Range amp Units Imperial US 0 000 99 999 000 hp brake horsepower SI Metric 0 00 74 599 25 kW 36 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Versio
45. do not enter it here F Name Enter a descriptive name of the Interior Mass A Area Enter the area of the Interior Mass Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 99 999 0 ft SI Metric 0 0 9 289 9 m F Mass Type Use this drop down list to select a material type that most closely resembles the mass material you wish to model For more information on Material Type see Thermal Mass in the Glossary in Section JA1 of the CEC Reference Appendices a Thickness Enter the thickness of the material Range amp Units Imperial US 0 000 99 000 inches SI Metric 0 0 2 515 mm a Exposed If a Mass surface is exposed not covered by cabinets or carpeting etc check this box Appropriate thermal mass credit will be applied 82 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Calculations Depending on the modules you have installed and the building type you may perform any of either the residential or nonresidential calculations for a building description file EnergyPro allows you to perform multiple calculations at one time and view the results for each in the bottom right window pane Select Calculations from the list in the lower left window pane to display the list of calculations Place a check in the checkbox adjacent to each calculation you wish to perform and choose the calculation options displayed in the upper right window pane Calculations modules include three basic functions selecting which calculations a
46. enter the average data for each dwelling unit For example in a 20 unit multi family project with 20 refrigerators calculate and enter the average energy use for the refrigerators This allows you to easily model multiple units with differing equipment or features Date of Rating Click on the arrow at the right of the field to display the calendar Select the date the rating was conducted from the calendar and HomeRatePro will automatically populate the entry field Rater ID Enter the Rater ID as assigned by the HERS Provider T Inside Refrigerator Enter the estimated annual energy usage for the inside refrigerator If the EnergyGuide data is available for the refrigerator manufacturer and model use the EnergyGuide data If the EnergyGuide data is not available enter 775 kWh year The refrigerator in the HERS reference home uses 669 kWh year In multi family projects with multiple refrigerators do not use the multiplier function Instead enter the average kWh of all the refrigerators a Garage Refrigerator If the home contains additional refrigerators or a stand alone freezer in the garage manually calculate and enter the total estimated annual energy usage for the unit s If the EnergyGuide data is available for the 24 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 manufacturer and model use the EnergyGuide data If the EnergyGuide data is not available enter the default value of 1 013 kKWh year for each refrigerator
47. files used to generate the compliance or noncompliance energy budgets the Standard Design energy use When you run the selected calculations the new BDL input file is saved in the WinDOE folder The file has whatever name you gave it when you saved it plus the extension DOE This extension must be present to analyze any input file with Win DOE For example the nonresidential sample building file is named NonRes Sample bid within the software A BDL input file for it would be named NonRes Sample DOE 1 Edit the file with any word processor in non document mode To do this you must be familiar with the standard DOE 2 commands and input structure 2 Torun DOE 2 on the revised file from the WinDOE folder type DOE21e inputfile weatherfile and press lt Enter gt inputtile is the BDL input file name with the extension DOE e g NonRes Sample DOE 122 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 NOTE If the input filename contains a space in the name e g NonRes Sample DOE you must enclose the name in quotes See below for sample weatherfile is the path and file name of the weather data file for your project e g C IEP3 WEATHER CZ12RV2 WY2 For example to run the file NonRes Sample DOE with the weather file named CZ12RV2 WY2 Climate Zone 12 type DOE21e NONRES SAMPLE DOE C EP3 WEATHER C2Z12RV2 WY2 and press lt Enter gt If you want to edit the BDL input file to use DOE 2 s default material library instead of t
48. for this credit This adjustment reduces the standard SLA from 4 3 to 3 8 Building envelope air sealing associated with air retarding wrap installation default compliance credit If compliance credit is not taken for reduced building envelope air leakage through diagnostic testing a special default compliance credit can be taken for building envelope leakage reduction resulting from installation of an air retarding wrap Compliance credit is provided for a default reduction in SLA of 0 50 for an SLA of 3 8 This credit may be combined with the credit for reduced duct leakage reducing the SLA by a total of 1 0 from 4 3 to 3 3 HERS Registration Requirements 166 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 The 2008 Title 24 Standards require Title 24 documentation authors to register some residential new construction projects with a HERS Provider The requirements apply to certain lowrise residential new construction projects that require HERS verification to comply with the Standards Initially beginning January 1 2010 the registration requirement applies only to those homes that include HERS measures and that document compliance using the multiple orientation alternative As of October 1 2010 all new lowrise residential projects that require HERS verification for compliance are required to complete the registration process Attic Radiant Barriers Prescriptive requirements specify a radiant barrier in Climate Zon
49. glazing If these areas are in fact independently controlled they should be treated as two zones even though they are on the same floor and facing the same orientation Rule 1c If no reliable information about the actual system s and zoning of the building is Known the building shall be considered to have 12 5 feet 3 81 meter perimeter zones and a central core zone that is greater than 15 feet 4 6 meters from the exterior walls of the building Any building or separate permitted space smaller than 2 500 square feet 232 3 square meters in conditioned floor area may be modeled as having only a single HVAC zone For buildings that are larger than 2 500 square feet the procedure for determining the perimeter zone area as described in the 2008 Nonresidential ACM manual is as follows 1 Determine the ratio R of the floor s total conditioned area to the gross exterior wall area associated with the conditioned space 2 For each combination of occupancy type and exterior wall orientation create a perimeter zone The floor area of each perimeter zone shall be the gross exterior wall area of the zone times R or 1 25 whichever is less 3 Model the exterior space adjacent to each wall orientation as a separate exterior zone Spaces adjacent to walls which are within 45 degrees of each orientation shall be included in the zone belonging to that orientation 4 For cases where R is greater than 1 25 create an interior zone for each occupanc
50. in your practice file not the sample file that comes with the program Click on the Building Element named Residential Example for the sample building You can expand the entire Building Tree by clicking on View Expand Tree with any building element selected highlighted User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 143 Editing the Building Element Res Sample Building Residential Example Project Design Data Project Title Designer Lighting Designer Mechanical Designer Ltility Outdoor HERS General Location Building Name Residential Example State Califomia Building Type New a Cty Sacramento CO Job No C User Defined Front Orientation Rotation Number Of Dwelling Units 1 Click on the Building Element named Residential Example if you haven t done so already The first tab in the building element is Project Design Data Move from one entry to the next with the mouse or the lt Tab gt key If you are practicing write over the existing input with the data in blue Leave the remaining inputs in place General Building Name Residential Example Building Type from drop down list New Job Number your choice Front Orientation from drop down list or keyboard input O North Rotation 0 degrees Number of Dwelling Units 1 Location from Location Library Sacramento CO 2 Click on the next tab Project Title Project Name Sample Residence This name and address information
51. meet the verified duct design criteria be diagnostically tested for duct sealing compliance according to Reference Residential Appendix RA3 1 and meet the requirements for high insulation installation quality described in Reference Residential Appendix RA3 5 In addition verified prescriptive cooling coil airflow is required when a measure is selected for compliance that has a verified duct design as a prerequisite Performance credit is also available if all ducts are insulated to a level higher than required by the prescriptive packages but higher insulation values alone does not require HERS verification as described below Low Leakage Ducts in Conditioned Space Defined as duct systems for which air leakage to outside conditions is equal to or less than 25 cfm when measured in accordance with Reference Residential Appendix RA3 1 4 3 9 Low Leakage Air Handlers Factory sealed air handler unit tested by the manufacturer and certified to the Commission to have achieved a 2 percent or less leakage rate at 1 inch water gage as prescribed in Reference Residential Appendix RA3 1 4 3 10 Refrigerant Charge in Split System Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps Systems are often installed without the proper refrigerant charge which degrades the air conditioner performance A compliance credit is available if the split system air conditioner or heat pump has diagnostically tested refrigerant charge This credit applies only to split system air conditi
52. month Exceptional Tab The entries on this tab apply only to LEED Innovation in Design calculations F Name Enter a descriptive name for the innovative or exemplary technology or strategy a Description Enter a brief description of the technique or strategy Electricity Tab Enter the monthly energy usage demand and cost savings associated with the technology or strategy a Energy Enter the estimated renewable system energy production nonrenewable energy savings for each month F Demand Enter the estimated maximum demand in kW produced by the renewable system each month F Cost Enter the estimated electricity cost savings in from the photovoltaic system each month 42 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Gas Tab Enter the monthly energy usage and cost savings associated with the innovative or exemplary technology or strategy E Energy Enter the estimated renewable system gas savings in therms for each month FH Cost Enter the estimated gas cost savings in from the renewable system each month System Element Use the System element of the Building Tree to enter the Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning System information The System element contains five tabs General Distribution Residential HERS Credits and MECH 2 Use the General tab to define the System Details the Distribution Tab_ to define the distribution system location and characteristics The Residentia
53. must meet specific ventilation criteria Unusually tight building envelope construction requires mechanical ventilation that will not cause dangerous pressure imbalances Refer to Section 4 6 of the Residential Manual for additional details regarding indoor air quality and ventilation requirements High Quality Insulation Installation QII EnergyPro automatically degrades the assumed performance of wall and ceiling insulation to account for common flaws in the insulation installation Compliance credit is available for improving the quality of the insulation by eliminating gaps and compressions and ensuring User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 165 the insulation is in contact with the interior air barrier Refer to Section 3 3 7 of the Residential Manual and Reference Appendix RAS 5 for additional details Quality Insulation Installation for Spray Polyurethane Foam SPF There are two types of SPF insulation medium density or closed cell and low density or open cell insulation Low density SPF open cell insulation has an R value of 3 6 per inch and medium density closed cell SPF has been assigned an R value of 5 8 per inch for compliance purposes You may claim compliance credit for installation of medium density closed cell spray polyurethane foam Medium density is not required to fill the cavity The nominal thickness of the SPF insulation shall be such that 1 the average thickness shall be equal to or greater than
54. normally with a wet cooling coil or 450 cfm per ton when tested with a dry cooling coil The air flow for each system must be tested using one of the methods described in Appendix RE of the 2005 Residential ACM Manual This credit requires verification by a HERS rater E Verified Fan Energy Credit is available for demonstrating that a high efficiency fan and duct system with a low wattage fan has been installed The contractor must test the actual fan power of each system using the procedure in Appendix RE of the 2005 Residential ACM Manual and show that it is equal or less than what was proposed in the compliance analysis This credit requires verification by a HERS rater User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 49 E Verified Cooling Size Verified Maximum Cooling Capacity Select to take the HERS credit which requires field verification by a HERS rater With the performance method credit is offered for cooling systems that are smaller than a prescribed criteria calculated for each proposed design To receive credit the installed air conditioner must be no bigger than the limit calculated by the ACM This credit is available only in combination with the credits for verified duct sealing and testing and verified adequate airflow Building Envelope E Quality Insulation Installation Quality installation pertains to the manner in which the insulation in the home has been installed For example it is important to maintain contact b
55. now added under the Room element 2 Click on the Roof Element 3 On the General tab input Name R 30 Roof Area 400 ft 37 2 m Surface Type New New Assembly Assembly Library R 30 Roof Attic Orientation drop down list or user input O leave at default value Tilt 22 degrees Leave the Thermal Mass tab inputs at their default values There are no skylights in this building If there were you would define the Skylight element by highlighting the Roof element clicking the right mouse button selecting Add Skylight User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 149 Next you will add an Exterior Wall Element Editing the Exterior Wall Element Res Sample Wall Front Wall General Thema Mass Name Front Wall Ares Surface Type New Assembly Orientation Tit 1 Click on the 1 Floor Room Element then right click and then select Add Choose the Exterior Wall Element from the list It will be added after the Roof Element You may also use the Insert key to accomplish the same thing 2 Click on the Exterior Wall Element Name Front Wall We are working in a clockwise direction around the building Front Left Back Right as viewed facing the front of the building Area 320 ft 29 7 m Surface Type New New Assembly Assembly Library R 19 Wall Click on this field to select R 19 Wall from the Library and then click on OK Orientation drop down list or user input 0 leav
56. number of bedrooms You must enter the number of bedrooms in the home in the Occupant Tab of the Room Element to enable the calculation kW Reduction Incentive The project may be eligible for an additional incentive for reducing peak demand on the electricity grid by generating a portion of its electricity with an on site photovoltaic system Enter the system size and monthly energy generation data in the Renewables Tab of the Plant Element NSHP Incentive The project may be eligible for an incentive by qualifying for the Tier Il incentives in the EC s New Solar Homes Partnership NSHP program The project must achieve a 30 reduction in the residential building s combined space heating space cooling and water heating energy and 30 194 e Case Studies User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 reduction in the residential building s space cooling air conditioning energy compared to the 2008 Title 24 Standards Once you enable the kW Reduction incentive EnergyPro will automatically calculate the NSHP incentive if the project qualifies Note that incentive estimates produced here are NOT GUARANTEED All projects must meet all program requirements to qualify User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Case Studies e 195 Table N2 5 Nonresidential Occupancy Assumptions View Nonresidential Occupancy Assumptions for additional occupancies Table N2 5 Occupancy Assumptions When Lighting Plans are Submitted for the Entire Building or When Lighting
57. of identical HVAC units in the building The System Multiplier should always equal the total number of pieces of equipment used to heat and or cool all the Zone elements listed under the System element In multi family projects if the duct leakage or other system characteristics differ in each dwelling unit you may create a system for each unit rather than using the multiplier feature to model the unique features of each system separately Range amp Units 0 99 units N A F Use Supply Air Temperatures Specified in Central System for Load Calculations Check the box if you want the load calculations to use the supply air temperature specified in the Central System library If you leave the box unchecked the default assumption the load calculations will calculate the supply air temperature depending on the system capacity and airflow F Constant Volume Required For Process Check the box if the system must supply constant air volume to serve a process load Fan power required solely for process loads is excluded from the system fan power calculations a Exempted Fan Power Enter the fan power that is exempt from the fan power consumption requirements Exempted fan power includes fans used solely for air treatment or filtering where the pressure drop is greater than one inch water column or 245 pascals or fans serving a process load Note that only the fan energy associated with pressure drop over one inch water column may be exclude
58. on grade and slabs below grade Model all exterior windows skylights and doors Model interzone surfaces between thermally dissimilar zones demising partitions and model surfaces between conditioned and unconditioned zones using the Interior Surface element Entering Envelope Surface Data see the Building Tree for detailed descriptions of all surface data inputs Also refer to the applicable Special Topics later in this section Written Justification For Exceptional Conditions The program prints a Certificate of Compliance PERF 1C form with every performance NR T24 Performance report At the end of the PERF 1C form is a section entitled Exceptional Conditions Compliance Checklist which flags important conservation measures modeled in the calculation of the proposed design energy use You must provide appropriate written justification and additional documentation on the plans and in the specifications for each of the items listed under this heading For example if Premium Efficiency supply fan motors are claimed as an energy conservation measure cut sheets and or other data on the fan motors must be submitted to document the intended installation of the more efficient fan motors User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 169 Appropriate Zoning For Compliance Modeling Zoning must be determined and input according to several key criteria Actual mechanical system zoning if known or Perimeter and interior zones where m
59. performing an Existing plus Addition calculation as explained in Additions Attached Sunspaces and Garages Most often sunspaces and attached garages are unconditioned spaces and are not required to be modeled in residential compliance calculations You must model all the surfaces that separate conditioned and unconditioned space including fenestration areas and doors In addition sunspaces must comply with the residential lighting requirements in Section 150 of the Standards A sunspace may possibly be an indirectly conditioned space and not an unconditioned space according to the definition in the Standards lf a space is indirectly conditioned you must include the floor area as part of the conditioned floor area and include all the exterior surfaces as part of modeling the building Thermal Mass The software assumes certain thermal mass characteristics for most low rise residential projects which are modeled identically in both the proposed and standard designs If your project contains enough thermal mass to exceed a high mass threshold you may claim compliance credit for the additional thermal mass The software assumes that all residential projects contain a pre set amount of light thermal mass framing furniture appliances etc Light thermal mass is always modeled identically in both the proposed and standard designs Heavy mass is modeled identically up to a pre determined amount the mass threshold based upon the condit
60. results to the actual usage and cost data to identify any major discrepancies and to calibrate your building model 126 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Nonresidential Sample Building This section illustrates how to input and calculate a nonresidential building for Nonresidential Prescriptive compliance Envelope Lighting and Mechanical in EnergyPro For further information on nonresidential zoning and modeling techniques see Nonresidential Compliance Modeling Techniques Running EnergyPro includes step by step instructions for working through the program for any type of building NOTE Certain inputs are treated differently within the program depending upon which set of standards residential or nonresidential applies to the building being modeled See the Building Tree and Libraries for detailed information on each program input We will use the software s NonRes Sample file that comes with the program as a model for this tutorial NonRes Sample bid is a mixed occupancy nonresidential building The two story sample building is made up of three area categories an office and a retail space on the ground floor and a restaurant above the retail space You may use the procedures listed here in two ways For practice Open the NonRes Sample file and give it a name of your choice to use as a practice file Following the step by step procedures listed here move through the sample input for the initial elements Make the
61. run See Also Default DOE 2 1E Reports Title 24 LEED Performance Module See Also ASHRAE 90 1 and T24 LEED Performance Calculation Options 124 LEED Performance Calculation Results and ASHRAE 90 1 and T24 LEED Performance Reports EnergyPro s new LEED Title 24 Performance module allows you to document compliance with the LEED energy related requirements using the California Title 24 option LEED Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design is a green building rating system developed by the US Green Building Council LEED 2009 calculations require all projects to meet minimum requirements in five categories Sustainable Sites Water Efficiency Energy and Atmosphere Materials and Resources and Indoor Environmental Quality In the Energy and Atmosphere category projects must meet prerequisite energy performance specifications In addition projects may earn points for optimizing the energy performance or using renewable energy systems to generate some of the energy onsite LEED Energy and Atmosphere Prerequisite 2 Minimum Energy Performance Option 1 the Whole Building Energy Simulation requires that the proposed new construction project exceed the baseline performance by 10 based on energy costs Existing building remodels must exceed the baseline by 5 For projects in CA you may choose either Appendix G of ASHRAE 90 1 2007 or 2005 Title 24 Part 6 as the baseline against which the proposed project is compared EnergyPro s LEED
62. select that system in the General Tab of the System Element to properly document the hydronic system In the Distribution Tab select the heating distribution type from the drop down list based upon the actual condition This could be Radiant Floor if the piping is embedded in the floor Baseboard if the system uses perimeter hot water radiators or in some cases a Ducted system if using fan coils In the Residential Tab select DHW Boiler Provides Heat from the Hydronic Space Heating drop down list Dedicated Separate hydronic space heating systems are modeled as follows In Plant Heating Hot Water Tab select a boiler from the Boiler library and input a multiplier In the Hydronic Heating section of the tab enter the length of pipe associated with the hydronic system which is in unconditioned space the pipe diameter and the thickness of insulation on that pipe If less than 10 feet of pipe is in unconditioned space EnergyPro assumes there are no pipe losses Create a New HVAC system in the Central System library assign it a name and enter the output of the hydronic system Enter all other Central System entries to the actual conditions EnergyPro automatically calculates the effective efficiency AFUE or HSPF from the boiler characteristics and pipe losses Save the entry in the library and select that system in the General Tab of the System Element to properly document the User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 161 hydronic s
63. space heating Cooling Annual TDV energy used for space cooling Lighting Annual TDV energy used for electric lights Process Lighting Annual TDV energy used in process lighting input within the program Receptacle Annual TDV energy used to meet equipment receptacle load This value is fixed for compliance by occupancy Fans Annual TDV energy used for fans moving conditioned air Heat Rejection Annual TDV energy used for cooling tower operation Pumps Annual TDV energy used pumps for hot water chilled water and condenser water piping systems Process Annual TDV energy used in process loads input within the program DHW Annual TDV energy used for domestic service hot water A discussion of the various components of energy use in typical nonresidential buildings is contained in Chapter 1 of the Nonresidential Manual NOTE You should not attempt to use NR T24 Performance without having a copy of the latest Standards and Nonresidential Manual available from the California Energy Commission Publications Unit This software s on screen Help documentation refers to topics explained in detail in both documents The state s ACM Manual contains detailed information on the rules which define the Standard Design The simulation time required to complete a NR T24 Performance compliance analysis which is really two full DOE 2 hourly simulations depends on such variables as _ The complexity of the building input file especially the numbe
64. tend to have a higher glazing to floor area ratio than an entire residence which boosts the energy consumption per square foot If an addition alone does not comply with the Standards improvements to the Existing building may be necessary in order for the addition to comply as explained in the Existing Plus Addition Plus Alteration approach The Addition Alone method cannot be used when alterations to the existing building are required to compensate for failure of an addition to comply alone or when alterations to the water heating system are proposed In these events either the Whole Building or the Existing Addition Alteration approaches can be used Existing Plus Addition Plus Alteration Analysis Probably the most flexible method for showing compliance of an addition with the Standards is to consider the existing building along with the addition By comparing building energy consumption before and after the addition you may take credit for improvements to the efficiency measures in the existing building under certain conditions Residential Projects When using the prescriptive approach each altered component must meet or exceed the requirements of Standards Section 152 b 1 for that component When the performance approach is used the altered component must meet or exceed the requirements in 152 b 2 or another alteration s must be made to the existing building which exceeds the requirements of 152 b 2 that saves the additional ene
65. that is relevant to the primary energy sources the concern of the Plant simulation 3 Plant Calculation Third is the determination of the fuel requirements of primary equipment such as boilers and chillers and of the energy production of solar collectors etc in the attempt to supply the energy demand of the HVAC systems This Plant calculation answers the question How much fuel and electrical input is required to feed the secondary HVAC system given the efficiency and operating characteristics of the plant equipment and components The Plant program converts the energy supplied to space heating and cooling equipment into the energy actually consumed by boilers chillers pumps engines etc It sums the hourly demand of the electricity used by lights fans and equipment and of the fuel used by boilers and engines It also accounts for any heat recovered From these totals it generates monthly and yearly energy usage reports 4 Economics Calculation DOE 2 also includes an Economics calculation which estimates the cost of energy used in a building Building Features Modeled by NR T24 Performance NR T24 Performance handles a wide range of common building energy conditions and conservation strategies These include Envelope Parameters Thermal Mass Solar Heat Gain Internal Gains HVAC Equipment Envelope Parameters These include U Factors for all conduction surfaces of the building roofs walls floors windows skylights a
66. the overall well effectiveness in daylighting calculations Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 999 0 ft SI Metric 0 0 304 5 m E Width Enter the width of the skylight well Used to determine the overall well effectiveness in daylighting calculations Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 999 0 ft SI Metric 0 0 304 5 m User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 79 a Length Enter the length of the skylight well Used to determine the overall well effectiveness in daylighting calculations Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 999 0 ft SI Metric 0 0 304 5 m Lighting Element F Name Enter a descriptive name of the fixture s Ea Luminaire Click in this multi edit box to select a lamp fixture combination from the Lighting Library The name and wattage of the selected light fixture will appear on the Certificate of Compliance Form LTG 1 Part 2 of 2 The program calculates the installed LPD based on the Fixture Types the number of fixtures and the floor area of the room It is important that you either select specific light fixtures for all Zones under consideration or that you do not specify any light fixtures but instead select the Override with Modeled LPD input from the Zone Element Lighting Tab Multiplier Enter the number of identical fixtures of the selected type If the fixture selected is a track light use this input to specify the number of linear f
67. the total gross roof area facing conditioned space Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 99 999 0 ft SI Metric 0 0 9 289 9 m F Surface Type When performing an Existing Addition Alteration calculation the user must assign an identity or Type for each element in the building tree Select from the four options a Type that most closely matches your surface e Existing Existing surface that will not be altered Select when performing an Existing Addition Alteration or Existing Alteration e New New surface for new construction or being added as part of an addition e Altered Select Altered if the surface is being altered from existing conditions but is not part of an addition By checking the Altered option the user will need to create an Existing surface to illustrate the 76 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 surface prior to any changes or replacement as well as a New surface to describe the surface after the alteration e Removed This surface will be removed as part of an addition or alteration E Existing and or New Roof Click in this multi edit box to select a construction assembly for the roof from the Assembly Library The roof assembly determines the materials U Factor R value absorptivity roughness weight and heat capacity of the roof FE Orientation Specify the orientation of the roof as well as all the skylights within it You may enter the actual orientation in degrees or
68. the user double clicks on the message in the Location box See also Residential Compliance Modeling Techniques amp Nonresidential Compliance Modeling Techniques Printing Reports Back to Building Tree Overview Using the Report Wizard The software s Report Wizard makes preparing a report as easy as clicking a button Access the Report Wizard by selecting the Report Wizard icon from the toolbar or choosing File Report Wizard from the File Menu or by selecting the Report Wizard icon from the toolbar A wizard welcomes you to the Select Report Type dialog box To begin Select the report type you wish to print You may only prepare one report type at atime The Report Wizard guides you through the rest of the process of selecting the relevant forms you wish to include in the report To end In the last box Report Complete you may either select Finish to exit the Report Wizard or select the Print Preview button to view your report If you select Finish you may still preview the report by selecting the Print Preview icon from the toolbar or selecting Print from the File Menu EnergyPro creates a pdf file and displays the report on screen Choose the print settings from the Acrobat software to print the entire report only selected pages or vary the number of copies you wish to print Using the Menu or Toolbar You may also view and print reports by using menu commands First you must select Reports from the lower lef
69. throughout the building even though you might wish to define a separate zone and or HVAC system named Office to make clear its true occupancy Remember that if a zone is unconditioned it is not included in the compliance calculations However an indirectly conditioned space is considered conditioned as defined in the Standards Section 101 b See the Nonresidential Manual for further information on mixed occupancy nonresidential buildings Mechanical Systems EnergyPro can analyze a wide range of HVAC system types Systems may have a number of different components which are input in different parts of the program Mechanical system components are defined in the Central System Zonal Chillers Towers and Boiler Libraries They are brought into specific building description files in various elements of the Building Tree Related Topics Central Systems Default Mechanical Systems Zonal Systems Chillers and Cooling Towers Space Heating Boilers Case Studies Central Systems Every mechanical system modeled in EnergyPro needs at least one central system component These include simple furnaces and air conditioners as well as certain central components of more complex systems such as built up VAV systems or hydronic heat pumps Table D 4 lists all of the primary system types available in the program and their central system inputs Central systems are defined in the Central System Library and are brought into specific building descrip
70. to specify the loads associated with Domestic Hot Water DHW Internal Gains a Load Enter the load attributable to domestic hot water Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 999 999 0 Btu hr occ SI Metric 0 0 293 099 7 W occ 1 Sensible Heat Gain Enter the portion as a decimal of the DHW load that is sensible heat gain Sensible heat is the energy required to change the temperature of completely dry air 0 relative humidity measured by a dry bulb thermometer Range amp Units 0 00 1 00 units N A 62 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 a Latent Heat Gain Enter the portion of the DHW load that is latent heat gain Latent Heat is the energy contained in the moisture water in the air This affects the energy use needed to cool the moisture in the air and or dehumidify the air Range amp Units 0 00 1 00 units N A Exhaust Fan Tab a Airflow Enter the rate at which the exhaust fan expels air from the room Range amp Units Imperial US 0 999 999 cfm SI Metric 0 999 999 L s F Fan Motor Design Power Enter the power output of the exhaust fan at design conditions Range amp Units Imperial US 0 000 99 999 000 hp brake horsepower SI Metric 0 00 74 599 25 kW 2a Fan Motor Drive Efficiency Enter a value between zero and one hundred to indicate the fan motor drive efficiency reflecting the losses associated with non direct drive motors A typical value for a belt d
71. to the alteration from the appropriate library Then enter or select the component as it will exist after the alteration In this case the existing roof uses the default insulation value from Table R3 50 Default Assumptions for Existing Buildings and a new R 38 root 3 Calculate the energy performance of the building for low rise residential buildings the Res T24 Performance Proposed Total the NR T24 Performance Proposed Total for nonresidential performance calculations Be sure to select both the Standard and Proposed runs for the building in the Calculation Options NOTE When using this compliance approach it is important to take into account all changes in all walls floors roofs and glazing which are altered removed from or added to the existing house as part of the remodel Wall roof and floor areas become critical in this context because credit may be gained by insulating previously uninsulated parts of the building envelope Mixed Occupancy Buildings There are several ways to handle mixed occupancy buildings depending upon the occupancies involved the relative areas of each occupancy and how compliance is to be demonstrated As explained in Section 100 e the Standards state that when a building is designed and constructed for more than one type of occupancy the zone for each occupancy shall meet the provisions of Title 24 Part 6 applicable to that occupancy Generally speaking you must demonstrate compliance
72. track of and understand L_ Which building measures and or program inputs are modeled the same in the Standard Design and the Proposed Design and _ Which building measures and or program inputs are modeled a certain way in the Standard Design but may be modeled as an energy penalty an energy credit or as energy neutral in the Proposed Design Measures Modeled the Same in Standard and Proposed Designs The following measures or building system attributes are modeled the same way in the Standard Design to set the TDV energy budget as in the Proposed Design TDV energy use calculation Envelope and Lighting LJ Zoning of the building _ Hourly schedules including occupants lights equipment fans thermostats infiltration and service hot water Gross wall areas by orientation and tilt per zone User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 107 LJGross wall framing type metal wood or other Glazing area in each exterior wall except when the window wall ratio WWR for the building is greater than 40 and no display perimeter is specified _ Interior window shade management _ Areas and types of doors by zone Gross roof ceiling areas by orientation and tilt per zone Glazing area in each roof ceiling except when the skylight roof ratio SRR for the building is greater than 5 _ Gross raised floor and slab on grade areas per zone Opaque surface absorptivity excluding roofs _ Heat capacity of
73. would probably wait to choose a System until after you had entered all the building envelope features and run Load Calculations to determine sizing for HVAC unit s In this sample building file the HVAC unit has already been selected 2 General You can review the HVAC System details in the Central System Library by clicking in the New System field In this case we ve selected a CARRIER system Distribution Review the data describing the HVAC distribution system ducts You will note that the duct insulation R Value is less than the residential prescriptive minimum requirement This will result in a penalty in the proposed building energy use Residential Leave all entries on this tab set at default values As indicated this building does not have a mechanical ventilation system installed HERS This project includes 11 measures that require field verification by a certified HERS Rater five measures related to Title 24 and six additional measures related to HERS II ratings MECH 2 This tab is used for nonresidential projects only You have finished reviewing the Res HVAC input Next you ll edit the Zone Element 1 Floor Zone Editing the Zone Element Res Sample fone 1st Floor 7one General Lighting Mechanical Schedules Zone Details Name Ist Hoor one fone Type Conditioned Occupancy Single Family 90 1 Ltg Occupancy Building Area Office Floor Number Rotation Vertical Mu
74. you wish to model For more information on Material Type see Thermal Mass in the Glossary in Section JA1 of the CEC Reference Appendices T Thickness Enter the thickness of the material Range amp Units Imperial US 0 000 99 000 inches SI Metric 0 0 2 515 mm E Exposed If a Mass surface is exposed not covered by cabinets or carpeting etc check this box Appropriate thermal mass credit will be applied o Underground Wall Element See Special Topics Underground Walls and Floors Residential and Underground Walls and Floors Nonresidential General Tab F Name Enter a descriptive name of the Underground Wall F Area Enter the total area of the Underground Wall The underground wall area is modeled identically in both the proposed and standard buildings Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 99 999 0 ft SI Metric 0 0 9 289 9 m2 F Surface Type When performing an Existing Addition Alteration calculation the user must assign an identity or Type for each element in the building tree Select from the four options a Type that most closely matches your surface e Existing Existing surface that will not be altered Select when performing an Existing Addition Alteration or Existing Alteration User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 73 e New New surface for new construction or being added as part of an addition e Altered Select Altered if the surface is being altered from existin
75. 0 0 40 hea n IRM Oo mmo Maximum Total Area 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Maximum West Facing Area NR 5 NR 5 NR NR 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 NR Thermal Mass ______ _ Nain R NR NR NR NR _ NR _ NR _ NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR Electric resistant allowed No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Case Studies e 227 Heating If gas AFUE MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN If heat pump HSPF MIN SEER MIN MIN Central Fan Integrated 2 Ventilation System REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ far cl ll cea Sra bas a charge measurement or NR REQ NR NR NR NR NR REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ NR charge indicator display Ducts Duct Sealing REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ Duct Insulation R 6 R 6 R 6 R 6 RG _ R 4 2 R 4 2 R 4 2 R 6 R 6 R 6 R 6 R 6 R 8 R 8 RS Water Heating System shall meet Section 151 f 8 or Section 151 b 1 Notes 1 The R values shown for ceiling wood frame wall and raised floor are for wood frame construction with insulation installed between the framing members For alternative construction assemblies see Section 151 f 1A The heavy mass R va
76. 00 99 000 inches SI Metric 0 0 2 515 mm i Exposed lf a Mass surface is exposed not covered by cabinets or carpeting etc check this box Appropriate thermal mass credit will be applied 74 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Underground Floor Element See Special Topics Underground Walls and Floors Residential and Underground Walls and Floors Nonresidential General Tab FH Name Enter a descriptive name of the Underground Floor The name is for your information only and does not appear on any program report F Area Enter the total area of the Underground Floor The underground floor area is modeled identically in both the proposed and standard buildings Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 99 999 0 ft SI Metric 0 0 9 289 9 m2 Surface Type When performing an Existing Addition Alteration calculation the user must assign an identity or Type for each element in the building tree Select from the four options a Type that most closely matches your surface e Existing Existing surface that will not be altered Select when performing an Existing Addition Alteration or Existing Alteration e New New surface for new construction or being added as part of an addition e Altered Select Altered if the surface is being altered from existing conditions but is not part of an addition By checking the Altered option the user will need to create an Existing surface to illustrate the su
77. 110 The procedures are detailed in the Residential Alternative Calculation Methods Approval Manual The Commission periodically updates a listing of approved computer programs This list may be obtained from the Commission s Publications Office by calling the Energy Hotline at 800 772 3300 or online at http www energy ca qgov Combined Energy Budget Section 151 b Performance Standards A building complies with the performance standard if the combined depletable TDV energy use for water heating Section 151 b 1 and space conditioning Section 151 b 2 is less than or equal to the combined maximum allowable TDV energy use for both water heating and space conditioning even if the building fails to meet either the water heating or space conditioning budget alone 1 Water heating budgets The water heating budgets for each climate zone shall be the calculated consumption of energy from depletable sources required for water heating in buildings in which the requirements of Section 151 a and of Section 151 f 8A for systems serving individual dwelling units or of Section 151 f 8C for systems serving multiple dwelling units are met To determine the water heating budget use an approved calculation method 2 Space conditioning budgets The space conditioning budgets for each climate zone shall be the calculated consumption of energy from depletable sources required for space conditioning in buildings in which the basic requirements of Section 151 a
78. 15 feet shall meet Sections 143 c 1 4 below 1 Daylit Area At least one half of the floor area shall be in the skylit daylight area the primary sidelit daylight area or a combination of the skylit and primary sidelit daylight areas The skylit and primary sidelit daylight areas shall be shown on the building plans Skylit and primary sidelit daylight areas are defined in Section 131 c 1 2 Minimum Skylight Area or Effective Aperture Areas that are skylit shall have a minimum Skylight area to skylit area ratio of at least 3 3 percent or minimum skylight effective aperture of at least 1 1 percent Skylight effective aperture shall be determined as specified in Equation 146 C If primary sidelit area is used to comply with Section 143 c 1 the primary sidelit daylight areas shall have an effective aperture greater than 10 percent The effective aperture for primary sidelit daylight areas is specified in Section 146 a 2E 3 Skylight Characteristics Skylights shall A Have a glazing material or diffuser that has a measured haze value greater than 90 percent tested according to ASTM D1003 notwithstanding its scope or other test method approved by the Commission and B If the space is conditioned meet the requirements in Section 143 a 6 or 143 b 4 Controls Electric lighting in the daylit area shall be controlled as described in Section 131 c 2 EXCEPTION 1 to Section 143 c Auditoriums churches movie theaters museums and refri
79. 160 FIVOFOMNIG DY StCINS einn r aa A E G 161 NGGON INSTANC rasne A E AR 162 Calculating All Four Orientations ccccccccccseeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeeessaeeeeeesaeaess 162 Attached Sunspaces and Garages cccccccsesseeeeceaeesceeeeeeeeeceeeeseeeeeeeeesaeeeeeseesaeeeees 163 Th rmal Mass ss 2inscccsictcetcuncrsaitass ent aneduSsuacdeseseadenntecedessh aauloeeguscSbsnsaactesadasesatenuce eed 163 HERS Compliance Credits ccccccscecccccceesescceeeeeeseceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseegeeeeesseneeeeeeeas 163 HERS Registration Requirements ccccseeeeeccseeeeeceeeeesaeeeeeeeeeeeeseaueeeeseeeessaeees 166 Attic Radiant Barriers cccccccccccccesseceeceeceeceeeceeeseeeeeseeseceeseeeceesseeeessaeeesseeeeeesanes 167 GOON FOOLS anr aa Son erences aah cian gota wetinns a poh seiend Sa eooaeSaentuas nase ssindeed Grane 168 POO ANd Spa EGQUIDIMGIT ceases sieeve scorn crane a a eee 168 Nonresidential Compliance Modeling TOpics ccccccccseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeaeeees 168 Modeling Guidelines for Compliance cccccccseeeeeeeecaeeseeeeseaeeseeeessseeeeeeessaaeeeeeeeeas 169 Partial Permit Applications vesscinecesinsadencenviticonatenmnauvenee auboaoveasvostaackoarsedevarandamboniveneuae 171 Inputting Zones By Thermal Characteristics and Occupancy Typ c ccssseeeee 171 Standard HVAC System According To Proposed System Type 0ccceeseeeeeees 174 Modeling Like HVAC Systems T
80. 17 Building Tree 19 BUIGING EENEI yae E E 20 Project Design Data Fa Dacre a a e aias 20 Project TS TaD a a a a a a Ai 22 Designer Lighting Designer and Mechanical Designer TabS cccccseseeeeseeeeeees 22 E a E E E 23 QUIDO HAD ea a a a e a e aa e E doused 23 aiala e i o AEREA EAEE AENEA TAATA AEE EATE E AANE TETAS 24 EXteNOr ADpDIICATOMEICIMEGNN saicctenatcvadasddavicavddueidextdaebtantdekedestiontdesaeeeddeesaceaiess 27 APSE EAEN a EEA EE AE 28 Pan ELEM 9 eaa are ate are aren Ee Rare Ree eater Reet Rane Rare Rare 30 Heating FOL Walon TaD E a aa i 30 chilled Water aD cores tssonscdsccccors eccenacnuceasonssansstdiesdnseus cataaesorausuentsennasd esis sew tasenonctenes 32 PIV OOMEC T ADi a a 36 Domestic Hot Water Tabu cece cceceeceececceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeseeeeeneseeeeeneeeeseeeeeneeaeseneenes 38 Renewables Tab seek oi seeded ocendvtadancecurtoudenmedtarunaundeidubodbnsaourteutvsaraucusareeadsebtesmnestneuets 41 EXC DUOMAN AD eeren e A a 42 SyS Gm Elem en naeteaderetnet uate eet eee ee 43 SV StS MID CTA Sieis a ieeensthtat Sean Maas tlas Senn tectnett netiouantdcussciaadtSeadiaes 43 ISILON FAD srar evonetausicounsanesoneumacon th adeeseeeuceoumncecennueees 45 PRES ICS TT all EaD aea 48 HERSO CICI TaD erren 49 ME CA2 TAD ea a eee eee ee eT ee ery 51 PAG DENE E ll er eee en ae ET EPEE EEEE ETAETA P EE ESTE 51 General Tabana aaa aaa a a a ataanaana naan a a 52 LONINO Ta Durna E naasiwaeants 54 Mechanical Tabur
81. 730 0 730 0 730 0 730 0 730 0 730 0 730 0 730 LEAKAGE 4 900 Duct Leakage Factor See Res Man Table 4 13 0 860 0 860 0 860 0 860 0 860 0 890 0 890 0 890 FENESTRATION U Factor Use Standards Table 116 A 116 for all Vintages SHGC Use Standards Table 116 B 116 for all Vintages Shading Device Use Tables R3 27 amp R3 28 for all Vintages in the Res ACM Manual Performance Approach SPACE HEATING EFFICIENCY ey al ene 0 750 0 780 0 780 0 780 0 780 0 780 0 780 0 780 Gas Heater Room AFUE 0 650 Hydronic Combo Hydronic 0 780 Heat Pump HSPF 7 400 Electric Resistance HSPF 3 413 Electric Resistance Radiant HSPE 3 550 3 550 3 550 3 550 3 550 3 550 3 550 3 550 SPACE COOLING EFFICIENCY 222 e Case Studies User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 All Types SEER 13 00 WATER HEATING 0 575 User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Case Studies e 223 Table 5 RESNET Reference Home Dishwasher Assumptions Table 5 RESNET Reference Home Dishwasher Assumptions a year Reference Dishwasher ee Pl 214 el w l 224 e Case Studies User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 TABLE 6 DAILY LIGHTING HOURS INTERIOR TABLE 6 DAILY LIGHTING HOURS INTERIOR Daily Hours Small Closet User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Case Studies e 225 TABLE 10 DAILY LIGHTING HOURS EXTERIOR TABLE 10 DAILY LIGHTING HOURS EXTERIOR Daily Hours Indoor Garage Outdoor Front Entry a ee Outdoor Other side back 226 e Case
82. 8 0 485 qualifying for this allowance shall be illuminating the hardscape area W saft W saftt W saft W saft and shall not be within a building below a canopy beyond property lines or obstructed by a sign or other structure Vehicle Service Station Canopies Allowance for the total area within the drip line of the canopy Luminaires qualifying for this vole ce W saft W saft allowance shall be located under the canopy Sales Canopies Allowance for the total area with the drip line of the canopy Luminaires qualifying for this allowance shall be located us 0 655 Allowance W saft under the canon Non sales Canopies Allowance for the total area within the drip 0 084 0 205 line of the canopy Luminaires qualifying for this allowance shall be W satt W satt located under the canopy Guard Stations Allowance up to 1 000 square feet per vehicle lane Guard stations provide access to secure areas controlled by security personnel who stop and may inspect vehicles and vehicle 0 154 0 355 occupants including identification documentation vehicle license W saft W saft 1 358 2 285 W saft W saft 0 908 1 135 W saft W saft 0 408 0 585 W saft W saft 0 708 0 985 W saft W saft plates and vehicle contents Qualifying luminaires shall be within 2 mounting heights of a vehicle lane or the guardhouse Student Pick up Drop off Zone Allowance for the area of the student pick up drop off zone with or without canopy for preschool
83. 80 watts 120 watts 130 watts exclusively for staff or service personnel This allowance shall be in addition to the building entrance or exit allowance above Luminaires qualifying for this allowance shall be within 100 feet of the primary entrance Drive Up Windows Allowance per customer service location Luminaires qualifying for this allowance shall be within 2 mounting 40 watts 75 watts 125 watts 200 watts heights of the sill of the window Vehicle Service Station Uncovered Fuel Dispenser Allowance per fueling dispenser Luminaires qualifying for this allowance shall 120 watts 175 watts 185 watts 330 watts be within 2 mounting heights of the dispenser WATTAGE ALLOWANCE PER UNIT LENGTH W linear ft May be used for one or two frontage side s per site Outdoor Sales Frontage Allowance for frontage immediately adjacent to the principal viewing location s and unobstructed for its viewing length A corner sales lot may include two adjacent sides No 22 5 W 36 W 45 W provided that a different principal viewing location exists for each Allowance Inea i ih ari Tene side Luminaires qualifying for this allowance shall be located l l l between the principal viewing location and the frontage outdoor sales area WATTAGE ALLOWANCE PER HARDSCAPE AREA W sqft May be used for any illuminated hardscape area on the site Hardscape Ornamental Lighting Allowance for the total site illuminated hardscape area Luminaires
84. As and give the file anew name The data you enter will be in your practice file not the sample file that comes with the program 2 Click on the Building Element icon named Nonresidential Sample to open the first element of the Building Tree 3 Select View Expand Tree to display the entire existing Building Tree for the sample building with any element selected highlighted User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 127 Editing the Building Element NR Sample Building Nonresidential Sample Project Design Data Project Title Designer Lighting Designer Mechanical Designer Utility Outdoor HERS General cation Building Name Nonresidential Sample Gde Coria Building Type New ve Cty Sacramento CO Job No TPL C User Defined Front Orientation Rotation Number Of Dwelling Units The first tab in the building element Nonresidential Sample is Project Design Data Move from one entry to the next with the mouse or the lt Tab gt key If you are practicing write over the existing input with the data in blue Leave the remaining inputs in place 1 General Building Name NonRes Sample Practice Building Type from drop down list New Job Number your choice Front Orientation from drop down list or keyboard input 0 North Rotation 0 degrees Number of Dwelling Units 7 2 Location from Location Library Sacramento CO 3 Click on the next tab
85. Chapter 5 of the state s Residential Manual for the guidelines and the use of an approved program e g f Chart to calculate annual solar performance Range amp Units 0 0 100 0 Solar Domestic Hot Water a Net Solar Fraction Enter the percentage of domestic hot water heating load that is met by the solar water heating system See Chapter 5 of the state s Residential Manual for the guidelines and the use of an approved program e g f Chart to calculate annual solar performance Range amp Units 0 0 100 0 Electricity Production Use this tab to enter information related to residential photovoltaic systems in projects participating in the CEC New Solar Homes Partnership NSHP program and nonresidential systems in LEED and ASHRAE projects To qualify for the NSHP program PV systems must be at least 1 kW AC capacity and installed in conjunction with higher energy efficiency requirements as described in the CEC s NSHP Guidebook NSHP documentation must be completed by a Certified Energy Plans Examiners CEPE You must use the NSHP CECPV Calculator software to calculate the expected PV system performance and to produce the required documentation You may obtain information regarding the NSHP program requirements and download the Calculator from the Go Solar CA web site at the address below http www qgosolarcalifornia ca qov Enter the output data from the Calculator in the Electricity Production table You will have t
86. DOE 2 reports Loads Reports LS D Building Monthly Loads Summary Systems Reports User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 123 SV A System Design Parameters SS P Load Energy and Part Load Heating and Cooling for System and or Plant Assignment SS A System Monthly Loads Summary SS Q Heat Pump Cooling and Heating Summary Plant Reports PV A Equipment Sizes PS B Monthly Utility and Fuel Use Summary PS D Plant Loads Satisfied BEPS Building Energy Performance Summary Economic Reports ES D Energy Cost Summary ES E Summary of Utility Rate ES F Block Charge and Ratchet Summary NOTE This software is not endorsed authorized or associated with the U S Department of Energy Using NR Performance for Noncompliance Energy Analysis In addition to its use as a Title 24 ASHRAE 90 1 and LEED nonresidential compliance calculations NR Performance can also be used to _ determine the annual energy use of a proposed building without using fixed Title 24 ASHRAE 90 1 or LEED inputs such as occupancy schedules and equipment type _ determine the monthly and annual electricity usage and demand charges for a proposed building using any utility rate structure The NR Performance noncompliance mode allows you to modify certain inputs normally fixed or restricted for the code compliance calculation You may run NR Performance with user defined schedules and occupant densities as well as any rate structure from the U
87. E Banann EBn pesin Power M E E MN B Drive Eticieny MMM MEE MN Premium evfciency MjM M M M M MMN BEEE Evaporative Cooling Evaporative Cooling Characteristics Evaporative Cooling Type CL PNOO ODRODE ROODI 208 e Case Studies User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Direct Etectiveness M M M M NN E Indirect Evectveness M NN Integrated Operation EENE Retur Air Heat Recovery M M M M M N N NE EEN E SupplementatFan TT TE Design Power MT EENE Drive Etticienoy M NM E EE EEEE ENNE Premium Eticieny EENE EE EEEE pom dS Design Power MTT EEN E Drive Efficiency DODD Premium eicioncy N NjE E Curves Use Custom Heating Curve Coefficients outoan_ PT TE ET a E E pee tt H Inputkw kW Use Custom Heating on Coefficients OutputDB DB Capacity Ho input KW SSS Table 146 H Mounting Height Multipliers User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Case Studies e 209 Table 146 H Adjustments for Mounting Height Above Floor Height above finished floor and bottom of luminaire s aie di i lt io Table 116 A Default Fenestration Product U Factors Floor Display Multiply by Wall Display Multiply by Table 116 A Default Fenestration Product U Factors ee nese E a were eee U Factor U Factor U Factor Fined O OOO Metal NA Greenhouse Garden Window Doors 0
88. Each Building Wizard automatically leads you through the steps to define the building features and applicable calculations 1 Open and Save Open a new file and give it a project name immediately choose File Save As and name the file with the project name 2 Customize Libraries if Necessary You may use the existing entries in the libraries if applicable modify them or create new items in each library Each building description file has its own unique set of libraries which are saved along with the overall input to the active job file A second set of libraries the Default Libraries is accessible from every job file The Default libraries can include assemblies glazing equipment or other entries which you want to have available for many different projects If you modify the libraries before constructing the Building Tree the features you need will be readily available You may also create a set of default entries for the envelope construction components that will be specific to this project If you prefer to customize the libraries as you go you may access each library from within the various Building Tree elements See Libraries for more complete instructions for editing libraries 3 Construct the Building Tree Each element in the Building Tree is preceded by an icon to provide a visual cue to assist you in making entries You will include the project title and location and other general identifying information such as your name a
89. Enter a descriptive name for the Skylight if desired If there are different types of skylights you might want to name them for a distinguishing feature e g Translucent Skylight or Transparent Skylight E Area Enter the total area frame rough opening of skylight Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 99 999 0 ft SI Metric 0 0 9 289 9 m NOTE The range for skylight area is dynamic The total skylight area in one roof can never be greater than the total roof area F Surface Type When performing an Existing Addition Alteration calculation the user must assign an identity or Type for each element in the building tree Select from the four options a Type that most closely matches your surface e Existing Existing surface that will not be altered Select when performing an Existing Addition Alteration or Existing Alteration e New New surface for new construction or being added as part of an addition e Altered Select Altered if the surface is being altered from existing conditions but is not part of an addition By checking the Altered option the user will need to create an Existing surface to illustrate the surface prior to any changes or replacement as well as a New surface to describe the surface after the alteration e Removed This surface will be removed as part of an addition or alteration E Existing and or New Fenestration Click in the appropriate multi edit box to select a window assembly from th
90. Floor Room Element Raised Floor Click on the Raised Floor Element to input on the General tab Name Raised Fir ovr Garage Area 600 ft 55 7 m Surface Type New New Assembly Assembly Library R 19 Floor No Crawlspace Click in this field to choose R 19 Floor No Crawlspace then click on OK You have completed practice data input for the 1 Floor Zone Continue working your way through the 2 Floor Zone viewing the input Now that the Building Tree is complete Save the file and run calculations e amp Running Calculations Res Sample Initiate calculations from the Calculations list in the lower left window pane Once you select which calculations to run for a particular project you can use the Calculate button on the toolbar The first time you run calculations for any file you must set the calculation Options Once Options are set click on the Calculate button to initiate Calculations in one step 1 Select Calculations from the choices in the lower left window pane Please Note You may only run the types of calculations you have purchased Select User Information from the Help menu to verify the status for each module 2 Select check the checkbox the Res T24 Performance calculation The applicable boxes have been checked Run Standard Run Proposed and include Domestic Hot Water in the scope In addition we have instructed EnergyPro to delete all temporary files once the simulation is complete NOTE If
91. Generator 118 Using NR Performance for Noncompliance Energy Analysis 120 Index e 231 W Wall 63 67 71 Whats New 1 Window Element 65 Wizard Report Wizard 16 Z Zone Element 50 232 e Index User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5
92. Lighting 27 Exterior Lighting Hours 219 Exterior Wall Element 63 F Fenestration NR 174 Field Fabricated Fenestration 174 File Locations 10 Floor Below Grade 72 Floor Element 68 G GreenPoint Rated 88 89 GreenPoint Rated Calculation Options 89 GreenPoint Rated Results 88 H HERS Compliance Credits 161 HERS Credits Tab 48 HERS II Luminaire Count 210 HERS II Luminaire Types 211 HERS Registration 164 HERS Modules 90 Home Energy Rating System HERS 161 Index e 229 Hydronic Systems 159 Incentives Utility 190 Inputting Zones By Thermal Characteristics and Occupancy Type 169 Interface 2 Interior Lighting Hours 218 Interior Mass Element 79 Interior Surface Element 67 Introduction 9 L LEED T24 Performance Module 113 Lighting 27 Daylighting 177 Lighting Element 77 Outdoor 27 Zone Element Lighting Tab 53 Lighting Calculations Outdoor 23 Lighting Element 77 Lighting Hours 218 219 Mandatory Measures 179 MECH Tab 50 Mechanical Systems 185 186 187 188 189 Case Studies 187 Case Study 1Gas Furnace 187 Case Study 2 Packaged Furnace AC with Exhaust Fans 188 Case Study 3 Packaged VAV without Reheat 188 Case Study 4 Built Up VAV with Reheat 189 Central Systems 185 Chillers and Cooling Towers 186 Creating Default Mechanical Systems 185 Space Heating Boilers 187 Zonal Systems 186 Mixed Occupancy Buildings 184 Modeling Guidelines for Compliance 166 Modeling Like HVAC Systems Together 171 Mo
93. My Documents also entitled EnergyPro 5 This sub folder contains all the working files including project files default libraries and detailed simulation results Contact Database EnergyPro v5 uses a database to store all contact information This allows the user to simply select designers clients from the contacts database rather than having to repeat the entries for each new project The default location for the database is on the local drive in the EnergyPro 5 subfolder of My Documents The filename is EnergyProContacts mdb You may place the contacts database on a network installation also 10 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Libraries Projects and Results You may modify the location of the Libraries Projects Results and Contacts by selecting Options from the Tools menu You must re start the software for any changes in File Locations to take effect System Requirements e 32 bit or 64 bit Windows Operating System Windows 2000 XP Vista and 7 e Hard Disk 250 MB of free space e RAM 1 GB e High speed Internet connection cable or dsl for downloading updates Moving EnergyPro to a Different Computer When moving to a new computer you must first uninstall EnergyPro on your existing computer Select Software Activation from the Help Menu and EnergyPro will open the Install EnergyPro License dialog box Click the Uninstall button at the bottom of the dialog box You may now install the software on a differ
94. Name Office Zone Occupancy drop down list Office gt 250 sqft This is an area category occupancy do not select Complete Building Office from the drop down list by mistake The software will automatically fill in the 90 1 Ltg Occupancy field when you make your Occupancy selection How to select the correct occupancy is an extremely important subject covered in the Building Tree Zone Element and in Special Topics Read these sections carefully before selecting an occupancy for a real project 4 Leave the remaining General Zone inputs set to their default values Click on the next tab Lighting In this tab you will find two large sections Standard Lighting to determine what lighting level is used in the Standard Budget calculation and Proposed Lighting to determine how much lighting will be used in the Proposed Actual calculation User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 131 Under Standard Lighting select Use Standard LPD Enter nothing in the Override LPD box as this project contains no tailored lighting component If you were to choose Tailored here you would be required to document the Tailored Allotment on the LTG 4 Form submitted with the compliance report Tailored Lighting calculations would have to be performed for the entire permit area of the building Under Proposed Lighting select Use Installed LPD Because you did not select Override with Modeled Input enter nothing in the Override LPD Lighting Pow
95. Once you are familiar with these state manuals you can start analyzing buildings for compliance with Title 24 Part 6 To do an analysis you need various types of project information Obtain the information from the building plans or by discussing the project with the designer and other consultants In some cases you must make preliminary assumptions It is a good idea to study the building plans and specifications carefully before sitting down in front of the computer For a new project you typically need to input e Basic title block information i e Project Title Designer etc e Location and climate zone e Floor wall roof and glazing areas e Construction assemblies and glazing types for the building e Characteristics of the project s HVAC Lighting and DHW systems lf the project has common assemblies glazing types and the HVAC and DHW systems you may often use the pre defined entries in the libraries Other inputs such as thermal mass type and area for residential buildings or lighting watts per square foot for nonresidential are required for some projects but not for others This is covered in the detailed explanations in Libraries and Building Tree Reference Standards EnergyPro allows the user to select one of three reference standards the program will use to apply set the baseline energy consumption and to calculate compliance margins Select Options from the Tools Menu and then the Miscellaneous tab to select one of the follo
96. Raised floor assemblies Slab on grade floor and slab edge insulation Fenestration area U Factor solar heat gain coefficient interior exterior shading devices overhangs sidefins Thermal mass area interior and exterior Heating and cooling equipment and ducting Heating and cooling zonal controls Mechanical Ventilation DB a a fo Evaporative cooling Water heaters Water heating distribution system Solar collectors Wood stove boiler Sere me Be GreenPoint Rated Module 90 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 GreenPoint Rated is a residential green building rating system developed by Build It Green The GreenPoint Rated system can be used for single family and multifamily new construction projects as well as existing homes The homes must meet specific requirements in five categories Resource Conservation Indoor Air Quality Water Conservation Energy and Community and meet all other requirements to earn the GreenPoint Rated label The GreenPoint Rated label also provides a numerical score to allow one to compare the environmental performance of different homes See Also GreenPoint Rated Calculation Options and GreenPoint Rated Results GreenPoint Rated Results Components of the Res GreenPoint Rated Calculation Results Calculation Lists CHERS Standard GPR Standard Rated Home and possibly Alternative Energy Measures depending on your selections in the Options Tab Heating Lists the annual space heat
97. Room 9 250 250 120 1 00 0 15 B 120 140 os o 0s tso os 255 475 385 0 80 0 15 2 5 2 5 ow fo 1 10 0 50 250 250 120 1 20 0 25 250 200 160 1 20 0 15 250 200 120 ss 0 15 so aw o f ao os Housing Public and Common Areas Multi family Dormitory s Housing Public and Common Areas Senior Housing Kitchen Food Preparation Laboratory Scientific Library Reading Locker Dressing Room NO Lounge Recreation Note 10 O N N Malls and Atria Note 10 oe ee Medical and Clinical Care Office Greater than 250 square feet in floor area Office 250 square feet in floor area or less Police Station and Fire Station s 200 e Case Studies User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Religious Worship Note 10 D oo h O O1 Retail Merchandise Sales Wholesale Showroom Note 10 Tenant Lease Space oo ele NO NO O O NO NO Theater Motion Picture Note 10 Theater Performance Note 10 nN amp aS O1 No aS Ss No h moh h an No iN S O Transportation Function Note 10 Waiting Area 1 Subcategories of these sub occupancies are described in Section 2 4 1 1 Occupancy Types of this manual 2 Values based on one half the maximum occupant load for exiting purposes in the CBC Full value for design condition
98. STANDARD DESIGN HVAC SYSTEM 220 TABLE R3 31 SUMMARY OF STANDARD DESIGN AIR DISTRIBUTION SY OLE Nara eee eee 220 TABLE R3 50 DEFAULT ASSUMPTIONS FOR EXISTING BUILDINGS VINTAGE TABLE VALUE S ensina S 222 Table 5 RESNET Reference Home Dishwasher Assumptions 224 TABLE 6 DAILY LIGHTING HOURS INTERIOR ccccseeeeeseeeeeeees 225 TABLE 10 DAILY LIGHTING HOURS EXTERIOR ccecceeeseeeeeeees 226 Table 151 C Component Package D cccccceececceeeeeeeeeesseeesseeeesaeeesaaes 227 229 User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 What s New In EnergyPro Version 5 EnergyPro has undergone many changes in version 5 Some of the new features include changes to the graphical user interface and the way users use the software including e Program Installation o File Locations o Networks e User Interface o Multi Pane Window o Undo Element Delete Only o Building Tree User and Project Defaults o Libraries Filtering CEC Equipment Database Lists Export Items CEC Construction Assemblies Variable Refrigerant Flow Systems o EnergyPro version 4 Files o Contacts Database o Metric System e Calculation Modules o Title 24 LEED Module o ASHRAE 90 1 Performance Module o HERS Modules o GreenPoint Rated Module e Calculation Options o Calibrating Results o Residential Alternatives o Calculation Processing o Reference Standards o Saving Detailed Data o Error Location e Forms an
99. Storage through Lab Physical Sciences from the Zone Level Occupancy Types list if the zone is a nonresidential occupancy and lighting plans or specifications are submitted with the permit Also see Area Category Notes a 90 1 Lighting Occupancy Select an Occupancy to set the standard for ASHRAE 90 1 calculations FE Floor Number Enter the number of the floor upon which the zone is located In two or three story buildings you may lump the characteristics of all floors into one zone if the floors are served by one HVAC system and you set the floor number equal to 2 for a two story building or 3 for a three story building Range amp Units 1 999 units N A FH Rotation Use zone rotation for parts of the building which are set at an angle to the main building The zone rotation will influence the orientations of all the walls roofs glazing and doors in the zone Enter the rotation of the zone measured clockwise from the building rotation in degrees A zone rotation of zero means the zone has the same orientation as the whole building a zone rotation from Q to 180 indicates the zone is rotated to the east of the building rotation while a zone rotation from 181 to 359L means that the zone is rotated to the west of the building rotation It is recommended that you not use this feature in residential buildings and use it judiciously in nonresidential buildings Range amp Units 0 360 52 e Building Tree User s Manual En
100. Studies User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Table 151 C Component Package D TABLE 151 C Component Package D Climate Zone o oaa aa fe eee eee Insulation Ceilings R38 R30 R30 R38 i rm Piele e a m ma mn mo mo ma mra T mae mea mm T moo wer erT re R4 76 R2 44 R2 44 R2 44 R2 44 R2 44 R2 44 R2 44 R2 44 R2 44 R4 76 R4 76 R4 76 R4 76 R4 76 R4 76 wa wa wa na wa wa woa wa wa wa waa woa an waa wan waa malein e oane eee 3 H NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR 7 Raised floors Concrete E floors Radiant Barrier S Barrier Low sloped Reflectance Steep sloped Aged Solar J R19 Sol a la ashe is NR a an fon fon oa ma na ne nn me Tass ne foss gt ne ne nm nm nm wm nm wm 76 7 rom we wm ozo oa azo ao oan a0 R19 Z iZi 2 2 Di vD D D m m m i gt le wg Ce I Ss 33 3 3 0 2 pL DV ay O O 0 D D 5 gt 0 N 5 S S O 30 Q n a H lt D3 3E SEIE 2l 3 lt 5 2 5 2 5 2 D O Q D 3 D D D D A U Q Q o N OD U lt 5lb sqft Reflectance S an oe on un nn ne on we os ors are ore ozs ors wn Sa eam 01 0 0 oom or or ors ors om r oo 016 os a gt 5lb saft Reflectance os ozs ozs ozs ozs ozs ozs ozs ozs 75 ozs 075 ors 75 ar ors Fenestration amor aati O 0 40 0 40 0 40 0 40 0 40 0 40 0 40 0 40 0 40 0 40 0 40 0 40 0 4
101. Underground Describe the central system piping by inputting the linear feet of pipe underground Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 99 999 0 feet SI Metric 0 0 30 479 meters E Length in Plenum Describe the central system piping by inputting the linear feet of pipe in plenum space Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 99 999 0 feet SI Metric 0 0 30 479 meters Additional 12 Insulation Check this box if the pipe has at least 1 2 inch more insulation than the minimum Title 24 requirement Residential a Distribution Choose the type of distribution system associated with the residential water heater The choices are e No Pipe Insulation e Kitchen Pipe Insulation e All Pipes Insulated e Point of Use e Below Grade No Insulation e Below Grade Insulated e Parallel Piping e Point Of Use e Recirculation No Control 40 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 e Recirculation Timer Control e Recirculation Temperature Control e Recirculation Time and Temperature Controls e Recirculation Switch e Recirculation Motion Sensor e Temperature Buffering Tank Definitions of the different distribution systems how they work and some restrictions in their use and installation are explained in Chapter 6 of the state s Residential Manual Renewables Tab Solar Space Heating Net Solar Fraction Enter the percentage of space heating load that is met by the solar space heating system See
102. User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 by EnergySoft LLC July 2011 Contents What s New In EnergyPro Version 5 1 MUP aNG W dl a0 9 cri oE EE 2 Undo Element Delete Only enssaneas n a a a 2 Userand Project DCT QUIN cesan cactencersieseaeeeeneeees 2 HDraly FUNCUON S aiswenenwiewicieeie anna ane ania Ree 3 EXON EIDA NEMS asunen enn alive menalitewenatarenetine ues uaeane 3 Filtering CEC Equipment Database LIStS ccceecceseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeesaees 3 CEG GOASIFUCHON ASSCION CS ajc cries er sies R 3 Variable Refrigerant Flow SYStOMS cccccsecccceeceeceeeeeceeeesseeeesseeeesaaeeeseaeeeeas 3 ENEryFrO Verson AFE Sossar ea a a E EENES 3 Contacte Database sieun N E A A OR TAN 4 Mene Oy leM eaea A fat sti ot tent A A AA 4 Residential AIIGINAUV ES sessersternesendessenvedentearsdesssevadousansderseeindesmasuelanusuadeseuvenes 4 Calipraung Re SUNS eicciaucndecthactcerttastjesstavidastdaredanedatideusdanedentdardawsdenedessdesdaettocee 4 Calculation Processing cccccccccssececeeececeeceeceeeeeseeceeseeeesseeeesseeeessaeeesseeeesaneees 4 Title 24 LEED Performance Module cccccccssecceeeeceeeeceuseceueeseusesausenaaees 5 ASHRAE 90 1 Performance MOdule ccccccceccececeeeseeeeeeseeeseeeeseeeseeesaes 5 FU IONS eee ccleaner ohana ices ete cece abe nen ae cane ate aeecee a cece ee 5 GreenPoint Rated Module ccccccecccceeceecececeeeesseeeesaeeeeseaseessaeeesseeeeseaeess 5 Saving D
103. User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Table 116 B Default Solar Heat Gain Coefficient 204 Table 12 12 Premium Motor Efficiency Ratings 206 Table 146 H Mounting Height Multipliers 203 Table 151 C 221 Table 2 3 Measures Requiring Acceptance Testing 212 Table 4 3 Minimum Ventilation Requirements 195 Table 6 1 Scope of the Outdoor Lighting Requirements 207 Table 6 3 General Hardscape Lighting Power Allowance 208 Table 6 4 Additional Lighting Power Allowance for Specific Applications 208 Table 7 Rules for Determining Luminaire Count 210 Table 8 Permanently Installed Luminaire Types 211 Table D 4 Central System Inputs by System Type 200 Table N2 13 Standard Design HVAC System 198 Table N2 5 Nonresidential Occupancy Assumptions 191 Table N2 6 Nonresidential Occupancy Assumptions 192 Table R3 30 Summary of Standard Design HVAC System 213 Table R3 31 Summary of Standard Design Air Distribution System 213 Table R3 50 Default Assumptions for Existing Buildings 215 Tailored and Process Ventilation 174 Tailored Lighting Calculations 177 Task Element 78 T Bar Ceilings 173 Thermal Mass 161 Tight Ducts in Nonresidential 176 U Unconditioned Zones 171 Underground Berm Walls and Floors Nonresidential 172 Underground Floor Element 72 Underground Wall Element 71 Underground Walls and Floors Nonresidential 172 Underground Walls and Floors Residential 158 Using NR Performance as a DOE 2 BDL and Report
104. _ Built Up Single Zone _IBuilt Up Variable Air Volume L_ Built Up Multi Zone _ Dual Duct _ Four Pipe Fan Coil _ Room Packaged Terminal Air Conditioner _ Packaged Variable Air Volume and Variable Temperature VVT _ Four Pipe Induction _ Evaporative Cooler See Also Central System Library Zonal Library Special Topics Mechanical Systems Special Topics Nonresidential Compliance Modeling Topics ASHRAE 90 1 Performance Module See Also ASHRAE 90 1 Performance Calculation Options ASHRAE 90 1 Performance Calculation Results and ASHRAE 90 1 Performance Reports EnergyPro s ASHRAE 90 1 Performance module for nonresidential projects allows you to document project performance with ASHRAE 90 1 2004 and 2007 versions EnergyPro uses the Performance Rating Method as defined in Appendix G of the standard to model the building energy performance While the 2007 version is the most recent version of the standard the 2004 version is considered the commercial building reference standard for state building energy codes under the federal Energy Policy Act of 2005 The Act also requires all federal facilities to exceed ASHRAE 90 1 2004 by 30 provided it is cost effective to do so In addition USGBC s LEED rating system references the 2004 version of the standard To select which version of the standard EnergyPro will use to create the baseline energy and energy cost data select Options from the Tools menu Select the appr
105. a green home by an eligible organization and may be eligible to receive an incentive bonus EnergyPro automatically calculates the bonus amount and includes the information on the UTIL 1R form 86 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Res T24 Performance Results See Also Res 124 Performance Module Res T24 Performance Reports and Res 124 Performance Calculation Options Components of the Res T24 Performance Calculation Results Calculation Lists Standard and or Proposed and or Alternatives depending on your selection s in Options Heating Lists the annual space heating Time Dependent Valuation TDV energy in KBtu sf yr for the Standard and or Proposed and or Alternative designs Cooling Lists the annual space cooling TDV energy in kBtu sf yr for the Standard and or Proposed and or Alternative designs Fans Lists the annual space cooling TDV energy in kBtu sf yr for the Standard and or Proposed and or Alternative designs Pumps Lists the annual space cooling TDV energy in kBtu sf yr for the Standard and or Proposed and or Alternative designs DHW Lists the annual domestic hot water system TDV energy in kBtu sf yr for the Standard and or Proposed and or Alternative designs Standard Total The total predicted TDV energy use of the standard design in TDV kBtu saft yr Proposed Total The total predicted TDV energy use of the proposed building in TDV kBtu saft yr Savings The energy savings percent with respect t
106. a selection that will provide a penalty and is not allowed under prescriptive Living zone control is required in modeling the living areas of the building for credit under the zonal control exceptional method criteria Sleeping zone control is required in modeling the sleeping areas of the building for credit under the zonal control exceptional method criteria See Special Topics Zonal Control and Section 4 5 2 of the Residential Manual for more details regarding Zonal Control credit requirements F Hydronic Space Heating Select the hydronic heating source if one exists This selection applies to residential occupancies only Choose None if there is no hydronic heating in the building Choose DHW Boiler Provides Heat for a combined residential space and water heating system that uses the specified hot water system for space heating as described in the Plant element DHW Tabs of the Building Tree Choose Heating Boiler Provides Heat for a dedicated separate space heating system that uses the heating boiler specified in the Plant element Heating Hot Water Tab of the Building Tree See Also Hydronic Systems i House Wrap Credit Check the box if a house wrap is installed which meets the requirements for compliance credit as explained in section 4 2 of the Residential Manual This credit reduces the overall building Specific Leakage Area SLA by 0 5 which is equivalent to reducing building infiltration by approximately 10
107. add features or reports not applicable to Title 24 compliance Once the BDL input file has been edited it can be run outside of the software shell using the version of DOE 2 1E which comes with the Win DOE compliance module NOTE This software is not endorsed authorized or associated with the U S Department of Energy To use Win DOE as a DOE 2 1E input file generator and to run calculations on a DOE 2 input file outside of the software s interface follow these steps 1 Use the software to input and save all building information including correct zoning HVAC systems operating schedules and construction assemblies See item 4 below if you prefer to use DOE 2 s default material library 2 Select the Win DOE tab from CalcManager Options To create an input file without running Win DOE calculations check Generate DOE Input File Only Do NOT Run Simulation Check Run Proposed under Compliance Calculations if you want an input file that combines your building information with the CEC default values Check Run Proposed under Noncompliance Calculations for a file that uses only your input values without the CEC defaults Check Domestic Hot Water under Scope to include a full DOE 2 input file on the water heating system defined in the software Under Scope also check the applicable categories Envelope Lighting Mechanical If either Run Standard Compliance or Run Standard Noncompliance are checked the program will create the DOE 2 input
108. after you select a location from the location List Click on the Select button to open the location list E City The City in which the project is located will be displayed after you select a location from the location list Click on the Select button to open the location list FH User Defined Location Check the checkbox labeled User Defined to edit the weather characteristics of the selected location User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 21 To create a new location select a city which is close in proximity to the city you want to identify by clicking Select under Location A list of United States and Canadian cities will appear Click on the city and click OK Then check the box named User Defined and select Edit to open the Edit Location Dialog Box Edit You must check the User Defined box to enable the Edit button Click on the Edit button to open the Edit Location Dialog Box to add a new location or customize the characteristics of the selected location You must complete the data in each of the four tabs and provide the appropriate weather data file if different from the existing file for the program to reference when performing calculations You may add locations that aren t included in the EnergyPro location database Download the BIN file for the location from the following web site htip www doe2 com Place the files in the Energy Pro weather folder usually located at the following path if installed locally C P
109. al Storage refrigerated Convention Conference Multi purpose and Meeting Centers 10 Corridors Restrooms Stairs and Support Areas Dining 10 67 Electrical Mechanical Room O N h Exercise Center Gymnasium NO Exhibit Museum Note 10 Financial Transaction Dry Cleaning Coin Operated O N Dry Cleaning Full Service Commercial General Commercial and Industrial Work High Bay General Commercial and Industrial Work Low Bay General Commercial and Industrial Work Precision Grocery Sales 10 33 High Rise Residential Living Spaces 9 Hotel Function Area Note 10 O N User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 2 5 245 250 2 5 250 2595 250 250 250 250 2 5 2 5 250 250 245 250 475 155 250 2 5 250 875 250 250 250 250 475 475 200 200 155 NO s O O O O hk 2 Sas Sa R gt O O oO oO M oO N h No l oh ss NO O1 1 40 385 1 10 ac 120 1 00 oc 1 20 h NO O h NO O h NO O h O O h NO O h NO O s NO O h NO O h O gt O DE h O1 O Case Studies e 199 0 15 0 15 0 50 0 15 0 15 0 50 0 15 0 30 0 45 0 15 0 15 0 15 Hotel Motel Guest
110. al buildings It shows compliance with the standards by comparing User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 13 the proposed energy use to a standard energy budget based on the building design as documented in Chapter 7 of the Residential Manual e Residential Loads which calculates residential design heating and cooling loads including room by room load calculations using ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals procedures to determine the proper size of the HVAC system e Nonresidential Title 24 Prescriptive modules which compute and document nonresidential high rise residential and hotel motel envelope interior and outdoor lighting and mechanical system compliance with Title 24 prescriptive requirements gt Envelope evaluates building envelope compliance using the CEC Overall Envelope compliance method as described in Chapter 3 of the Nonresidential Manual gt Indoor Lighting evaluates indoor lighting compliance using the Complete Building Area Category or Tailored compliance methods as explained in Chapter 5 of the Nonresidential Manual gt Outdoor Lighting evaluates outdoor lighting compliance including signs as described in Chapter 6 of the Nonresidential Manual gt HVAC and Loads determines compliance of the HVAC system using the prescriptive method as described in Chapter 4 of the Nonresidential Manual The calculations also include nonresidential heating and cooling loads using the ASHRAE TFM sizing methodology
111. al or Boiler Libraries Users may filter the thousands of entries in the CEC equipment lists to display only the equipment that meets specific size capacity and efficiency criteria You may also filter the list to show only a specific equipment type or manufacturer This ability not only simplifies the search for a specific piece of equipment it gives the user an estimate of the number of products available that meet the criteria CEC Construction Assemblies All construction assembly values used for residential and nonresidential Title 24 compliance calculations must be from the CEC Reference Appendices Manual Appendix JA4 U Factor C Factor and Thermal Mass Data If a construction assembly isn t represented in that Manual a permit applicant or manufacturer may request approval from the CEC For additional details regarding the CEC approved special circumstances or construction adjustments refer to Appendix JA4 in the CEC Reference Appendices Manual Variable Refrigerant Flow Systems EnergyPro 5 now allows users to model variable refrigerant flow systems which can be used in LEED calculations for EA Credit 1 points Title 24 compliance calculations are not able to accommodate variable refrigerant flow systems yet EnergyPro Version 4 Files As a result of the changes to Title 24 rules regarding construction assemblies when a Version 4 file is opened in EnergyPro Version 5 EnergyPro will notify the user that the file is from a previous versio
112. al sample building nor in most typical residential buildings use this tab to name the Plant element you have modeled Name Res DHW 3 You will not use the remaining Plant tabs Chilled Water Hydronic Renewables and Exceptional in this example Refer to the Plant Element in the Building Tree for detailed explanations of these entries 4 Click on the tab Domestic Hot Water to view the DHW system characteristics Leave all DHW entries at their current values 7 Click on the System element Res HVAC to continue User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 145 Editing the System Element Res Sample System Res HVAC General Distribution Residential HERS Credits MECH 2 System Details Name System Type New System Multiplier Use Supply Air Temperature specified in Central System for Load Calculations C Constant Volume Required for Process Exempted Fan Power 0 inches Space gt 8 000 sqft and Ceiling Height gt 15 and LPD gt 0 5 w sqft Section 143 Outside Air From Click on the System Element Res HVAC if you haven t already to view the HVAC System for this residence which has already been defined Compliance rules apply to how you aggregate different zones into a single HVAC system These rules and related design issues are discussed in Residential Compliance Note If this were an actual building you were entering from scratch you
113. amp regulated by FAA and sidewalk s walkway s Coast Guard bikeway s plaza s and other Emergency Vehicle Facilities For public streets roadways highways and traffic signage lighting User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Case Studies e 213 improved area s that are and occurring in the public right of illuminated way Entrances or Exits For sports and athletic fields and children s playground Guard Stations For industrial sites Outdoor Dining For public monuments Primary Entrances for Senior Care Facilities Police Stations Hospitals Fire Stations and Emergency Vehicle Facilities Sales Frontage and Lots For water features subject to Article Ornamental Lighting For ATM required by law 680 of the California Electrical Code fo tunnels bridges stairs wheelchair elevator lifts Special Security Lighting for Retail Parking and Pedestrian Hardscape Student Pick up Drop off zone For ramps other than parking garage ramps Vehicle Service Station Landscape lighting Canopies Hardscape and Uncovered Fuel Dispenser For themes and special effects For theatrical and other outdoor live performances For qualified historic buildings Other outdoor lighting applications that are not included in Standards Tables 147 A 147 B or 147 C are assumed to be not regulated by these Standards This includes decorative gas lighting and emergency lighting powered by an emergency source as defi
114. ample of a typical structure and naming convention for the project Figure C EnergyPro Building Tree Example 186 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 ay Exsting Alteratons Additron E gf Existing DHW e Existing FAU amp AIC lt Existing Home 2 PS Existing Alterations Front To Remain n Left To Remain Ss Let New n Left To Remove lt Rear To Remain L D Relocated Window Rear To Remove L E C window to Remove Right To Remain L EA F2is2 Replacements ki Existing Floor Remains A gt Existing Roof Remains Removed Portion er PS Existing To Remove Front To Remove n Left To Remove Rear To Remove ki Existing Floor Remove A gt Existing Roof Remove New Addition FT Addition Front a Left L i New window ae is Rear Each Building Tree component includes a field that requires you to specify the type of component or project Existing New Altered or Removed Figure D below shows an example of a roof component that will be altered as part of the project Figure D Altered Roof Type Example User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 187 Fxisting Roof Remains Surface Type Altered lw Existing Assembly Default Roof Friorto 1978 Fol x New Assembly R 38 Roof Attic a OX Orientation Tilt _ Roof Surface Replacement gt 2 000 soft or 50 When you select Altered you must enter or select the existing component as it is prior
115. an on screen database of the CEC equipment directories that allows you to load up to date information on certified HVAC and water heating equipment into the program s libraries Comprehensive on line documentation including context sensitive help What s this The software s help system also includes a complete copy of the CEC Reference Manuals for your convenience User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 15 Sample Files EnergyPro installs several sample files which you can use to see how a particular system or permit situation is modeled The files are automatically installed in the Projects subfolder and include Residential and Nonresidential Samples NR Built UP VAV systems Existing Addition Alteration Outdoor Lighting Residential Hydronic Systems Tailored Lighting NR Envelope and Mechanical Only Thermal Energy Storage system files as well as several files that highlight specific HVAC equipment Input Diagnostic The Input Diagnostic feature provides five levels of diagnoses Error Warning Caution HERS and Information When a calculation is run the Diagnostic Wizard displays a message for each item in question in the lower right window pane Diagnostics are shown on a separate tab for each level which shows its location names the Issue and suggests a solution In addition the diagnostics feature includes a search function that displays the Building Tree or Library element that is the source of the message when
116. ance Energy Analysis Using NR Performance as a Doe 2 BDL amp Report Generator Default DOE 2 1E Reports NR T24 Performance Options Calculations Run Standard Runs the Standard Design which sets the energy Performance budget for the building as explained in Section 9 of the Nonresidential Manual Run Proposed Runs the Proposed Design whose energy use is compared with the energy Performance budget as explained in Section 9 of the Nonresidential Manual Scope Sets the project Scope Check Envelope Lighting Mechanical and or Domestic Hot Water to set the scope of the analysis Include all project components for which a permit is desired Delete Temporary Files After Simulation is Complete Deletes the DOE 2 1E files once the simulation is complete Only the final results are saved in the software file Do not check this box if you wish to keep a copy of the DOE 2 input BDL or output SIM files or if you need to troubleshoot a file that doesn t run properly Generate CSV Output File Containing Detailed Results Select this option to instruct EnergyPro to produce an output file that includes hourly temperature and loads data for each fuel and end use Use Microsoft Excel or another spreadsheet program to view and analyze the data The CSV files will be saved in the EnergyPro 5 Results folder under the project name with a csv extension Reports You may select specific DOE 2 output reports in the Utility Tab of the Building Element If y
117. ance module to perform energy simulations for projects outside CA to document compliance with the LEED Energy and Atmosphere requirements You may also use the 90 1 module for those projects that are covered under the ASHRAE 90 1 Standard instead of or in addition to Title 24 You may select either the current version ASHRAE 90 1 2007 or the previous version of the standard ASHRAE 90 1 2004 to set the baseline assumptions against which the proposed project is compared For LEED calculations direct EnergyPro to use the ASHRAE 90 1 2004 or 2005 Title 24 baseline EnergyPro s new 90 1 Performance module automatically creates the ASHRAE 90 1 baselines for your project HERS Modules You may now use one of EnergyPro s three HERS Modules to produce the data required for a CA Whole House Home Energy Rating HERS Rating The CA HERS Rating Index provides a reference against which residential projects are compared to produce a HERS score between 0 and 250 points with a score of zero meaning the home is a zero net energy home The reference home which yields a score of 100 complies with CA 2008 Energy Efficiency Standards EnergyPro HERS calculation results display the TDV energy for each end use and the total HERS Index score for both the CHERS standard home and the Rated Home As with all other residential modules you may also evaluate alternative energy savings measures either individually or as a cumulative package GreenPoint Rated Module
118. and 929 kWh year for each stand alone freezer In multi family projects with multiple refrigerators do not use the multiplier function Instead enter the average kWh of all the refrigerators a Dishwasher Enter the Energy Factor EF for the dishwasher if the actual EF is available If the EF is not available use 0 46 The HERS Technical Manual assumes each dwelling unit has a dishwasher The dishwasher in the HERS reference home has an EF equal to 0 46 NOTE The energy usage related to the dishwasher is dependent on the number of occupants in the home You must enter this data in the Occupant Tab of the Room Element a Range Select the type of Range Oven from the drop down list The choices include e Gas No Pilot e Gas With Pilot e Electric a Washer Location If there is a washer in the home select the appropriate entry indicating whether the washer is located In Unconditioned Space or In Conditioned Space If there is no washer in the home select None E Dryer Location If there is a dryer in the home select the appropriate entry indicating whether the dryer is located In Unconditioned Space or In Conditioned Space If there is no dryer in the home select None T Dryer Type Select either Gas or Electric to indicate the dryer fuel source g Swimming Pool If the home has a swimming pool select the swimming pool characteristics from the drop down list Choices include e Gas heate
119. and exterior shades and the absorptivity of the opaque surfaces Solar heat gain coefficients of glazing are defined in the Fenestration Library Overhangs and Sidefins are defined in the Overhang and or Sidefin Libraries The absorptivity of opaque surfaces is fixed by the CEC for compliance and calculated automatically although it may be adjusted in the Assembly Library for heating and cooling loads calculations Internal Gains Internal gains include all indoor heat generating components lighting occupants receptacle electric usage and supply fans The values of these components for each hour are used to determine the internal gain energy Gains for occupants and receptacles are fixed values set by the CEC for each building type and are calculated by the software automatically HVAC Equipment All building characteristics for the zone s served are properly aggregated and assigned to the HVAC system element above the particular zone s Schedules for HVAC equipment are set in the Zone element Specific data for each system is found in the CEC equipment directories and manufacturer s literature See Libraries for further information on each of these libraries and the inputs required for each system type HVAC System Types Many nonresidential HVAC system types may be modeled using NR T24 Performance These include _ Split DX Systems L_ Packaged DX Systems LJHydronic Heat Pump _ Packaged Variable Air Volume L_ Packaged Multi Zone L
120. and then select Exterior Wall Click on the Wall Element Exterior Wall On the General tab input Name West Wall Area 400 ft 37 2 m Surface Type New New Assembly Assembly Library R 19 Wall Orientation drop down list or user input West Tilt 90 degrees 4 You have completed the input for the Wall Elements for the Office Zone Next you will Add a door to the West Wall Editing the Door Element NR Sample Door Wood Door Office Wood Door Office Area 24 tt Surface Type New Assembly Wood Door Now you will insert another sub component a door With the West Wall Element highlighted click the right mouse button and select Add Door The Door Element will be Added under the West Wall 1 Click on the Door element to input Name Wood Door Office Area 24 ft 2 2 m Surface Type New New Assembly drop down list Wood Door 2 You have completed the door for the West Wall Next you will Add a Slab on Grade Element to the Room Element Office 138 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Editing the Slab Element NR Sample Slab On Grade Covered Slab Office General Thermal Mass Covered Slab Office Area 1600 tt Surface Type New New Assembly Slab On Grade Ext Perimeter Click on the Room Element Office then right click and select Add and then select Slab on Grade 1 Click on the Floor Element Slab on Grade input Name Covered Slab Offi
121. ange amp Units 0 00 20 00 AC Hr a Supply Air Flowrate Enter the Supply Air Flowrate This input is only required for VAV systems which will comply under the Prescriptive Approach 56 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Ventilation F Ventilation Use Standard Area Basis The software automatically calculates the mechanical ventilation based upon fixed default values for ventilation rates in both the Standard and Proposed NR T24 Performance computer runs as described in the Section 4 3 of the Nonresidential Manual F Ventilation Use Occupancy If you check the Use Occupancy Basis checkbox the program uses the Ventilation and Occupant Density values input in the Occupant Tab of the Room element when running the Win DOE compliance and NR Loads calculations Otherwise the software automatically calculates the mechanical ventilation based upon fixed default values for ventilation rates in both the Standard and Proposed NR T24 Performance computer runs as described in the Section 4 3 of the Nonresidential Manual You may use the method above for modeling the required ventilation rates for some occupancies in LEED calculations F Ventilation Use Air Change Use this option in a case where the outside air design is stated in air changes per hour for a specific zone You must enter the number of air changes per hour if you select this option Range amp Units 0 00 20 00 AC Hr Exhaust Fan This is not a Program inpu
122. appears on report forms You can either leave the rest of the fields on this page as is or change them for your practice 3 Click on the next tab Designer The name and address for the designer affiliated with the project is already entered You do not use the other Designer tabs for residential buildings 4 The Utility and Outdoor tabs are not used in this example 6 The HERS tab is used for HERS II and GreenPoint Rated calculations We will not change any of the entries in this exercise but you may wish to review the data and the requirements for the various entries 7 You have completed data input for the Residential Example Building element Click on the Plant element Res DHW to continue E a Editing the Plant Element Res Sample Plant Res DHW Heating Hot Water Chilled Water Hydronic Domestic Hot Water DHW Boiler Combined Hydronic Piping Type New Pipe Length 0 feet Pipe Diameter 0 5 inches New Boiler Standard Gas 50 gal or Less x Insulation Thickness 9 5 inches Multiplier ET C Multi Family Central System Monitored System Additional 1 2 Insulation Residential Distribution No Pipe Insulation 1 Click on the Plant element Res DHW if you haven t already to access inputs for the residential sample building s Domestic Hot Water DHW features 2 The first tab in the dialog box is Heating Hot Water Although there is no Hot Water Boiler or Pump in your residenti
123. artition shall be modeled as a shaded exterior wall unless it is a party wall separating tenant spaces A party wall can be modeled as an adiabatic wall for both the standard and the proposed buildings if it has R 13 between framing members or has a U factor of less than 0 213 Model demising partitions as follows First create one or more Unconditioned Zone s Then in the adjacent conditioned space s use the Interior Surface element to create a demising ceiling wall or floor Name the partition to identify it e g Wall to Warehouse and input all the actual characteristics Assembly Area etc Set the absorptivity to 0 For Adjacent To select from the drop down list the name of the Unconditioned Space e g Warehouse adjacent to the demising partitions NOTE Model a demising partition only from within a conditioned zone Do not for example model a demising wall in an office zone to an unconditioned warehouse zone and also model the same demising wall in the warehouse linked back to the office Underground Walls and Floors Nonresidential Model nonresidential underground berm walls as follows _ Insert an Underground Wall element and enter the name and area Select a Wall assembly from the Assembly Library See Joint Appendix JA4 for additional information regarding wall construction assemblies and Section 4 1 4 of the Appendix for information about insulation on either the interior or exterior mass wa
124. ate either a Four Pipe Fan Coil FPFC if design does not call for economizers Built Up Single Zone BUSZ if the design calls for economizers or in a heating hot water only situation a Split DX HVAC system The hydronic system may also have a chilled water cooling component in which case also model the chiller and cooling tower Four Pipe Fan Coil and Built up systems only No Cooling Installed When no mechanical cooling equipment is installed even if cooling can be added as optional use the following modeling procedure In HVAC System select a central system which has the desired heating output and a cooling output capacity of zero 0 Btuh EnergyPro automatically sets the efficiency equal to the standard design there is no compliance credit or penalty You may wish to create a system in the Central System Library and name the cooling system No Cooling Save the entry in the library and select that system in the General Tab of the System Element to properly document the system In the Distribution tab if the heating system is ducted assign the heating and cooling ducts the same location and insulation level If the heating system is not ducted set the cooling duct insulation to the prescriptive Package D value for that climate zone and the duct location to Ducts in Ventilated Attic Calculating All Four Orientations You may show compliance for a home plan so that it may be built in any orientation as explained in the
125. ater heater or boiler to illustrate the equipment prior to any changes or replacement as well as a New water heater or boiler to describe the system after the alteration e Removed This equipment will be removed as part of an addition or alteration E Existing New DHW Boiler Depending on the application click in the multi edit box Existing Boiler and or New Boiler to choose a Water Heater or Boiler from the DHW Boiler Library Multiplier Enter an integer value to specify the number of identical water heating units in the building Range amp Units 0 99 units N A 38 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Combined Hydronic Piping E Hydronic Pipe Length Enter the total length of pipe in unconditioned space for all boilers that are part of this hydronic space heating system This input is used only in residential occupancies and should be the total length for the system not per boiler Make sure that if you have a multiplier input for your DHW boiler that you multiply the total pipe length and input this number Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 9 999 0 feet SI Metric 0 0 3 407 7 meters a Hydronic Pipe Diameter Enter the diameter of the hydronic piping associated with a hydronic space heating system Range amp Units Imperial US 0 000 2 000 inches SI Metric 0 51 mm a Hydronic Insulation Thickness Enter the hydronic pipe insulation thickness associated with a hydronic space hea
126. ater heating e Gas fired and absorption cooling e Evaporatively cooled condensing units e ce storage air conditioner e Evaporative coolers e Photovoltaic performance modeling HERS Module Results Res CHEERS Res CalCERTS Res CBPCA HERS Providers CHEERS CalCERTS CBPCA HERS Modules HERS Options Exporting Results Components of the HERS Calculation Results 94 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Calculation Lists CHERS Standard and Rated Home and possibly Alternative Energy Measures depending on your selections in the Options Tab Heating Lists the annual space heating Time Dependent Valuation TDV energy in KBtu sf yr for the Standard and or Proposed designs Cooling Lists the annual space cooling TDV energy in kBtu sf yr for the Standard and or Proposed designs Interior Lighting Lists the annual interior lighting TDV energy in kBtu sf yr for the CHERS Standard and or Rated Home designs Exterior Lighting Lists the annual exterior lighting TDV energy in kBtu sf yr for the CHERS Standard and or Rated Home designs Appliances Lists the annual appliances TDV energy in kBtu sf yr for the CHERS Standard and or Rated Home designs Miscellaneous Lists the annual miscellaneous TDV energy usage in kBtu sf yr for each design Renewables Lists the annual TDV energy in kBtu sf yr generated by the renewable system for the CHERS Standard and or Rated Home designs subtracted from the total TDV ene
127. ault value While documentation of residential load calculations is not a permit requirement it is recommended In addition documentation must be submitted at the request of the local enforcement agency Refer directly to ASHRAE publications for further information including the ASHRAE Cooling and Heating Load Calculation Manual which is an especially well organized explanation of the topic particularly Chapter 7 Residential Heating and Cooling Loads The manual may be obtained by contacting ASHRAE 1791 Tullie Circle N E 98 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Atlanta GA 30329 2305 Customer Service 1 800 527 4723 The Residential Loads calculation is based on the ASHRAE Cooling and Heating Load Calculation Manual as applied to each HVAC System specified within the program There is no hourly analysis of cooling loads as there is in the Nonresidential Loads calculation only the use of the listed average hourly solar gain factor SGF values based on glazing orientation and cooling load temperature difference CLTD values which are not sensitive to the opaque surface being modeled For Further Information For additional details on the Residential Loads method refer directly to the ASHRAE publications mentioned above Also see Sections 4 2 and 4 3 in the Residential Manual for discussions of Space Conditioning System Sizing and Space Conditioning System Design View ASHRAE Policy Statement Res Loads Opti
128. by dragging the upper bar of the results pane up to enlarge the display or down to show only the tabs at the bottom of the screen View Results Details Residential Calculations Res 124 Performance Res GreenPoint Rated Results HERS Module Results Res Performance 84 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Res Loads Nonresidential Calculations NR Prescriptive NR T24 Performance NR 124 LEED Performance Results NR ASHRAE 90 1 Performance Results NR Performance Results NR Loads NOTE The Results function does not perform calculations If you have made changes to the file you must recalculate select Calculate again to update the results and view or print reports Res T24 Performance Calculation Related Topics Res 124 Performance Options Res 124 Performance Results Res 124 Performance is a state approved residential computer Performance method also known as an Alternative Calculation Method ACM as defined in the Standards Section 151 d It is an updated version of the public domain Microcheck calculation that was first developed for 1988 Second Generation Residential Standards See Also Basis and Capabilities of the Res 124 Performance Calculation Building Features Modeled by Res 124 Performance Res 124 Performance Calculation Options Res T24 Performance Calculation Results Res T24 Performance Calculation Options See Also Res T24 Performance Module Res 124 Performance Results and Res 124 Performance Repor
129. ce Area 1600 ft 148 6 m Surface Type New New Assembly Assembly Library Slab on Grade Ext Perimeter 120 feet 86 6 meters 2 You have completed practice data input for the Office Zone Continue working your way through the Retail and Restaurant systems and their sub elements viewing the input Note that the Retail area of the building has glass entry doors to the north which are entered with the Windows element Also note that it has no Roof input because it is below conditioned space the Restaurant area It shows no south wall because it shares that wall with the Office Note that in the Restaurant area in the Room element under the Receptacle Process tab there is a Process Load of 1 5 watts square foot the other Room elements have no process loads Now that the Building Tree is complete Save the file and run calculations Running Calculations NR Sample Initiate calculations from the Calculations list in the lower left window pane Once you select which calculations to run for a particular project you can use the Calculate button on the toolbar The first time you User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 139 run calculations for any file you must set the calculation Options Once Options are set click on the Calculate button to initiate Calculations in one step 1 Select Calculations from the choices in the lower left window pane Please Note You may only run the types of calculations you have pur
130. ce Calculation Options tab California Advanced Homes An energy efficiency incentive program available to residential new construction projects in many parts of CA Residential Title 24 Compliance Modeling Topics The zoning of residential buildings for the HVAC system s for calculating design loads and for calculating energy compliance is a complex topic There are basic principles and guidelines which you should consider in deciding how a building is modeled This section presents guidelines and special techniques which may assist you in modeling residential buildings Topics include Dividing the Building into Zones and Systems Zonal Controls No Setback Thermostats Underground Walls and Floors Heating and Cooling Distribution Systems Hydronic Systems User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 157 No Cooling Installed Calculating All Four Orientations Attached Sunspaces and Garages Thermal Mass HERS Compliance CreditsHERS Registration Attic Radiant Barriers Cool Roofs Pool and Spa Equipment Dividing the Building Into Zones and Systems A basic and important question that must be considered before taking the areas of walls windows roofs and floors off the plans is How is the building zoned NOTE You will use both the Zone and Room elements to enter data for what is described here as a residential zone You will use the Zone element simply to name the zone and set the floor number you will use th
131. characteristics of the Proposed Design The Standard Design _ Has exactly the same physical size and shape as the Proposed Design _ Has the same occupancy schedules and zoning as the Proposed Design Has the prescriptive assembly U Factors and prescriptive glazing U Factors and solar heat gain coefficients based on climate zone _ Has the prescriptive lighting allotment based on occupancy or task requirements Has the mandatory ventilation rates by occupancy Has a mechanical system appropriate for the type installed in the proposed design and _ Has a system size which is appropriate for the design heating and cooling loads of the Standard Design User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 103 Full details on the assumptions used to generate the Standard Design building are contained in the Nonresidential Alternative Calculation Method ACM Manual Approval Method for the 2008 Building Energy Efficiency Standards Because the Standard Design is based upon many of the characteristics of the Proposed Design the energy budget always changes when any change is made to the proposed building design If you change an attribute of the building you must re calculate See Also Basis and Capabilities of NR 124 Performance Building Features Modeled by NR 124 Performance Energy Conservation Measures Modeled by NR 124 Performance for Compliance with Title 24 Noncompliance Energy Analysis Using NR Performance for Noncompli
132. chased Select User Information from the Help menu to verify the status for each module 2 Select check the checkbox the NR Prescriptive calculation The applicable boxes have been checked for you Envelope Indoor Lighting Outdoor Lighting and Mechanical NOTE If you have purchased some but not all the Prescriptive modules check only the options you have purchased Select the Loads calculation Leave the inputs set at their default values for this calculation For Winter Design Conditions Median of Extremes has been selected and the 0 5 0 4 Design Data for Summer Design Conditions has been selected The box Use Design Wet Bulb not Mean Coincident Wet Bulb has been checked Under Design Day for Schedules Ignore use 100 has been selected 6 Now you are ready to run Calculations Select the Calculate button on the toolbar 7 EnergyPro displays results for each type of calculation you have selected in a tabbed format in the bottom right window pane The Nonresidential Sample Building complies with the Standards using the Prescriptive Method as shown in the NR Prescriptive Results box The envelope complies since the Proposed TDV Energy is less than the Standard TDV Energy The Proposed Indoor Conditioned Indoor Unconditioned and Outdoor Lighting LPDs are less than the Standard Lighting LPDs The Mechanical System has been sized to accommodate the cooling load without being oversized heating is necessarily oversized because o
133. closely matches your surface e Existing Existing surface that will not be altered Select when performing an Existing Addition Alteration or Existing Alteration e New New surface for new construction or being added as part of an addition e Altered Select Altered if the surface is being altered from existing conditions but is not part of an addition By checking the Altered option the user will need to create an Existing surface to illustrate the surface prior to any changes or replacement as well as a New surface to describe the surface after the alteration e Removed This surface will be removed as part of an addition or alteration E Existing and or New Slab Click in this multi edit box to select a construction assembly for the Slab On Grade from the Assembly Library For the nonresidential performance calculation you must use a floor assembly that has 12 305 mm of soil earth on the outside The slab on grade construction is modeled identically in both the proposed and standard buildings T Exterior Perimeter Enter the exterior perimeter of the conditioned Slab On Grade Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 99 999 0 feet SI Metric 0 0 30 479 7 meters 72 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Thermal Mass Tab Note that this mass only applies to Lowrise Residential Occupancies F Mass Type Use this drop down list to select a material type that most closely resembles the mass material
134. cording to the Residential Manual Section 5 4 Thermal mass coupled to conditioned space on one side and exposed to outdoor conditions on the other side is exterior mass Refer to Residential Compliance Modeling Topics Thermal Mass and to the Glossary of the Residential Manual for additional modeling information F Mass Type Use this drop down list to select a material type that most closely resembles the mass material you wish to model For more information on Material Type see Thermal Mass in the Glossary in Section JA1 of the CEC Reference Appendices Choices include e None e Adobe e Concrete Heavyweight e Concrete Lightweight e Masonry Partial Grout e Masonry Solid Grout e Wood Solid Logs e Wood Cavity Wall a Thickness Enter the thickness of the material Range amp Units Imperial US 0 000 99 000 inches SI Metric 0 0 2 515 mm i Exposed lf a Mass surface is exposed not covered by cabinets or carpeting etc check this box Appropriate thermal mass credit will be applied Window Element Use the Window element of the Building Tree to enter the building s glazing and exterior shading information lf there are different glazing types at the same orientation you may want to name the windows for a distinguishing feature e g East Window Wood and East Window Metal or French Door 66 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 General Tab F Name Enter a descriptive name for the W
135. ct when performing an Existing Addition Alteration or Existing Alteration e New New surface for new construction or being added as part of an addition e Altered Select Altered if the surface is being altered from existing conditions but is not part of an addition By checking the Altered option the user will need to create an Existing surface to illustrate the surface prior to any changes or replacement as well as a New surface to describe the surface after the alteration e Removed This surface will be removed as part of an addition or alteration E Assembly Existing and or New Click in the appropriate multi edit box to select a wall construction assembly from the Assembly Library The wall construction determines the materials U Factor R Value absorptivity roughness weight and heat capacity of the wall F Orientation Enter the orientation of the wall the value you enter will include all the exterior glazing and doors located on that wall You may enter the actual orientation in degrees or select an orientation from the drop down list Range amp Units 0 360L See also Working with the Rotation Input User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 65 E Tilt Specify the angle of the wall relative to the horizontal A typical vertical wall has a 90 tilt However The software will accept values between 60 and 135 A surface with a tilt of less than 60 is considered a Roof Thermal Mass Tab Ac
136. cu anea a a A saa Be ae E dee eed 55 Schedules AD assests estes ote a a E a E N 57 ROOM ECMO a EA AE AEA A 58 EE ENE S EEEE E E A A E AAE A A EEE E E 58 MATERA OM VAD EE AEE A E AEE A AEE A AAE A E AN 60 OCCUPA Tabee a E A E ban a R 60 Receptacle Process Tabire a naea nA a a OEE a E 61 Pomes e IFIOL M aE D a E E A 62 AE E ears a Wal R E OEE NEE EEE TE EE A OET E E TNT 63 Honing TaD ries a A andl s aa dournaeds 63 PTS TIOI WV SUN ON ss cs 20 pe 0 hs Bi i ws So a a Pas hae i ha 64 WVINGOW Elemen es eintoctat oe sid acs amie ood neta ca vet ta tse tio anc iw mane 66 Ganer Mr el taste are oct ies am tepals waren eee ee ae cmc ieee to 67 Exterior Shading Tab wes enccrtarinastossincr ietancnadstaneditaiinaMaattuavedebaueiadsbisadeivbiacsiubiaavedubanctes 67 POOF tC Me il aicecsnetce cacuet ace tcaietadetennticlntenat E A 68 Menor SUMACE Elemen sesssustautevaterudasncaaurevadanacenrciwasevnsiantumndiwusanaaiaucivanswucsaane 69 W019 Bl 210g annaa ee RAE ace RAPE a OEE Rare Rar Rate Rae ere Rae Rene Rar nee 70 MA SHIMAIVIASS TAD asses acne a a etner A AA 71 SaD Elemen ee re Pe ee i a BP te pepe Br eR De Pete BRO Ore ORES On eA ewer 72 Thema Ma ass TaD uchiha acca isc a rccie A ede ee ne ae tee tee ee 13 Underground Wall ElQMent ccccsecccseeeceececeucecsuceceueeceusecsuseseueessueensaees 73 MMR Al INIASS 1 AD Scccnctes ct hictsteratetetectancsotedtalaktatescdetaiecesboiteantedd a R a 74 Underground Floor ElQMent ccccc
137. d a Space greater than 8 000 square feet AND Ceiling Height greater than 15 feet AND LPD greater than or equal to 0 5 Watts per square foot Section 143 of the Standards requires that spaces which comply prescriptively with the Nonresidential Standards that are greater than 8 000 soft directly under a roof with ceiling heights gt 15 and Lighting Power Densities gt 0 5 w saqft must include skylights and lighting controls Check this box if your space meets this criteria Under the Performance Approach this will set the baseline a Outside Air From Section 121 of the Standards lists requirements for mechanical ventilation The default value is Outside indicating the outside air is Supplied directly from the outdoors If the outside air requirements for this system are supplied via one of the other HVAC systems in the building click on the box to select one of the other Systems defined in the Building Tree Click X beside the box to revert back to the default condition Distribution Tab E Distribution Type When performing an Existing Addition Alteration calculation the user must assign an identity or Type for each element in the building tree Select from the four options a Type that most closely matches your distribution system e Existing Existing ducts that will not be altered Select when performing an Existing Addition Alteration or Existing Alteration e New New ducts for new construction or being ad
138. d fan power Note The standard design cooling system is also used for the proposed design if the proposed design has no air conditioning TABLE R3 31 SUMMARY OF STANDARD DESIGN AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM TABLE R3 31 SUMMARY OF STANDARD DESIGN AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM Configuration of the Standard Design proposed Beslan Standard Design Duct Detailed Specifications 220 e Case Studies User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Attic over the eee unit Ducts and air handler located in Ducts sealed prescriptive the attic requirements No attic but crawlspace or Ducts and air handler located in No credit for reduced duct area basement the crawlspace or basement No credit for increased duct R value or buried ducts No attic crawlspace or basement Ducts and air handler located No credit for low leakage air indoors Handler This table is applicable only when the standard design system has air distribution ducts as determined in Table R3 30 User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Case Studies e 221 TABLE R3 50 DEFAULT ASSUMPTIONS FOR EXISTING BUILDINGS VINTAGE TABLE VALUES TABLE R3 50 DEFAULT ASSUMPTIONS FOR EXISTING BUILDINGS VINTAGE TABLE VALUES Default Assumptions for Year Built Vintage 1978 1983 1991 1998 2000 2003 2005 Later INSULATION U FACTOR 0 049 0 102 0 046 Cool Root 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 iis Radiant Barrier None None None None None None Pres Pres Pkg Pkg 0 064 Slab Edge F factor 0
139. d Reports o Report File Format Adobe Acrobat User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 1 o Company Logo Signature and Stamps o Exporting Reports and Data o Mandatory Measures Forms o Acceptance Tests Multi Pane Window The multi pane window format allows users to view the Building Tree the detailed data for the component being edited and the most recent calculation results simultaneously This format makes editing files more convenient and also eliminates having to open and close a dialog box each time the user wishes to edit a project feature It also allows the user to easily and visually track the exact location of the component being edited while it s being edited The user can customize the panes to fit the screen in a number of ways e The Upper Left Window Pane displays the major program components the Building Tree Libraries Calculations Reports and Project Defaults You may customize the display by dragging the dividing line between the upper and lower sections up or down e The Lower Left Window Pane displays choices that allow you to easily switch views in the Upper Left Pane from the Building Tree to Libraries Calculation and Report Options or the Project Default construction assemblies You may customize the display to show all selections in a list only some with the remaining choices displayed as icons or display only icons at the bottom of the screen e The Upper Right Window Pane displays the
140. d with cover e Gas heated with no cover e Solar or not heated e Electric heated with cover and e Electric heated with no cover If there is no swimming pool select None E Spa lf the home has a spa or hot tub select the spa characteristics from the drop down list Choices include e Gas Heated User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 25 e Solar Gas Heated e Electric Heated and e Solar Electric Heated If there is no spa select None Well Pump Check the box if the home has a Well Pump E Sewer Grinder Pump Check the box if the home has a Sewer Grinder Pump E Indoor Lighting Enter the quantity of each permanently installed interior luminaire Refer to Table 7 from the CEC HERS Technical Manual to determine the luminaire count for each different luminaire type Operating hours for Interior lighting for HERS projects are shown in Table 6 Daily Lighting Hours Interior Use the drop down lists to quantify the permanently installed interior lighting in the home For each luminaire type enter the number of luminaires the location and the type of control Luminaire Types include e High Efficacy e Screw in CFL e Incandescent Refer to Table 8 from the CEC HERS Technical Manual to determine the proper classification for each luminaire type Locations include e Small Closet e Bedroom Walk in Closet e Hall Entry Stairs Other e Living e Utility Laundry and e Kitchen Dining Nook
141. ded as part of an addition e Altered Select Altered if the duct is being altered from existing conditions but is not part of an addition By checking the Altered option the user will need to create an Existing duct to illustrate the duct prior to any changes or replacement as well as a New duct to describe the duct after the alteration e Removed This duct will be removed as part of an addition or alteration Existing and or New Distribution Systems T Heating Distribution Select one of the Heating Distribution types The choices are Ducted Ductless with Fan Ductless No Fan Radiant Floor Baseboard OU d0du gH U E Cooling Distribution Select one of the Cooling Distribution types The choices are Ducted C Ductless F Duct Location Select one of the duct location types This input is used for both residential and nonresidential calculations Refer to Section 4 4 of the Residential Manual or Section 4 4 of the Nonresidential Manual for additional details The choices are e Conditioned e Outdoors e Crawlspace e Garage e Basement User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 45 e Attic Ceiling Insulation Unvented e Attic Ceiling Insulation Vented e Attic Ceiling and Roof Insulation e Attic Roof Insulation e Attic Buried For an explanation of the effects of this selection refer to the CEC Reference Appendices Reference Appendix 3 1 Note that this feature requires HERS verification and
142. ded ceilings is allowed for Title 24 compliance Exception to 118 e 3 When there are conditioned spaces with a combined floor area no greater than 2 000 ft in an otherwise unconditioned building and when the average height of the space between the ceiling and the roof over these spaces is greater than 12 ft insulation placed in direct contact with a suspended ceiling with removable ceiling panels shall be an acceptable method of reducing heat loss from a conditioned space and shall be accounted for in heat loss calculations Refer to the Joint Appendix JA 4 and Section 3 3 1 of the Nonresidential Manual for additional information regarding insulating a ceiling with removable panels Process Loads Process loads i e sensible and or latent process loads are input in each Zone with the Room element under the Receptacle Process tab They are included in the NR Loads calculation for sizing mechanical equipment and are also modeled in the NR T24 Performance compliance runs in both the Standard Design and the Proposed Design Because process loads are passed through in both the prescriptive and performance approaches they are neither an energy penalty nor an energy credit in meeting the Standards For any particular occupancy subtract the normal equipment load from the total process load to determine the net sensible process load input into the program For example if there is a computer room with 4 0 watts ft 43 0 W m yo
143. default value is 30 which is the combined federal and state marginal tax rate See Also HERS Results Home Energy Rating System HERS Modules HERS Providers CHEERS CalCERTS CBPCA HERS Results HERS Calculation Options EnergyPro includes HERS rating calculation modules one for each HERS Provider based on the Res T24 Performance module and the CEC HERS regulations HERS rating software approval is required as part of the certification process for each HERS Provider HERS calculations performed by EnergyPro provide the information required by each HERS Provider to produce a HERS Rating Certificate for a CA Whole House 92 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Home Energy Rating and or a HERS Audit Certificate fora CA Home Energy Audit The three modules all produce the same HERS Index results In addition to the Rating Certificate each HERS report must also contain a report that provides recommendations to improve the energy efficiency of the home In addition each report must contain an analysis of the home s energy consumption and cost and a summary of the data inputs used to develop the reports To produce the actual Rating Certificate and HERS Report you must export the detailed file data from EnergyPro and upload it to the proper HERS Provider for processing See Also Basis and Capabilities of the HERS Calculations Basis and Capabilities of the HERS Calculations HERS Providers CHEERS CalCERTS CBPCA Califo
144. describes the two methods for documenting thermal performance U Factor SHGC for site built fenestration products Site built fenestration must have either a NFRC Label Certificate or use the default values listed above The total site built fenestration area includes windows non opaque doors and skylights Before an occupancy permit is granted site built fenestration products in other then low rise residential buildings shall be certified as meeting the Acceptance Requirements for Code Compliance as specified by the Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA7 to ensure that site built fenestration meet Standards requirements including a matching label certificate for each product installed and be readily accessible at the project location Projects with less than 10 000 square feet of site built fenestration If the values are NFRC certified you may use the certified values for compliance purposes Otherwise you must either use the CEC default values in Section 116 of the Standards or the values resulting from the alternate default equations for calculating fenestration thermal performance from Reference Appendix NA6 2008 Refer to the Appendix for additional information regarding the compliance related responsibilities of energy consultants designers architects builders installers and enforcement agencies when using the procedures in NA6 2008 Projects with more than 10 000 square feet of site built fenestration Fenestration products in the
145. detailed information about the selected item in the Left Window Pane For example if one selects the Zone Element of the Building Tree the detailed entries for that Element are displayed in the Upper Right Window e The Lower Right Window Pane displays the most recent calculation results as well as any errors or warnings Each different calculation is displayed on its own tab Undo Element Delete Only If you accidentally delete an element from the Building Tree EnergyPro now allows you to retrieve it EnergyPro will restore the element as well as all the sub elements contained within it However if you delete a sub element first then delete the element at a higher level in the Tree when you select Undo the element will be restored but you will have to restore the sub element separately by selecting Undo again Use caution when using this feature as it will NOT undo any other entries revisions or deletions All other data will remain User and Project Defaults User Defaults EnergyPro version 5 contains a set of default construction assemblies that will be included in each new file You may customize the Default Library settings by selecting Options from the Tools Menu Select the Construction Tab in the Options dialog box then select the default assembly construction for each envelope component Select assemblies you use most often to automatically populate specific Building Tree elements in each new project file Changes to User Defa
146. dule 93 User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Res T24 Performance Calculation 83 Residential Compliance Modeling Topics 155 156 158 159 160 Attached Sunspaces and Garages 160 Calculating All Four Orientations 160 Dividing the Building Into Zones and Systems 156 Heating and Cooling Distribution Systems 158 Hydronic Systems 159 No Cooling Installed 160 No Setback Thermostats 158 Underground Walls and Floors 158 Zonal Controls 157 Residential Sample Building 141 Residential T24 Compliance Modeling Topics 157 Residential Tab 47 ResLoads Calculation 96 Calculation Options 96 Calculation Results 96 ResLoads Tab Options 96 Results Files 10 Return Air Plenums 173 Roof Element 74 Room Element 57 S Signs Element 28 Site Built Fenestration 174 Skylight Element 75 Slab Element 69 Special Topics 155 166 179 184 185 Additions 179 Mandatory Measures 179 Mechanical Systems 185 Mixed Occupancy Buildings 184 Nonresidential Compliance Modeling Topics 166 Residential Compliance Modeling Topics 155 Standard Design Ducts 213 Standard Design HVAC System 213 Standard HVAC System According To Proposed System Type 171 System Details 42 System Distribution Tab 44 System Element 42 T T24 LEED Performance Module 113 Table 10 Daily Lighting Hours Exterior 219 Table 5 RESNET Reference Home Dishwasher Assumptions 217 Table 6 Daily Lighting Hours Interior 218 Table 116 A Default Fenestration Product U Factors 203
147. e Fenestration Library 1 Skylight Type The Nonresidential Standards apply different U factor and SHGC requirements depending on the type of skylight Select either a glass skylight with or without roof curb or a plastic skylight 78 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Exterior Shading Tab a Shading device Select an exterior shade type from the available choices The default assumption is None unless an exterior shade is specified The SHGC for the choices are as follows e None Default for skylights e Bug Screen e Woven Sunscreen SC lt 0 35 e Louvered Sunscreen e Low Sun Angle Sunscreen e Roll down Awning e Roll down Blinds or Slats Refer to Shading in the Glossary of the Residential Manual for more detailed information regarding exterior shading If you specify an exterior shade type from the CEC approved list for solar heat gain reduction credit it must be present at final inspection In nonresidential buildings the program assumes there is no exterior shading for compliance calculations Loads calculations will use the pre set SHGC value for all other selections Daylighting Tab Skylight Well a Reflectance Enter the reflectance of the walls of the skylight well Used in the daylight effectiveness calculation for the well A value of 1 0 would indicate a perfectly reflecting surface Range amp Units 0 10 1 00 units N A E Height Enter the height of the skylight well Used to determine
148. e Horizontal Multiplier is used for buildings with a number of identical zones placed side by side This allows you to describe one zone and then give the number of times it occurs including the first occurrence as a horizontal multiplier The horizontal multiplier assumes that the multiplied zones are all on the same floor This will influence the compliance calculations of energy budgets The Horizontal Multiplier does not affect the areas of demising partitions i e any surfaces between adjacent zones If you have both a vertical and a horizontal multiplier for a zone the total floor area for the zone equals the zone floor area times the vertical multiplier times the horizontal multiplier For example a zone with a floor area of 1 000 ft 92 9 m a vertical multiplier of 2 and a horizontal multiplier of 3 has a total floor area of 2 x 3 x 1 000 ft 92 9 m 6 000 ft 557 4 m To use multipliers properly the zones must be absolutely identical including their orientations and roof and floor exposures The vertical multiplier usually applies only to zones on interior floors of multi story buildings Range amp Units 1 99 units N A E Display Perimeter North East South Enter the North East South orientation length in feet of an exterior wall in a Group B Group F Division 1 or Group M occupancy that immediately abuts a public sidewalk measured at the sidewalk level for each story that abuts a public sidewalk The Di
149. e Mounting Height Multiplier to the assigned LPD value Add a Task Element and complete the required information for each specific task within the room Then Add as many Lighting Elements as necessary to define all light fixtures dedicated to that task In the Lighting Tab of the Zone Element set the Standard Lighting to Use Calculated Tailored LPD and Proposed Lighting to Use Installed LPD In the appropriate NR Calculations Options check the Indoor Lighting checkbox to include Indoor Lighting in the simulation scope Refer to Section 146 of the Standards and 5 3 3 of the Nonresidential Manual for additional information about tailored lighting calculations In addition refer to Table 146 G in the Standards for information regarding the lighting power allowances for display and decorative lighting 180 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Title 24 Daylighting Requirements The 2008 Standards require that lowrise nonresidential buildings located in Climate Zones 2 15 that are larger than 8 000 square feet and are located directly under a roof include a certain percentage of skylights to take advantage of natural daylight Section 143 c of the Standards states c Minimum Skylight Area for Large Enclosed Spaces in Buildings with Three or Fewer Stories In climate zones 2 through 15 low rise conditioned or unconditioned enclosed spaces that are greater than 8 000 ft2 directly under a roof with ceiling heights greater than
150. e Room element within that zone to describe that zone s envelope features types of walls floors glazing etc In practice the Room element will usually cover a number of rooms or possibly an entire floor In designing the HVAC zoning of a residential building a few primary issues come up _ As a general rule use the minimum number of Zones and Systems to produce the information needed for both compliance and equipment selection Can comfort throughout the building be maintained with a single thermostat If not how must the building be divided up to maintain comfort L What type of mechanical system will be installed A standard split system forced air furnace and air conditioner with no special duct damper controls can serve only a single thermostat zone Two such systems can serve two separate zones A radiant hydronic space heating or variable refrigerant flow cooling system can serve many different thermostatically controlled zones _ Standard residential air conditioning equipment goes up to only a nominal 5 ton cooling capacity up to approximately 45 000 Btuh sensible capacity under typical design conditions If the building has larger cooling loads additional condensing units might be needed to meet the load _ Because EnergyPro allows you to calculate design heating and cooling loads by system and room you can use the program in various ways For example you may not be sure whether a certain piece of equipment can meet t
151. e airflow at the registers 3 The system must be designed to operate within the equipment manufacturer s specifications 4 Air is to positively flow into through and out of a zone only when the zone is being conditioned No measurable amount of supply air is to be discharged into unconditioned or unoccupied space in order to maintain proper airflow in the system Although multiple thermally distinct living and or sleeping zones may exist in a residence the correct way to model zonal control for credit requires only two zones one living zone and one sleeping zone All User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 159 separate living zone components must be modeled as one single living zone the same must be done for sleeping zones Residential ACM Chapter 5 9 To use this compliance credit the measured air flow in CFM and the fan watt requirements defined in the Reference Residential Appendix RA3 3 must be met The total non closable opening area between zones cannot exceed 40 ft Other eligibility criteria for this measure are presented in the Reference Residential Appendix RA4 Internal gains in the living zone shall be 20 000 Btu day plus 15 Btu ft Internal gains in the sleeping zone shall be 15 Btu ft No Setback Thermostats Setback thermostats are a mandatory measure for most HVAC systems as explained in Section 4 5 1 of the Residential Manual and the Standards Section 112 c Title 24 allows certain systems to be install
152. e and sequence operation Sequences Tab You must first click on the sign to add a sequence to the table Sequence Name Enter a descriptive name for each sequence F Balance Load Check the box if you wish to operate all chillers in each load range Leave the checkbox blank unchecked if you wish to operate only particular chillers within each load range The standard design chiller s as defined in the Nonresidential ACM Manual Section 2 4 2 32 operates to 90 capacity prior to the staging of the next chiller Standard design chillers are modeled in parallel Range a Range Click on the sign to add a range to the table Load Range E Operate Chillers in this Load Range Up to Enter the maximum load for each load range Range amp Units Imperial US 0 9 999 tons SI Metric 0 00 74 599 25 kW 1 Chiller Select chiller s from the drop down list which will operate in this load range 8 Chiller Multiplier Enter the number of identical chillers which will operate within this load range Range amp Units 0 9 units N A User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 35 Total Capacity Available This is not a program input The total available plant capacity at each load range is calculated automatically by the program based on the specific chiller characteristics defined in the Chiller Dialog and the chiller multiplier entered in the Load Range Dialog Schedule Tab Sequence
153. e at default value Tilt 90 leave at default value 3 Next Add two types of sub components Windows and Doors for the Front Wall Element Doors or portions of doors made of glass are input as windows using the Window element For this example click on the Front Wall Element then right click and then highlight Add Window Repeat these steps to Add Door 4 Next you ll edit the window and door you ve just added to the Front Wall Element ED Editing the Door Element Res Sample 150 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Door Entry Door Area Surface Type New Assembly Entry Door Wood Door 1 Click on the Door Element to input Name Entry Door Area 27 ft 2 0 m Surface Type New New Assembly Assembly Library Wood Door 2 Next you ll edit the Window Element you just added Editing the Window Element Res Sample Window Front Windows Exterior Shading Name Area Surface Type New Fenestration Front Windows 60 ndersen Pemashield 1 Click on the Window Element The General tab is displayed Input Name Front Windows All windows of the same type can be combined in one value Different window types on the same wall might be named to show their distinguishing features e g Front Windows Wood Front Windows Fixed Front Windows w Overhangs etc User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 151 Area 60 ft 5 6 m
154. e equipment is all of the same category Multiple units of the same type must fall into one of the specific categories contained within the following pop up listings Cooling Equipment Heating Equipment Fan Systems Water Heaters Unconditioned Zones Lighting in unconditioned zones must meet the Standards requirements However in most other cases modeling unconditioned zones is optional though it is recommended so that mechanical systems do not appear to be oversized To model an unconditioned zone 1 Create a Zone within the System which shares the most heat transfer to and from the conditioned space In the program give it a name e g Warehouse and set the occupancy type to Unconditioned Enter the floor area and ceiling height Set the Desired Winter Temperature to an appropriate actual winter temperature e g 50_JF or 10 0L and the Desired Summer Temperature to an appropriate actual summer temperature e g 90 F or 32 2 C Do not leave the settings for an unconditioned space at the settings fora conditioned space 4 Input the major exterior surfaces of the unconditioned zone such as roof and exterior walls It may not be necessary to model relatively small areas of glazing 5 Create demising partitions in the adjacent conditioned zones to model all surfaces roof walls floor between conditioned Zones and unconditioned Zones using the Interior Surface element 174 e Building Tree User s Manual En
155. e file NOTE DOE 2 1E bug DOE 2 registers the SS P report command as an invalid command If you select the SS P report the DOE 2 simulation will not run See Also Default DOE 2 1E Reports NR Loads Calculation Section 144 b of the Standards states that for load calculations done in conjunction with compliance with the Standards indoor design conditions shall be in accordance with ANSI ASHRAE 55 1981 except that humidification and dehumidification need not be considered Heating and cooling design loads shall be determined in accordance with the procedures described in the ASHRAE Handbook 1989 Fundamentals Volume the ASHRAE Cooling and Heating Load Calculation Manual or an equivalent computation procedure approved by the Executive Director of the CEC Outdoor design air temperatures shall be no lower than the temperature listed in the Winter Median of Extremes column for heating and no greater than the 0 5 Summer Dry Bulb and 0 5 Wet Bulb columns for cooling based on percent of year in ASHRAE publication 96500 Climatic Data for Region X Arizona California Hawaii and Nevada 1982 The NR Loads calculation is based on the ASHRAE Cooling and Heating Load Calculation Manual as applied to each Mechanical System specified within the program The program performs an hourly simulation to determine cooling loads using explicitly calculated solar gain factors for the month and explicitly calculated weighting and response factors for thermal
156. e information meaning that all of the information for the existing house including that which will be altered or removed as well as the Addition information Each Building Tree 184 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 element Room Window Wall HVAC DHW etc will include a designation of the element Type that properly explains the role the element is playing in the calculation Figure B Existing House the Addition and the Alterations ADDITION e EXISTING HOUSE PLUS ALTERATIONS l l l Existing Alterations Addition New Wall A Existing Window Unchanged D Relocated Existing Window E2 F2 G2 Replacement Windows H I J New Windows 1 Compile complete information on the existing building before the remodel and information on the addition alteration If you are unsure of particular existing conditions refer to Table R3 50 Default Assumptions for Existing Buildings or make a conservative assumption i e in the direction of more efficiency as a base case 2 Enter all the building characteristics making sure that you User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 185 Select Exist Addition Alteration as the Building Type in the Project Design Data tab Name each Plant System Zone Room Room Components when applicable depicting the status of that item i e for a wall that will be removed Existing Left Wall Remove Figure C below is an ex
157. e standard and proposed designs Zonal Systems Zonal systems include different kinds of VAV variable air volume or variable refrigerant volume boxes Zonal systems are defined in the Zonal System Library and are input in the Zone element s under the Mechanical tab Each zone may have up to 99 identical terminal units such as VAV boxes Table D 4 lists which mechanical system types may include specific zonal components Chillers and Cooling Towers Chillers and cooling towers are components of more complex systems such as built up VAV systems They are generally found in larger nonresidential and high rise residential construction Chillers and cooling towers are defined in the Plant Library and are incorporated into the overall building description using the Chilled Water tab in the Plant element 190 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Default Built Up Systems with VAV Boxes Reheating or Recooling When modeling a default existing or expected built up system you must model relevant zonal system characteristics as explained in Default Mechanical Systems Default Zonal Systems Each building can have four chiller types and one type of cooling tower but there can be multiple identical units of each Primary and secondary pump information and chiller EMS control data are also entered in the Plant Element Space Heating Boilers Boilers may be used for space heating in both residential and nonresidential buildings Def
158. e value is less than or equal to 6 of the total airflow a Ducts in Conditioned Space with Leakage Verified Check the box if the ducts are entirely in conditioned space and have verified low leakage rates to the outside conditions This credit requires field verification that the leakage rates to the outside are equal to or less than 25cfm when measured at CEC specified conditions by an approved HERS rater E Measured Duct Surface Area Check the box if you wish to take credit for actual duct surface areas and R Values in your design To receive compliance credit the duct layout and design specifications must be included on the plans In addition this credit must be field verified by an approved HERS rater You may not use this checkbox if you have selected Ducts in Conditioned or an unducted system in the System Element General Tab This credit also requires that the duct design is based on an industry standard methodology such as ACCA Manual D The design must include data regarding the available external static pressure from the air handler the pressure drop of external devices the equivalent length of the duct runs as well as the size location type and configuration of the ducts and fittings Residential Ducts Not a Program Input EnergyPro automatically calculates the duct surface area and R Value for both the standard and proposed designs This information is used to determine eligibility for the high efficiency verified duct desig
159. ec Multiplier 20 Reference Code A 1 This entry is the luminaire code on forms LTG 1 part 2 of 2 and LTG 2 Control drop down Occ Sensor lt 250 sqft You have completed inputs for Lighting Office To continue adding elements to this Room Element each new one below the last highlight the element and using the right mouse button select Add In this example highlight the Room Element Office click the right mouse button and select Add Choose Roof from the Components list It will be added under the Lighting Element you just completed Ole Editing the Roof Element NR Sample 134 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Roof R 30 Roof General Thermal Mass Name Area Surface Type New Assembly R 30 Roof Attic Orientation 0 Titt ae Roof Surface Replacement gt 2 000 soft or 50 If you haven t done so already highlight the Room Element Office click the right mouse button and select Add Choose Roof from the Components list It will be added under the Lighting Element you just completed 1 Click on the Roof element Input Name R 30 Roof Area 1 600 ft 148 6 m Surface Type New New Assembly Assembly Library R 30 Roof Roof Attic Orientation drop down list or user input 0 leave at default value Tilt 22 degrees There are no skylights in this building If there were you would define the Skylight element by highlighting the Roof element clicking the right mou
160. eceptacle load This value is fixed for compliance by occupancy Renewables Annual energy provided by renewable systems This value is negative and is subtracted from the total proposed energy use Exceptional Annual Energy saved from reducing process loads To take credit for reducing process loads in the proposed project LEED requires that you use the Exceptional Calculation Method in Appendix G G2 5 to document the measure Enter the energy savings resulting from the Exceptional Method in the Plant Element of the Building Tree Fans Annual energy used for fans moving conditioned air Heat Rejection Annual energy used for cooling tower operation Pumps Annual energy used pumps for hot water chilled water and condenser water piping systems Process Annual energy used in process loads input within the program DHW Annual energy used for domestic service hot water Total The Total annual energy used by the building Baseline Energy Cost The estimated annual energy cost for the baseline building design Proposed Energy Cost The estimated annual energy cost of the proposed building design Percent Better The difference percentage between the proposed and baseline design energy costs If this number is negative the estimated proposed design energy costs are higher than the baseline design LEED EAc1 Points The number of LEED Energy and Atmosphere points the proposed design is eligible to earn through optimizing energy per
161. ed Sect rented N 119 INF Pernormance AC DONS atassnimctes jexttetet onan Cs jeaatetehanitonn ia 119 NR Loads CalCulatlO is fa cesusececernGercceentanctess A N Gaetan Gens greGetkeen tonne EN 120 NE Loads Calculation ODOM S aonne E 121 INF EOSS FOS UNIS creere aacannieaesseemgae aes deat 121 Using NR Performance as a DOE 2 BDL and Report Generator 122 Default DOE 2 1E Reports in the NR Output SIM Files eee 123 Using NR Performance for Noncompliance Energy AnalySis 006 124 Detailed Calculation Data ccceccccccccseccceeceteneeseeeteeeeseueeteeeteneetsneesaneeeas 124 Alternatives Tab All Residential Modules cccccccseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeens 125 Calibration Tabi All MOGUICS kaaa 126 Nonresidential Sample Building 127 Residential Sample Building 143 Special Topics 157 Residential Title 24 Compliance Modeling TOpics ccccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 157 Dividing the Building Into Zones and Systems cccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeas 158 ZOMG COMUONS vex onc cere seg sadexene viens banesesuvivandasbalicdavvanesdupecesiesueeeandanbauaeaaeuneekeeenee 159 NO S tb ck Th rmostatS meserna costed sander gist weadatacadanadet eaa ii aeai 160 Underground Walls and Floors Residential ccccscseceeeessseeeeeesaeeseeeeseaeeeeeeeeas 160 Heating and Cooling Distribution Systems cece eceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeas
162. ed to classrooms call centers office Spaces served by multiple zone systems that are continuously occupied during normal business hours with occupant density greater than 25 people per 1000 ft per 121 b 2B Table 4 2 and Table 4 3 healthcare facilities and medical buildings and public areas of social services buildings 2 Where the space exhaust is greater than the required ventilation rate minus 0 2 cfm ft2 3 DCV devices are not allowed in the following spaces Spaces that have processes or operations that generate dusis fumes mists vapors or gases and are not provided with local exhaust ventilation such as indoor operation of internal combustion engines or areas designated for unvented food service preparation or beauty salons 4 Spaces with an area of less than 150 ft or a design occupancy of less than 10 people per 121 b 2B Table 4 2 and Table 4 3 E Pipe Length For Variable Refrigerant Flow systems only Enter the refrigerant pipe length from the outdoor condensing unit to the indoor unit Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 99 999 0 ft SI Metric 0 0 30 479 6 m F Supply AC Air Changes per Hour Ordinarily this value is set to zero and the program will automatically calculate it from other inputs e g central system supply airflow If you enter a non zero value based on the airflow volume cfm or L s per zone the program uses this air change rate to set the quantity of supply air in the zone R
163. ed without setback thermostats if the energy penalty is modeled with a computer performance method such as Residential T24 Performance The systems which may be modeled in EnergyPro s Residential T24 Performance module with No Setback Thermostats are L Non central electric heaters _ Room air conditioners _ Room air conditioner heat pumps Gravity gas wall heaters LC Gravity floor heaters LC Gravity room heaters _ Wood Stoves _ Fireplace or decorative gas appliances To model one of these systems with no setback thermostat open the System element and select the Residential Tab Select No Setback from the available thermostat choices and run Res T24 Performance to see if the building complies Underground Walls and Floors Residential Underground Walls For low rise residential construction use the Underground Wall element to model basement or other walls below grade Residential compliance calculations divide underground walls into three separate categories depending on the depth below grade shallow up to two feet below grade medium two to six feet below grade and deep greater than six feet below grade walls Create a separate underground wall construction assembly for each category and set the exterior absorptivity to 0 0 there is no radiant gain from sunlight Input the depth below grade in inches mm for each underground wall assembly type Refer to Section 3 5 3 of the Residential ACM Manual for additi
164. ee User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 L_ JExterior wall insulation credit neutral or penalty _ Placement of insulation in heavy mass wall assemblies credit or penalty JExterior roof ceiling insulation credit neutral or penalty _ Placement of insulation in heavy mass roof assemblies credit or penalty _ Raised floor insulation credit neutral or penalty _ Placement of insulation in heavy mass raised floor assemblies credit neutral or penalty _ Fenestration areas in walls greater than 40 window wall ratio penalty _ Fenestration areas in roofs greater than 5 skylight roof ratio penalty L_ Fenesitration U Factors credit neutral or penalty _ Fenestration solar heat gain coefficients credit neutral or penalty L_ Fenestration overhangs and sidefins credit generally L_JInstalled or modeled lighting power density per Zone credit neutral or penalty flighting control credit per Zone credit HVAC and Service Hot Water _ Proposed heating system capacity oversizing heating system output divided by design heating load over 143 penalty _ Proposed cooling system capacity oversizing sensible cooling system output divided by design sensible cooling load over 121 penalty Heating equipment efficiency rating neutral or credit Cooling equipment efficiency rating neutral or credit LJSystem type credit neutral or penalty L_ Equipment part load performance credit neutral or penalty Heat pump auxi
165. ee primary steps 1 Loads Calculation First is the calculation of heat loss from and heat gain to the building zones and the heating and cooling loads imposed upon the building HVAC systems This calculation is carried out for a zone temperature fixed in time and is commonly called the Loads calculation It answers the question How much heat addition or extraction is required to maintain the zone at a constant temperature as the outside weather conditions and internal activity vary in time and the building mass absorbs and releases heat DOE 2 s Loads module calculates the heating and cooling loads of a building assuming a fixed indoor temperature The calculations are based for the most part on standard ASHRAE algorithms and techniques The load is divided into components which are calculated hourly The components are divided into two classes external and internal The external components are the loads caused by heat conduction through walls and windows infiltration through windows and walls and solar gain through windows The internal components are the loads caused by people lights and equipment inside the building 2 Systems Calculation Second is the calculation of the energy addition and extraction actually to be supplied by the HVAC system to meet the possibly varying temperature set points and humidity criteria subject to the schedules of fans boilers and chillers and to outside air requirements This calculation results in the dema
166. eesees 181 Mandatory WIEASUlCS rsa csesecasesnanimsesmauseivenacosinineusoieseaieieeacinsemuisieesisieinee 182 PUOGIMO INS scena a 182 Analysis of Addition Alone scents ceca cteesectdeeee eacceedt an caee deca eee cbeusteedants tansheecteusei 183 Existing Plus Addition Plus Alteration Analysis cccsccccseeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeens 183 Mixed Occupancy BUINCINGS asserena 188 Mechanical SyS teM Asterina aac naan dane aaa 189 Central SYSICINS aicgiec pecs ctee Peete trie ie Goe ates Geena eat a tee 189 When to Use and How to Create Default Mechanical Systems ccceceeeeeeees 189 ZONAL SY SUCINS prre a a E R RAET T A R N 190 Chillers and Cooling TOWeTrS ccccceecccceeceeceeeeeseceeseesesaeeeesseeeesaeeeesaeeeeas 190 SPICO mel te Lg BONG pent nr ee nn tr ere mere ee cee eee 191 Case Studies 191 Case Study ds Gas PUN C Cc Secs fea testde Scud date ensdeee ENN EE 192 Case Study 2 Packaged Furnace AC with Exhaust Fans c000 192 Case Study 3 Packaged VAV without Reheat cccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 193 Case Study 4 Built Up VAV with Reheat ccccecccssseeesseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeas 193 WE AWONO Sir sncacicnmnisatccaciecmeninaiznermnenaccmeeaionsenuetneininesaraeseeneinvnassesaceamnavaxsuanmerneraaies 189 Table N2 5 Nonresidential Occupancy ASSUMPTIONS ccceeeeee seen ees 197 Table N2 6 Nonresidential Occupancy Assumptions Cont 0c0 198 Table 4 3 Minim
167. eet in the track light rather than the number of fixtures Range amp Units 0 99 999 units N A a Reference Code Enter a code that identifies each light fixture type on the Certificate of Compliance Lighting Forms The reference code usually corresponds to the codes specified on the building light fixture schedule from the plans or specifications E Control Indoor Lighting Only Select a Lighting Control option from the drop down list for varying levels of compliance credit The lighting credit is applied only to the selected fixtures For more information on the control options refer to Table 146 C in the Standards and Section 5 5 4 of the Nonresidential Manual f you select any of the daylighting controls you must first calculate the credit that the fixture is eligible to receive using the criteria listed in the Standards Table 146C Controls must be installed on all fixtures specified in this element You must provide supporting documentation for lighting control credits 80 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Task Element F Name Enter a descriptive name of the Task E Type Use the Type drop down list to either select the Task or a Display Wall Floor Ornamental or Very Valuable lighting category Selecting Task enables the Select Activity button to select a specific task activity as described in the Activity entry Selecting a Display type enables the Tailored Method entries below R
168. efer to the Nonresidential Manual for additional details 1 Activity Click the Select Activity button to select a category that best describes the area s activity from the list of lighting categories from the IES Lighting Handbook EnergyPro will display the category name and IES Category identifier i Area Enter the area of the task Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 99 999 0 ft SI Metric 0 0 9 289 9 m Wall Length Enter the wall length associated with wall displays Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 999 999 0 feet SI Metric 0 0 30 479 7 meters E Mounting Height Enter the height above the floor at which the fixtures will be mounted Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 999 0 feet SI Metric 0 0 304 5 meters Task Lighting NOTE Insert the light fixtures specifically associated with each task by right clicking on the Task element and selecting Add Lighting to create a new Lighting Element User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 81 Interior Thermal Mass Element According to the Residential Manual Section 5 4 Thermal mass is considered interior if all of its surface area such as both sides of a masonry partition are exposed to conditioned space Refer to Residential Compliance Modeling Topics Thermal Mass and to the Glossary of the Residential Manual for additional modeling information The software automatically calculates the thermal mass from a slab on grade
169. ent computer Network Installations The Software can be installed to a network drive for use by multiple users It is recommended that the Library files Assembly liob Central lib etc be installed to a local drive so each user can personalize their own default library entries Installing the libraries to a local drive is optional however if installed to a network drive the last user to exit EnergyPro will have their libraries saved to the network effectively overwriting other network users changes To install the Software to a network 1 The software must be installed on each local computer from the Software CD 2 Install the Software from a workstation to a shared location on the network 3 Create a Windows Shortcut from the networked install on the desktop 4 Start the Software from the short cut and select Options from the Tools menu Under the File Locations tab enter the local drive and path name for the Libraries and Projects in the Select Folders section of the dialog box In addition it s recommended that you install the Results folder on a local drive Users may elect to save the detailed simulation results from the calculations If the Results folder is located on a network drive EnergyPro will stream the data across the network potentially slowing down network operations Refer to Calculations for additional details about saving detailed simulation results You must re start the software for any changes in File L
170. ential ACM E Tilt Enter the angle of the surface relative to the horizontal A tilt of 90 is a typical wall 180 is a typical floor and 0 is a typical roof Range amp Units 0 180L T Adjacent To Click the Select button to display the list of rooms from which you can select the Room element adjacent to the Interior Surface o Floor Element F Name Enter a descriptive name of the floor FE Area Enter the total area of the floor Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 99 999 0 ft SI Metric 0 0 9 289 9 m2 70 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 a Surface Type When performing an Existing Addition Alteration calculation the user must assign an identity or Type for each element in the building tree Select from the four options a Type that most closely matches your surface e Existing Existing surface that will not be altered Select when performing an Existing Addition Alteration or Existing Alteration e New New surface for new construction or being added as part of an addition e Altered Select Altered if the surface is being altered from existing conditions but is not part of an addition By checking the Altered option the user will need to create an Existing surface to illustrate the surface prior to any changes or replacement as well as a New surface to describe the surface after the alteration e Removed This surface will be removed as part of an addition or alteration
171. eplace that feature when it runs alternatives This is especially useful when modeling a multifamily project or other projects with multiple pieces of equipment where the owner plans to retrofit only some of the units or features Res Loads Calculation Section 150 of the Standards describes mandatory features and devices including the sizing of heating and cooling equipment The sizing of residential heating is regulated by the Uniform Building Code UBC and the Standards The UBC requires that the heating system be capable of maintaining a temperature of 70 F 21 1 C three feet 0 91 meters above the floor throughout the conditioned space of the building section 150 h of the Standards states that the building design heat loss rate and design heat gain rate shall be determined using a method based on ASHRAE SMACNA or ACCA Manual J For the purpose of sizing the space conditioning HVAC system the indoor design temperatures shall be 70 F 21 1 C for heating and 75 F 23 9 C for cooling Outdoor design conditions shall be selected from Reference Joint Appendix JA2 which is based on data from the ASHRAE Climatic Data for Region X The outdoor design temperatures for heating shall be no lower than the Heating Winter Median of Extremes values The outdoor design temperatures for cooling shall be no greater than the 1 0 percent Cooling Dry Bulb and Mean Coincident Wet Bulb values The software uses the Median of Extremes as the def
172. er Density box If you had chosen to Override with Modeled LPD the zone would be modeled with the Override LPD regardless of what fixtures had been selected or what the Installed LPD value was If you are following along you will note that the program has calculated the Installed LPD at 1 308 watts saft If you are doing practice input you can return to this tab after you have entered actual lighting fixtures under the Room element to see that the LPD is indeed 1 308 watts saft Click on the Mechanical tab Leave all Mechanical System Data entries set to their default values Click on the Schedules tab In this tab you will find two sections In the Load Profiles section select Lighting CA Daytime Lighting Process Lighting Leave at default Undefined Infiltration CA Daytime Infiltration Occupant CA Daytime Occupants Receptacle CA Daytime Receptacle Process CA Daytime Process DHW CA Daytime Hot Water In the HVAC Operation section select Fan CA Daytime Fans Heating CA Daytime Heating Cooling CA Daytime Cooling In most cases you do not need to define anything in the Schedules Tab You have completed zonal data input for the Office Zone Element Next you will add a Room Element to this Zone Ol Editing the Room Element NR Sample 132 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Room Office j 7 p I l Ta i i E General Infiltration Occupant Receptacle Process Domestic Hot Water
173. er s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 61 E Process Equipment Sensible Heat Enter the sensible heat generated by all process equipment in the room in addition to the allotted receptacle load Process load must be documented on the building plans and detailed in the specifications Sensible heat is the energy required to change the temperature of completely dry air 0 relative humidity measured by a dry bulb thermometer This value is modeled in both the Standard and Proposed designs in the NR T24 Performance calculation Range amp Units Imperial US 0 000 999 000 W ft2 SI Metric 0 0 10 749 24 W m2 a Process Equipment Latent Heat Enter the latent heat generated by all process equipment in the room Latent Heat is the energy contained in the moisture water in the air This affects the energy use needed to cool the moisture in the air and or dehumidify the air This value is modeled in both the Standard and Proposed designs in the NR T24 Performance calculation It must be documented to the satisfaction of the local enforcement agency Range amp Units Imperial US 0 000 999 000 W ft2 SI Metric 0 0 10 749 24 W m2 1 Process Lighting Process LPD Enter the Lighting Power Density in watts per square foot of the lighting fixtures dedicated to illuminating the process You may use this entry to model the portable lighting load for load calculations Domestic Hot Water Tab Use the entries on this tab
174. er the number of residential kitchens encompassed by this room This will be used in your cooling load calculations Range amp Units 0 0 999 0 E Number of Bedrooms Enter the number of bedrooms This will be used in your cooling load calculations Range amp Units 0 0 999 0 Receptacle Process Tab F Receptacle Sensible Heat Enter the sensible heat gain attributable to the receptacles in the room Sensible heat is the energy required to change the temperature of completely dry air 0 relative humidity measured by a dry bulb thermometer This value is only used for load calculations Receptacle load for residential and nonresidential compliance calculations Res T24 Performance and NR T24 Performance is internally fixed by the program according to occupancy Range amp Units Imperial US 0 000 999 000 W ft2 SI Metric 0 0 10 749 24 W m2 ei Receptacle Latent Heat Enter the latent heat gain attributable to the receptacles in the room Latent heat is the energy contained in the moisture water in the air This affects the energy needed to cool the moisture in the air and or dehumidify the air This value is only used for load calculations Receptacle load for residential and nonresidential compliance calculations Res T24 Performance and NR T24 Performance is internally fixed by the program according to occupancy Range amp Units Imperial US 0 000 999 000 W ft2 SI Metric 0 0 10 749 24 W m2 Us
175. erging thermodynamically similar zones is acceptable and Occupancy types including different lighting Area Categories and different ventilation requirements In general zones served by different HVAC systems must be modeled separately perimeter and interior zones must be modeled separately and subzones which are different occupancy types must be modeled as separate zones See Inputting Zones By Thermal Characteristics and Occupancy Type Selecting Correct Occupancy Types In order for the program to establish the correct energy budget each zone in the proposed building must be designated with the correct occupancy type The occupancy selection must be defensible from the perspective of which prescriptive lighting Area Category most closely matches the lighting requirements of the zone You must also pay attention to the possibility of special ventilation requirements in such occupancies as automobile repair shops beauty salons smoking lounges and theaters If you are unsure of which occupancy type to select choose one with a prescriptive lighting allotment that is appropriate for the lighting task specified or implied Refer to Inputting Zones By Thermal Characteristics and Occupancy Type How Fixed And Restricted ACM Inputs Work When used for Title 24 compliance the program automatically fixes or restricts certain inputs For example the nonresidential performance approach automatically uses fixed daily schedules for lights equipment
176. ergy use which can be used for incentive purposes under certain circumstances check with the utility regarding eligibility NR Performance Options See Also NR Performance Module NR Performance Results and NR Performance Reports Calculations Run T24 Standard Runs the Title 24 Standard Design but produces energy use results in KBtu saft rather than using Title 24 s TDV energy structure Run Proposed Runs the Proposed Design without using code default values Scope Sets the project Scope Check Envelope Lighting Mechanical and or Domestic Hot Water to set the scope of the analysis Delete Temporary Files After Simulation is Complete Deletes the DOE 2 1E files once the simulation is complete Only the final results are saved in the software file Do not check this box if you wish to keep a copy of the DOE 2 input BDL or output SIM files or if you need to troubleshoot a file that doesn t run properly Generate CSV Output File Containing Detailed Results Select this option to instruct EnergyPro to produce an output file that includes hourly temperature and loads data for each fuel and end use Use Microsoft Excel or another spreadsheet program to view and analyze the data The CSV files will be saved in the EnergyPro 5 Results folder under the project name with a csv extension Reports You may select specific DOE 2 output reports in the Utility Tab of the Building Element If you do not make any selection the DOE 2 outp
177. ergyPro Version 5 Vertical Multiplier The Vertical Multiplier is used for buildings with a number of identical zones stacked vertically This allows you to describe one zone and then give the number of times it occurs including the first occurrence as a vertical multiplier The vertical multiplier assumes that the multiplied zones are stacked directly above the bottom which is assigned the floor number you enter Thus if the original zone is on the second floor and the vertical multiplier equals three then the multiplied zones are assumed to be the second third and fourth floors This will influence the compliance calculations of energy budgets The Vertical Multiplier does not affect the areas of demising partitions i e any surfaces between adjacent zones If you have both a vertical and a horizontal multiplier for a zone the total floor area for the zone equals the zone floor area times the vertical multiplier times the horizontal multiplier For example a zone with a floor area of 1 000 ft 92 9 m a vertical multiplier of 2 and a horizontal multiplier of 3 has a total floor area of 2 x 3 x 1 000 ft 92 9 m 6 000 ft 557 4 m To use multipliers properly the zones must be absolutely identical including their orientations and roof and floor exposures The vertical multiplier usually applies only to zones on interior floors of multi story buildings Range amp Units 1 99 units N A E Horizontal Multiplier Th
178. ergyPro Version 5 NOTE Include Demising Partitions as part of the adjacent conditioned space not part of the unconditioned space Demising Partitions To link an unconditioned space to a conditioned space you must model an Unconditioned Space Zone before you create Demising Partitions for the conditioned space so that the name e g Warehouse will appear in the Adjacent To drop down list Demising Partitions do not have an azimuth or true exterior orientation instead they are linked to enclosed unconditioned spaces Demising partitions are defined in the Standards as solid barriers that separate conditioned space from enclosed unconditioned space Thus there are demising walls demising ceilings and demising floors all of which may be modeled using the Interior Surface element within the appropriate conditioned space The Interior Surface element has a default tilt of 90 degrees i e a wall You must change the tilt for ceilings and floors as noted below Demising partitions also separate return air plenums from conditioned spaces From Section 4 3 3 1 of the Nonresidential ACM Manual Demising partitions usually walls must either be modeled as shaded exterior partitions or as a partition that separates conditioned and unconditioned space They are modeled as interior walls constructed according to the plans and specifications for the building If the enclosed unconditioned space is not included in the permit the demising p
179. erior partitions Use the Interior Surface element to model demising partitions between conditioned and unconditioned or indirectly conditioned spaces Also use the element to model interior partitions which are solid barriers that separate two adjacent conditioned zones that is non closeable openings that separate one conditioned zone from another User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 69 Under the low rise residential Standards demising partitions are modeled as exterior surfaces i e exterior walls roofs and raised floors The exception to this is interior surfaces between areas designated living and sleeping zones specially modeled for zonal control credit under the Res T24 Performance compliance method See Section 4 5 2 in the Residential Manual F Name Enter a descriptive name of the Interior Surface E Area Enter the total area of the Interior Surface Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 99 999 0 ft SI Metric 0 0 9 289 9 m E Assembly Click in this multi edit box to select a construction assembly for the surface from the Assembly Library For zonal control credit using Res 124 Performance you must model interior walls separating living and sleeping zones as Uninsulated Wood Frame Walls and Nonclosable Openings between zones no more than 40 ft 8 7m having a U Factor of 20 See also Special Topics Zonal Control or refer to Section 4 5 2 of the Residential Manual and Section 5 9 of the Resid
180. es 2 4 and 8 through 15 those zones with high cooling loads Radiant barriers are most effective during the cooling season reducing the summer attic temperature thus increasing duct efficiency In the performance approach radiant barriers are modeled as separate adjustments to the heating U factor and the cooling U factor If you specify a radiant barrier it will be listed in the Special Features and Modeling Assumptions section of Form CF 1R Radiant barriers must meet specific eligibility and installation criteria to be modeled by any ACM and receive compliance credit for low rise residential buildings The following is an excerpt from the Reference Residential Appendices RA4 2 2 Also refer to Section 3 3 3 of the Residential Manual for additional details The emissivity of the radiant barrier must be less than or equal to 0 05 as tested in accordance with ASTM Test Method C 1371 or ASTM E408 Installation shall conform to ASTM C1158 Standard Practice for Installation and Use of Radiant Barrier Systems RBS in Building Construction ASTM C727 Standard Practice for Installation and Use of Reflective Insulation in Building Constructions ASTM C1313 Standard Specification for Sheet Radiant Barriers for Building Construction Applications and ASTM C1224 Standard Specification for Reflective Insulation for Building Applications and the radiant barrier shall be securely installed in a permanent manner with the shiny side facing down toward t
181. esults Components of the NR Loads Calculation Results System The name of the Mechanical System serving the Zone s selected Heat Load The design block heating load of all the Zones served by the System in Btu hr Heat Output The heat output of the mechanical system in Btu hr Sensible Load The design block sensible cooling load of all the Zones served by the System in Btu hr tons The design block sensible cooling load of all the Zones served by the System in tons User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 121 Sensible Output The cooling output of the mechanical system in Btu hr tons The cooling output of the mechanical system in tons Latent Load The design block latent cooling load of all the Zones served by the System in Btu hr Latent Output The design block latent cooling output of all the Zones served by the System in Btu hr Using NR Performance as a DOE 2 BDL and Report Generator The software s Win DOE module is designed to use the DOE 2 1E energy analysis program to demonstrate compliance with the California energy standards It may also be used for noncompliance energy analyses Users familiar with DOE 2 may also use the software to generate standard DOE 2 input files BDL which include most of the required building data and generate a DOE 2 output report that can be printed or edited outside of the program The BDL Building Description Language input files can be edited using a word processor to
182. et of track length rounded up to 3 foot multiple or Actual number of track heads installed Linear Fluorescent see Note 1 Linear fluorescent luminaire factory One luminaire per individual installed ballast factory made luminaire regardless of number of lamps per luminaire LED see Note 2 Single diodes or clusters of diodes One luminaire per cluster Linear row of diodes One luminaire for each 3 foot length rounded up to 3 foot multiple Chandeliers with non medium Chandeliers with candelabra or pin Count 1 for luminairies with one based sockets based sockets lamp or one socket Count 1 luminaire for every ten sockets rounded up to the nearest whole number for luminaires with multiple lamps or sockets All Other Incandescent luminaires including Count 1 for luminaires with one low voltage or line voltage lamp or one socket Count 1 luminaire for every two sockets rounded up to the nearest whole number for luminaires with multiple lamps or sockets Note 1 A factory made luminaire is a complete lighting unit consisting of lamps and the parts designed to distribute the light to position and protect the lamps and to connect the lamp to the power supply Note 2 LED system no screw bases includes optics and power supply User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Case Studies e 217 Table 8 Permanently Installed Luminaire Types CEC HERS Technical Manual Table 8 Permanently Installed Luminaire Types
183. etailed Dae resco cececaceatdecececkocckseatacaecudesngeacaeccaemseacmecedeseceacceacaeascecn 6 ENO LOCAION esperro eae ee oneee E EOE ae 6 Report File Format Adobe Acrobat nnannnannnannnannnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnennenereserennenne 6 Company Logo Signature and Stamps cccseeccesseeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeaeeeesaeeees 6 Mandatory Measures FORMS nsisisisiiisiii say hxsee hes 7 PGC SAIC SSIS vases acetal eecaehtn in longi teen ahah naatade inden tenets 7 Introduction 9 General Program Procedure cccccsscccssceceececeueeceucecsueeceueessueeseueessueesseeeeas 10 ENGrOVPrOMStalaON eii 10 Network INSTAIATIONS 2 cs cccacecacscecevae seed sens ceusevesaregenanecedenapesevenaseseteanceesdunsdeunecurt 11 What types of buildings may you analyze with EnergyPro ccceeeeee 11 What building information do you need for EnergyPro cccsescceseeeeseeeees 12 ReTerence Standards vacsssae naa AAAA 12 E gt CECI Mckee reatera tirana aa a tnaaeae aca a a tenes Daaauas mee erentanteed 12 END AUIC S x oecas E E E EE E E E E EEE 13 Modules and Calculations cccccccccsecccseeceeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeaeeeesseeesseeeesaeeeeeas 13 EI m ko een EE A E E te eo Oe E E eee eto 16 HSU ACINO SUG waissatnasatatcaancratedcetMandrataiuaritetded ntatiedaiiutdetdaabedcuunaadoataicadin 16 User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Contents e iii PRIAUM GRC DOINGS crin A E E O E O 16 EXDOMING REPONS and Dalaker a a a eee
184. etween the ceiling insulation and the interior sheetrock that forms the air barrier to prevent convection from reducing the effectiveness of the insulation This measure requires verification by a certified HERS Rater Building Leakage Testing Check the Building Leakage Testing check box to indicate that the building will be tested to ensure reduced leakage is obtained in the completed building You must also specify the target Specific Leakage Area SLA and the volume and power consumption of the ventilation fans if that SLA target is less than 3 0 If the target SLA is less than 1 5 the building must have supply ventilation which maintains a pressure greater than 5 pascals relative to the outside average air pressure with other continuous ventilation fans operating Residential ACM Manual Section 3 9 In order to receive the credit an approved HERS rater must perform diagnostic blower door testing as specified in the Residential Manual Chapter 2 ei Building Leakage Type If you check the Building Leakage Testing checkbox to claim credit for reduced leakage as described above you must assign an identity or Type for the project Select from the four options a Type that most closely matches your project e Existing Existing building that will not be altered Select when performing an Existing Addition Alteration or Existing Alteration e New New building for new construction or being added as part of an addition e Altered
185. f availability of units but does not affect compliance and the Proposed Fan Power is less than Standard Preparing and Printing Reports NR Sample Report Wizard Step 1 Welcome to the Report Wizard The Report Wizard will allow you to easily customize the content of your report to include exactly the forms you choose Begin by choosing the type of report you would like Residential Califomia Code Title 24 Performance GreenPoint Rated Perfomance Nonresidential Califomia Code Title 24 Prescriptive Califomia Code Title 24 Performance Performance LEED Title 24 Performance ASHRAE 90 1 Performance To continue click Next lt Back Help 1 You may either use the Report Wizard to prepare a report for printing or select Reports from the choices in the bottom right window pane Select File Report Wizard from the Main Menu or click on the Report Wizard icon in the toolbar A wizard welcomes you to the Select Report Type dialog box 2 Select California Code Title 24 Prescriptive and move to the next box from the list of Nonresidential reports and and Next to continue 3 Select the Forms you wish to include in your report by checking clicking on the appropriate boxes then select Next Note those that have been selected for this sample 4 Toend Inthe last box Report Complete click Finish to close the Wizard without viewing the report or the Print
186. f Compliance C Form LTG 1 C Certificate of Compliance Form MECH 1 C Mechanical Certificate of Compliance e Form LTG 2 C Lighting Controls Credit Worksheet Form LTG 3 C Indoor Lighting Power Allowance Form MECH 2 C Air and Water System Requirements Form MECH 3 C Mechanical Ventilation and Reheat LJForm MECH 5 C Mechanical Equipment Details L Form ENV MM Envelope Mandatory Measures JForm LTG MM Lighting Mandatory Measures Form MECH MM Mechanical Mandatory Measures Parts 1 and 2 Form LTG 4 C Tailored Method Worksheet e Form OLTG 1 C Certificate of Compliance JForm OLTG 2 C Lighting Compliance Summary L JForm SLTG 1 C Sign Lighting Compliance LJHVAC System Heating and Cooling Load Summary optional Zone Load Summary optional _ Room Load Summary optional Room Heating Peak Loads optional _ Room Cooling Peak Loads optional _ Room Cooling Coil Loads optional DOE 2 Simulation Output Proposed optional LJDOE 2 Simulation Output Standard optional Form UTIL 1 Utility Owner Incentive Worksheet optional LJForm UTIL DT Utility Design Team Incentive Worksheet optional 106 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Form ECON 1 Energy Use and Cost Summary optional NOTE All pages of the performance report are automatically stamped by the program with a Run Initiation Time Runcode and Date The local enforcement agency may reject a compliance report if all these values a
187. factory cut or otherwise factory formed framing and glazing User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 177 units Examples of site built fenestration include storefront systems curtain walls and atrium roof systems FENESTRATION PRODUCT FIELD FABRICATED is a fenestration product including a glazed exterior door whose frame is made at the construction site of standard dimensional lumber or other materials that were not previously cut or otherwise formed with the specific intention of being used to fabricate a fenestration product or exterior door Field fabricated does not include site built fenestration with a label certificate or products required to have temporary or permanent labels Manufactured and site built fenestration products must have a temporary label and those that are rated using the NFRC Rating Procedure NFRC 100 for U Factors and NFRC 200 for SHGC must also have a permanent label or an NFRC label certificate Manufactured Factory Assembled Fenestration Products lf manufactured fenestration products are not rated and labeled using the NFRC Rating Procedure they must use the default values for U Factor from Table 116 A and for SHGC from Table 116 B of the Standards See Sections 10 111 and 116 of the Standards and Section 3 2 1 of the Nonresidential Manual for additional information regarding mandatory requirements for fenestration products Site Built Fenestration Products and Skylights This section
188. few minor input changes to identify the file as yours Next follow the instructions to delete the first Zone element of the Office Mechanical System the Office Zone and then insert an Undefined Zone and re input the Office data from scratch The other two systems Retail Mech System and Restaurant Mech System will remain intact After you have completed Office Zone input and viewed the input for the other two systems run calculations Compare your calculation Results for the whole building to the Results of the existing NonRes Sample file Check your practice file input against that of the existing file if there are discrepancies To follow along Open the NonRes Sample file and follow along on screen as you read the text here The step by step procedures listed here assume you are using the for practice method but apply equally well should you choose to simply follow along with the existing file on screen Use the Arrow buttons located either at the top of the Help screen or the bottom of each page to advance through the tutorial Text in brackets indicates that a drop down list or library will be displayed from which you make a selection Text in parentheses contain directions All data inputs are shown in bold italics Data previously input is in underlined italics Practice data to input is shown in blue italics 1 To begin select File Open from the Main Menu Select NonRes Sample bid Immediately choose File Save
189. formance LEED Energy and Atmosphere Credit 1 LEED requires each new construction project submitted for certification after 6 26 2007 to earn at least two points in this category Thus the proposed design must exceed ASHRAE 90 1 2004 baseline by at least 14 User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 117 Process The percentage of the energy cost attributed to process loads LEED default assumption is 25 If the process energy cost for the proposed design is less than 25 you must submit documentation substantiating the values NOTE You should have a copy of the appropriate ASHRAE 90 1 or Title 24 Standard available for reference when using the NR T24 LEED Performance module NR Performance Calculation Module See Also NR Performance Calculation Options NR Performance Results and NR Performance Reports Use the NR Performance Module to simulate the energy performance of a project that doesn t involve a particular Standard EnergyPro allows you to compare the proposed design energy use to the energy use of a building that just meets the Title 24 Standard if you choose NR Performance performs an hourly simulation on the building to determine annual energy consumption and energy cost In addition this module can be used for the Savings By Design utility incentive program as a supplement to the Nonresidential Title 24 Performance module as it will allow for calculation of the Non compliance standard and proposed building en
190. formance Calculation Options See Also Res Performance Module and Res Performance Results Delete Temporary Files after Simulation is Complete Check this box to delete all temporary files generated during the simulation The default setting is to delete the files Generate CSV Output File Containing Detailed Results Select this option to instruct EnergyPro to produce an output file that includes hourly temperature and loads data for each end use in Microsoft Excel The CSV files will be saved in the EnergyPro 5 Results folder under the project name with a csv extension Run Combined Alternative Energy Measures Select this option to instruct EnergyPro to conduct iterative simulations to allow you to test the cumulative impact of adding new energy saving measures to the project The Combined Alternatives process begins by modeling the project as defined then adds an additional energy savings measure to the previous results in each iteration thus building an increasingly efficient model Selected measures from the Alternatives Tab are added in the order listed on that tab Run Individual Alternative Energy Measures Select this option to instruct EnergyPro to conduct iterative simulations that test the impact of adding one individual energy saving measure to the project at a time The Individual Alternatives process begins by modeling the project as defined then adds an additional energy savings measure to the base case project in each iterat
191. g conditions but is not part of an addition By checking the Altered option the user will need to create an Existing surface to illustrate the surface prior to any changes or replacement as well as a New surface to describe the surface after the alteration e Removed This surface will be removed as part of an addition or alteration a Existing and or New Underground Wall Click in this multi edit box to select a construction assembly for the Underground Wall from the Assembly Library Nonresidential T24 Performance calculations require the Underground Wall assembly to include 12 305 mm of soil earth on the outside You must select the assembly from Reference Appendix JA4 The underground wall construction is modeled identically in both the proposed and standard buildings E Depth Below Grade Enter the depth below grade the Underground Wall extends This value is used to take into account the insulating effects of the earth Range amp Units Imperial US 0 000 99 000 inches SI Metric 0 0 2 515 mm Thermal Mass Tab Note that this mass only applies to Lowrise Residential Occupancies F Mass Type Use this drop down list to select a material type that most closely resembles the mass material you wish to model For more information on Material Type see Thermal Mass in the Glossary in Section JA1 of the CEC Reference Appendices a Thickness Enter the thickness of the material Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0
192. gerated warehouses EXCEPTION 2 to Section 143 c In buildings with unfinished interiors future enclosed spaces where it is planned to have less than or equal to 8 000 square feet of floor area or ceiling heights less than or equal to 15 feet based on proposed future interior wall and ceiling locations as delineated in the plans This exception shall not apply to these future enclosed spaces when interior walls and ceilings are installed for the first time the enclosed space floor area is greater than 8 000 square feet and the ceiling height is greater than 15 feet see Section 149 b 1M This exception shall not be used for S 1 or S 2 storage or for F 1 or F 2 factory occupancies EXCEPTION 3 to Section 143 c Enclosed spaces having a designed general lighting system with a lighting power density less than 0 5 watts per square foot Modeling Daylit Zones In the Central System Element check the checkbox indicating the space must meet the mandatory daylighting requirements Space gt 8 000 sqft and Ceiling Height gt 15 feet In the Lighting Tab of the Room Element describe the activity type and the room features You must enter Room Dimensions and the Sidelit and or Skylit Areas as applicable EnergyPro automatically calculates the Room Cavity Ratio and Effective Aperture for each area User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 181 Finally in the Lighting Element enter the lighting system data and the type of co
193. gory of energy end use The NR 90 1 Performance Baseline Annual Site Energy Use Estimate in kBtu saft yr is shown for each orientation and the Proposed Building Total energy use All calculation results displayed are for the building as a whole in kBtu saft yr Categories of energy end use are as follows Heating Annual energy used for space heating Cooling Annual energy used for space cooling Lighting Annual energy used for electric lights Process Lighting Annual energy used in process lighting input within the program User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 113 Outdoor Annual energy used for outdoor lighting Receptacle Annual energy used to meet equipment receptacle load This value is fixed for compliance by occupancy Renewables Annual energy provided by renewable systems This value is negative and is subtracted from the total proposed energy use Fans Annual energy used for fans moving conditioned air Heat Rejection Annual energy used for cooling tower operation Pumps Annual energy used pumps for hot water chilled water and condenser water piping systems Process Annual energy used in process loads input within the program DHW Annual energy used for domestic service hot water Total The Total annual energy used by the building Baseline Energy Cost The estimated annual energy cost for the baseline building design EnergyPro automatically calculates the average cost across the four orientation
194. gram performs several different types of calculations The Main Menu is the software s home base The Main Menu is located across the top of the window that appears on your screen after you start the program The Main Menu is the starting point and central core for managing files moving into the Building Tree running calculations preparing reports and accessing on line Help This introduction provides an overview of the various program components as listed below You may find additional details about each subject within the other chapters in the Help system If you are not familiar with the software or the energy standards or you do not have much experience with building energy analysis read the rest of the Introduction and Building Tree Overview carefully What s New in EnergyPro 5 Overview e General Program Procedure e Program Installation o Network Installations e What types of buildings may you analyze with EnergyPro e What building information do you need for EnergyPro e Reference Standards e Building Tree e Libraries e Modules and Calculations o Input Diagnostic e Sample Files e Creating Reports o Printing Reports o Exporting Reports References e CEC Publications e DOE 2 1E Publications e ASHRAE Publications User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 9 General Program Procedure For many residential and some nonresidential buildings you may use one of the Building Wizards to create a new file
195. he Contact Database You may build a contact database of Designers with whom you work regularly so that for future projects you can simply select the contact and the information will automatically be completed Add to Contacts Click the Add to Contacts button to add a Designer to the Contact Database You may enter the detailed information for the contact either before you click the button or after in the Select Contact dialog box 22 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Utility Tab Use the Utility tab to specify the building s fuel source corresponding Utility Rate and to customize which DOE 2 1E reports will be included in the simulation output sim file Utility Rate Schedules T Electricity Rate Click in this field to select the appropriate Utility Electricity Rate Utility rates are part of the Schedule Library F Fossil Fuel Rate Click in this field to select the appropriate Utility Fossil Fuel Rate Utility rates are part of the Schedule Library E Principal Heating Source Select the fuel used as the principal project heating source Choices include Natural Gas Propane Electric Natural Gas Available and Electric No Natural Gas Available DOE 2 Reports Select the DOE 2 Reports you wish to include in the simulation results file DOE 2 reports are divided into four different groups Loads Systems Plant and Economics Reports Each group is further sub divided into two types verification reports
196. he HERS Technical Manual for additional details regarding the rules for generating the recommendations list using both the Standard and Custom approaches Interest Rate Enter the interest rate if the project will be financed The default value is the most recent monthly average commitment rate published by Freddie Mac Number of Years Financed Enter the number of years that the measure s is are financed The default value is 30 years or the measure life if less than 30 years Income Tax Bracket Enter the customer s income tax bracket The default value is 30 which is the combined federal and state marginal tax rate See Also HERS Results and Exporting Results Res Performance Calculation Module See Also Res Performance Calculation Options and Res Performance Results Use the Res Performance Module to simulate the energy performance of a project that doesn t involve a particular Standard Res Performance performs an hourly simulation on the building to determine annual energy consumption and energy cost 96 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 The Res Performance simulation includes additional energy end uses beyond those considered in Title 24 including interior and exterior lights appliances and energy generated by on site renewable energy systems You may use the default assumption for interior lighting or enter the interior lighting power density manually in the Lighting Tab of the Zone Element Res Per
197. he actual lighting tasks Section 5 3 3 of the Nonresidential Manual states The Tailored Method has several components wall display floor display ornamental and very valuable display lighting that are use it or lose it allowances As a result if a lighting design does not include these components the allowed wattage under the Tailored Method may be less than if the Area Category Method or Whole Building Method of compliance is used Allowed lighting power may be traded from Primary Function areas using the Area Category Method to Primary Function areas using the Tailored Method However trade offs may not be traded from the Tailored Method to the Area Category Method Using EnergyPro to Calculate Prescriptive Tailored Lighting Compliance In the Room Element General Tab enter the room characteristics including the area and ceiling height In the Lighting Tab click on the Activity Button to select the appropriate room activity for example Display Gross Sales Floor Area from the list Enter all other pertinent information in the dialog box The Room Dimension task height and mounting height are used by the program to calculate the RCR If the room is rectangular enter the room length and width If not enter the perimeter If you enter a perimeter value the length and width values will be overridden If the mounting height is equal to or greater than 15 feet 4 6 meters EnergyPro automatically applies the appropriat
198. he entire house cooling load In this case you may choose to input the house description as several zones If the equipment cannot meet the entire load simply drag one or more of the zones to a new system L_ Since zonal control credit is available within the residential compliance calculations see Zonal Control in the Glossary of the Joint Appendices JA1 you may wish to divide a residential building into a Living Zone and a Sleeping Zone consistent with the minimum zonal control credit requirements L The program adds up all the attributes of all Zones and Systems within the building when it performs the compliance calculations Although HVAC system efficiencies are area weighted by System zoning is primarily a design issue not a compliance issue _ If it is clear from the outset that for example there is no mechanical cooling and or the whole house will operate on a single thermostat you may then treat the house effectively as a single Zone Set the Floor Number to the number of habitable stories in the building although the Zone includes the attributes of all floors roofs walls etc 158 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 L_ If air conditioning will be installed or is optional the sensible cooling loads and air flow requirements are likely to dictate how the house is zoned In this case it might be a good idea to break the building description into several Zones By performing load calculations you may be able
199. he interior of the building ceiling or attic floor Moreover radiant barriers shall be installed at the top chords of the roof truss rafters in any of the following methods i Draped over the truss rafter the top chords before the upper roof decking is installed i Spanning between the truss rafters top chords and secured stapled to each side iii Secured stapled to the bottom surface of the truss rafter top chord A minimum air space Shall be maintained between the top surface of the radiant barrier and roof decking of not less than 1 5 inches at the center of the truss rafter span iv Attached laminated directly to the underside of the roof decking The radiant barrier shall be laminated and perforated by the manufacturer to allow moisture vapor transfer through the roof deck In addition the radiant barrier shall be installed to cover all gable end walls and other vertical surfaces in the attic The attic shall be ventilated to i Conform to the radiant barrier manufacturer s instructions ii Provide a minimum free ventilation area of not less than one square foot of vent area for each 150 square feet of attic floor area iii Provide no less than 30 percent of the vents located high in the attic within two feet of the highest point in the attic Ridge vents or gable end vents are recommended to achieve the best performance The material should be cut to allow for full air flow to the venting User s Manual Energ
200. he material library included with EnergyPro then you need to change the library reference files before running calculations First go to the WinDOE folder and rename the EnergyPro material library file BDLL B BIN to save it for later projects using Windows Explorer Next copy the file named DOE2 BIN the file with the DOE 2 libraries to BDLLIB BIN Now you are ready to run DOE 2 calculations as described above To use the EnergyPro material library in a later project copy that file back to BDLLIB BIN 1 When all calculations are complete the output files are located in the Win DOE folder Files with the extension BDL e g NonRes Sample BDL are processed versions of the BDL input file including any error messages or warnings Files with the extension OUT e g NonRes Sample OUT include all final DOE 2 calculations and reports for further review or analysis See Default DOE 2 1E Reports in the NR Output SIM File for a list of the default DOE 2 reports generated in each SIM file Default DOE 2 1E Reports in the NR Output SIM Files Whenever the software performs NR simulations using DOE 2 it creates input and output files For Title 24 compliance the program automatically retrieves the required data from the DOE 2 output reports and displays the results on screen As DOE 2 files can be quite large the software saves only the results and deletes the DOE 2 files unless you specify otherwise If you would like to save the DOE 2 file
201. heating energy in kBtu sf yr for the Proposed design Cooling Lists the annual space cooling energy in kBtu sf yr for the Proposed design Interior Lights Lists the annual interior lighting energy in kBtu sf yr for the Proposed design Exterior Lights Lists the annual exterior lighting energy in kBtu sf yr for the Proposed design Appliances Lists the annual appliances energy in kBtu sf yr for the Proposed design Miscellaneous Lists the annual miscellaneous energy usage in kBiu sf yr for each design Renewables Lists the annual energy in KBtu sf yr generated by the renewable system for the Proposed design subtracted from the total energy use Fans Lists the annual space cooling energy in kBtu sf yr for the Proposed design Pumps Lists the annual space cooling energy in kBtu sf yr for the Proposed design DHW Lists the annual domestic hot water system energy in KBtu sf yr for the Proposed design Total The total predicted energy use of the home and each Alternative Measure design in KBtu saft yr Alternative Measures When you run alternative measures the results are shown on one or more lines below the Proposed Design results If you selected both Combined and Individual Alternatives in the Options tab the results list begins with the Combined Alternatives cumulative then lists the Individual Alternatives measure results Note that if you mark a building feature or equipment as New EnergyPro will not r
202. hting applications each of which must comply on their own without tradeoffs The lighting applications in the third column are not regulated The Standards include control requirements as well as limits on installed lighting power More information pertaining to the Outdoor Lighting and Signs topic can be found in Section 6 of the Nonresidential Manual E Name Type in a user defined name for the exterior task This is only used to identify the task in the tree Application Information a Lighting Outdoor Select the appropriate lighting application from the dropdown list Refer to Table 6 3 Table 147 A in the Standards General Hardscape Lighting Power Allowance or Table 6 4 Table 147 B in the Standards Additional Lighting Power Allowance For Specific Applications for details regarding the allowable lighting power for each exterior application For more detailed information on each of the tasks refer to the Outdoor Lighting Chapter of the Nonresidential Compliance Manual User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 27 a Area Perimeter Depending on the application the user may be prompted to enter the area or perimeter related to the application Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 99 999 feet SI Metric 0 00 30 476 6 meters E Quantity Depending on the application the user may be prompted to enter the quantity of identical outdoor lighting applications Range 0 100 FH Footcandle Ordinance Selec
203. ia HERS Index Procedures for calculating the components of energy to be considered in the California HERS Index are described in Chapter 4 The TDV energy of the rated home and the reference home shall not include ancillary energy such as swimming pools and associated heaters and pumps spas barns sheds well pumps grinder pumps and lighted tennis courts When the rated house has a photovoltaic PV system or other on site renewable generation the California HERS Index shall be calculated both with and without the on site generation The HERS Index without including the on site generation shall be calculated using Equation 1 and setting the TDVpv value to zero If the conditioned floor area of the rated home is larger than 2 500 square feet ft the TDV energy of the reference home shall be based on a 2 500 ft home Although the HERS Index is limited to certain energy using equipment and appliances the HERS Report also contains an energy consumption and bill analysis and recommendations for cost effective improvements in addition to the Rating itself Most homes contain energy using equipment that is not included in the HERS Index but is included in the other HERS Report calculations including pools spas well pumps landscape lighting as well as other ancillary uses User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 93 EnergyPro includes all data entry fields required to produce a HERS Rating and Report Most of the fields spec
204. iance credits require diagnostic testing and field verification by a certified HERS rater Diagnostic testing and field User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 163 verification protocol and requirements are described in detail in Sections RA2 and RAS of the Reference Residential Appendices Compliance credit cannot be taken for any duct efficiency improvement unless the duct system is a fully ducted system Duct efficiency credits may not be taken for any system that uses building cavities such as plenums or platform returns Also when any duct efficiency credit is claimed the duct connections and leaks shall not be sealed with cloth back rubber adhesive tapes i e duct tapes unless such tape is used in combination with mastic and drawbands Measures that require field verification and or diagnostic testing follow Reduced Duct Leakage Prescriptive packages for all climate zones require that the leakage rate for new duct systems be less than 6 percent of the supply airflow Thus the standard design assumes all new duct systems have been sealed and tested Reducing duct leakage also results in a compliance credit for reducing the overall building leakage if credit is not taken separately for reduced building leakage Diagnostic Supply Duct Location Surface Area and R Value Allows the designer to take credit for a high efficiency duct design that incorporates duct system features that do not meet the criteria for the duct locati
205. iate Certificate s of Compliance on the plans This means that the permit drawings must include a signed copy of the PERF 1 ENV 1 LTG 1 and MECH 1 forms as appropriate for the scope of the project Also include the appropriate Mandatory Measures forms Basis and Capabilities of NR T24 Performance This section provides an overview of the NR T24 Performance calculations NR T24 Performance is a proprietary California Title 24 energy compliance version of DOE 2 1E a building energy analysis program developed by Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory LBNL under contract to the U S Department of Energy DOE 2 is widely regarded as a reference program for building energy simulations The Introduction to DOE 2 below is a somewhat modified and restructured version of explanations from the DOE 2 User s Guide Volume 1 written by the Building Energy Analysis Group at LBNL See the DOE 2 User s Guide for more detailed information on the algorithms used in DOE 2 Introduction to DOE 2 DOE 2 is a public domain computer program which can be used to explore the energy behavior of proposed and existing buildings and their associated heating ventilation and air conditioning HVAC systems Incorporating mathematical models called algorithms and utilizing hourly weather data DOE 2 calculates the hour by hour performance and response of a building whose description has been provided by the user DOE 2 calculates the estimated energy use of buildings in thr
206. ical week and year In addition you may use the Schedule Library to define utility rates Schedules related to loads calculations and internal gains are used by the NR Loads and NR Performance noncompliance calculations For Title 24 compliance NR Performance uses internally fixed schedules These schedules are set by the California Energy Commission and cannot be changed by the user Utility rate schedules can be used to determine energy costs in any of the nonresidential performance calculations Modules and Calculations EnergyPro has several calculation modules which may be purchased as packages or separately generally categorized as Title 24 Modules and Other Calculations Both categories contain Residential and Nonresidential NR Performance modules as well as Load Calculation modules Once you create a building description file you may perform any of either the residential calculations or nonresidential calculations depending on the occupancy type and the modules you have installed You may select which calculations you would like to run by selecting the Calculations option in the lower left window pane placing a check in the checkbox next to each calculation type and selecting the specific features of each calcuation from the Calculation options window in the upper right window pane Title 24 Modules e Residential Title 24 Performance an hourly energy simulation used to determine and document Title 24 compliance of low rise residenti
207. icted TDV energy use of the proposed design is the same or less than the combined annual TDV energy budget for space conditioning and water heating of the standard design Since the energy budget for the standard design is derived by assuming equal distribution of fenestration area in all four cardinal orientations the energy budget remains the same regardless of how the actual building is oriented Variables which affect the energy budget are L_ Conditioned floor area L_ Conditioned volume LJGross roof ceiling area L Gross wall area Slab edge length _ Conditioned Slab on grade area _ Raised floor area over crawl space _ Raised floor area over open space Heating system type Gas or electric _ Cooling system type Split or single package _ Space conditioning distribution system type Climate zone All other building related inputs such as area and type of fenestration products ventilation HVAC efficiencies and duct efficiencies are automatically fixed in the standard design building according to the Package D requirements and are not accessible for modification by program users NOTE You should not use the Res T24 Performance calculation without having copies of the Standards and Residential Manual at hand for reference Building Features Modeled by Res 124 Performance Res T24 Performance can model the following building features associated with energy use Roof ceiling assemblies Wall assemblies Doors assemblies and area
208. identical Cooling Towers in the central plant of the building Range amp Units 0 99 units N A Cooling Tower Pump E Flow Rate per Pump Enter the Cooling Tower pump flow rate Range amp Units Imperial US 0 99 999 gpm SI Metric 0 0 6 309 9 L s User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 37 E Pump Multiplier Enter an integer value to specify the number of identical pumps in the system Range amp Units 0 99 units N A i Pump Motor Design Power Enter the power output of the pump at design conditions If pump energy is expressed in kilowatts kW divide kilowatts by 0 746 to convert to brake horsepower Range amp Units Imperial US 0 000 99 999 000 hp brake horsepower SI Metric 0 00 74 599 25 kW Head This is not a program input Head is calculated automatically by the program based upon the pump Flow Rate and Design Power inputs Domestic Hot Water Tab DHW Boiler i Type select Existing New Altered or Removed from the drop down list to indicate the DHW or Boiler type e Existing Existing equipment that will not be altered Select when performing an Existing Addition Alteration or Existing Alteration e New New equipment for new construction or being added as part of an addition e Altered Select Altered if the equipment is being altered from existing conditions but is not part of an addition By checking the Altered option the user will need to create an Existing w
209. ific to HERS Ratings are located in the HERS Tab of the Building Element CA HERS Rating Software Requirements The following text explaining HERS rating software requirements is contained in Section 1 1 of the CEC HERS Technical Manual HERS rating software shall meet the minimum and optional modeling capabilities specified in Chapters 4 and 5 of the 2008 Residential ACM Approval Manual Energy Commission Publication CEC 400 2008 002 CMF The minimum modeling capabilities are summarized below e Conduction gains and losses through opaque and fenestration surfaces e Slab edge gains and losses e Infiltration gains and losses e Solar gains through glazing including the effects of internal shading devices e Natural ventilation cooling e Mechanical ventilation for Indoor Air Quality IAQ e Thermal mass effects to dampen temperature swings e Space conditioning equipment efficiency and distribution systems e Water heating equipment efficiency and distribution systems e Building additions e Attic modeling Unconditioned Zone Model UZM e Maximum cooling capacity e Raised floors with automatically operated crawl space vents e Zonal control or multi zone modeling of the sleeping and living areas of the house e Attached sunspaces for collection and possible storage of heat for transfer to the main house e Exterior mass walls e Overhangs and sidefin shading e Combined hydronic space and water heating e Building alterations e Solar w
210. ign Power inputs Flow Control Choose one of the three control options One Speed 2 Way Valve One Speed 3 Way Valve or Variable Speed Minimum Power Ratio Enter the ratio expressed as a decimal of the minimum operating speed to the maximum pump speed for variable speed pumps Range amp Units 0 0 1 0 units N A Hydronic Piping a Pipe Length For Residential Projects using hydronic heating and there are more than 10 feet of piping located in unconditioned space enter the total length plan view of distribution pipe between the primary heating source and the point of distribution Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 9 999 0 feet SI Metric 0 0 3 047 7 meters E Pipe Diameter Enter the inside pipe diameter Range amp Units Imperial US 0 500 2 000 inches SI Metric 13 51 mm E Insulation Thickness The installed thickness of the pipe insulation Minimum pipe insulation for hydronic systems is as specified in Standards Section 150 j Range amp Units Imperial US 0 500 2 000 inches User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 31 SI Metric 13 51 mm Chilled Water Tab Click on the graphic buttons to define each of the components of the chilled water system You may define up to four types of chillers a cooling tower thermal energy storage sytem secondary pumps and a chiller EMS system if one exists Chillers Thermal Energy Storage Secondary Pumps Chiller EMS Number
211. in Internet Explorer or a text editor such as NotePad or WordPad Using Reports in Other Applications EnergyPro reports are now created in Adobe Acrobat pdf format which greatly simplifies common report related tasks such as printing and emailing reports and importing forms into AutoCAD or other applications Reports and forms can be imported in many different applications such as Word Corel or AutoCAD To use the file in Word click Print Preview to display the form on screen copy the form from Acrobat and paste it into Word It will be formatted as a picture that you can resize to fit your needs You may also use the Paste Special feature to select a different format You may need to set the resolution for the form in Adobe Reader to ensure it is clear and legible in AutoCAD Select Preferences from the Edit menu select Page Display and Custom Set the resolution to 300 dpi AutoCAD 2010 has a feature in the Insert menu called pdf underlay With that you can cleanly insert pages from a pdf file into a drawing By saving the report as a pdf file you can insert whatever report pages you require into your drawings The resulting dwg file is small and it plots cleanly and quickly You may also use the Paste Special function in Adobe Acrobat Reader You may also save the report or form as a tif file and import it into AutoCAD Follow the appropriate procedure to import forms using other applicat
212. in nonresidential buildings Although it is the most lengthy to calculate and document the second alternative provides the most flexibility in showing compliance of the addition EnergyPro accommodates any of these compliance options for additions 182 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Analysis of Addition Alone Any addition that is the sum of all newly conditioned spaces and associated new exterior walls ceilings and floors within the building may be shown to meet the energy budget as a separate entity This procedure does not involve the existing structure and may be performed using the Res 124 Performance calculation for low rise residential buildings or either of the NR 24 Performance or NR 124 Prescriptive calculations for nonresidential buildings The rules and overall approach for analyzing an addition alone are the same as for showing compliance of any new building 1 Enter all the building and system characteristics and meet the appropriate energy budget 2 Use the program exactly as you would for a new building but select Addition in the Project Design Data tab of the Building element 3 Inthe Project Title tab name the project to show that it is only the Addition you are modeling e g Wu Residence Addition Only Analyzing additions alone works well for relatively large additions with moderate amounts of glazing It may be difficult to achieve compliance in this way with small additions because they
213. indow if desired If there are different types of glazing at the same orientation you might want to name the windows for a distinguishing feature e g East Window Wood and East Windows Metal or French Door E Area Enter the total area frame rough opening of glazing Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 99 999 0 ft SI Metric 0 0 9 289 9 m NOTE The range for window area is dynamic The total window and door area in one wall can never be greater than the total exterior wall area F Surface Type When performing an Existing Addition Alteration calculation the user must assign an identity or Type for each element in the Building Tree Select from the four options a Type that most closely matches your surface e Existing Existing surface that will not be altered Select when performing an Existing Addition Alteration or Existing Alteration e New New surface for new construction or being added as part of an addition e Altered Select Altered if the surface is being altered from existing conditions but is not part of an addition By checking the Altered option the user will need to create an Existing surface to illustrate the surface prior to any changes or replacement as well as a New surface to describe the surface after the alteration e Removed This surface will be removed as part of an addition or alteration a Existing and or New Fenestration Click in the appropriate multi edit box to select a wind
214. ine boilers in the Boiler Library and then you may select the equipment in the Heating Hot Water Tab in the Plant element Each building may have only one type of boiler although there may be more than one identical unit The exception to this may be residential buildings with combined hydronic systems They may have more than one boiler and or water heater serving a single building Distribution Systems The ducts and other distribution systems for mechanical systems can be input in the System element for each HVAC system These inputs are most often used for low rise residential compliance calculations although distribution system type and any duct R values are also documented in nonresidential compliance calculations when more than 25 of the ducts are located in unconditioned space or outdoors For other nonresidential compliance calculations the program makes certain fixed assumptions based on the HVAC system type Case Studies This section presents several different mechanical systems and explains how to input them in EnergyPro They are LC Gas Furnace _ Packaged Furnace AC with Exhaust Fans _ Packaged VAV without Reheat C Built up VAV with Reheat These case studies are intended to demonstrate the general approaches used to input some different mechanical systems Use them as guidelines for defining your own systems understanding that each project will have somewhat different requirements User s Manual EnergyPro Versi
215. ing Range amp Units Imperial US 0O 120L F SI Metric 17 8 48 901C g Summer Indoor Temperature Enter the desired indoor temperature of the zone during the cooling season The value specified in the Standards for residential occupancies is 78 F 25 6_ C Ifthe occupancy is set to Unconditioned and has a non zero floor area the heat transfer to an adjacent zone in the NR Loads calculation is defined by this value That is instead of using the outside summer design temperature the program will use the Desired Summer Temperature in calculating the design loads heat flow across the common wall floor or ceiling Range amp Units Imperial US 0 120 _JF User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 59 SI Metric 17 8 48 90 1C Installed LPD Not A Program Input The program automatically calculates the Lighting Power Density for the room based on the lighting information entered Installed LPD does NOT include control credits Infiltration Tab FE Infiltration Rate Enter the number of times the total volume of air in the room is replaced every hour A standard infiltration rate for residential buildings is 1 0 For nonresidential buildings typical values may range from 0 2 to 0 5 air changes per hour The value you specify will be used in Res Loads and will be the maximum infiltration level used according to the infiltration schedule in Non Res Loads Range amp Units 0 00 99 00 AC Hr Occupant Tab
216. ing Time Dependent Valuation TDV energy in KBtu sf yr for the Standard and or Proposed designs Cooling Lists the annual space cooling TDV energy in kBtu sf yr for the Standard and or Proposed designs Interior Lights Lists the annual interior lighting TDV energy in kBtu sf yr for the CHERS Standard and or Rated Home designs Exterior Lights Lists the annual exterior lighting TDV energy in kBtu sf yr for the CHERS Standard and or Rated Home designs Appliances Lists the annual appliances TDV energy in kBtu sf yr for the CHERS Standard and or Rated Home designs Miscellaneous Lists the annual miscellaneous TDV energy usage in kBtu sf yr for each design Renewables Lists the annual TDV energy in kBtu sf yr generated by the renewable system for the CHERS Standard and or Rated Home designs subtracted from the total TDV energy use Fans Lists the annual space cooling TDV energy in kBtu sf yr for the Standard and or Proposed designs Pumps Lists the annual space cooling TDV energy in kBtu sf yr for the Standard and or Proposed designs DHW Lists the annual domestic hot water system TDV energy in kBtu sf yr for the Standard and or Proposed designs Total The total predicted TDV energy use of the CHERS and GPR Standard designs the Rated Home Design and each Alternative Measure design in TDV kBtu saft yr A new home must exceed Title 24 by at least 15 and meet ALL other requirements to be eligible for G
217. ing load times 1 21 which is the oversizing factor for cooling systems generally allowed under the Prescriptive Mechanical standard with the exception listed above NOTE There are several special equipment and or control requirements as well as exceptions to those requirements which apply to the Prescriptive Mechanical standards Carefully review Section 144 of the Standards and Chapter 4 of the Nonresidential Manual to make sure that all applicable Prescriptive Mechanical requirements have been met NR T24 Prescriptive Calculation Options Scope Envelope Runs the nonresidential Prescriptive Envelope calculations Indoor Lighting Runs the nonresidential Prescriptive Indoor Lighting calculations using the selected Lighting Method You may override occupancy designations within the Zone Element of the Building Tree by selecting the Complete Building checkbox and specifying the building type Outdoor Lighting Runs the Outdoor Lighting Calculations as explained in Chapter 6 of the Nonresidential Manual Mechanical Runs the nonresidential Prescriptive Mechanical calculations The NR T24 Prescriptive calculation is a computerized version of the Nonresidential Prescriptive Envelope Lighting Mechanical and Outdoor Lighting methods Refer to Chapters 3 4 5 and 6 of the Nonresidential Manual for a detailed discussion of the Prescriptive approach NR T24 Prescriptive Reports The program can print out either prescriptive or performance repor
218. ioned area of slab floor and non slab floor If the thermal mass in the proposed design does not exceed the mass threshold then both the standard and proposed designs are assumed to contain 20 of the proposed design s conditioned slab floor area as exposed slab 80 of the conditioned slab floor area as rug covered slab and 5 of the proposed design s conditioned non slab floor area as exposed 2 inch thick concrete If the proposed design contains more thermal mass than the mass threshold model the mass for compliance credit The mass threshold is determined by the amount of mass equivalent to 30 of the conditioned slab floor area as exposed 3 5 inch thick concrete slab 70 of the conditioned slab floor area as rug covered 3 5 inch thick concrete slab AND 15 of the conditioned raised floor non slab area as 2 inch thick exposed concrete Refer to thermal mass in Section JA4 and RA5 of the Reference Appendices and Section 3 4 of the Residential Manual for additional information on modeling thermal mass HERS Compliance Credits Title 24 requirements allow modeling certain energy efficiency improvements in low rise residential projects which require field verification and diagnostic testing Compliance credits are available for measures that improve the efficiency of heating and cooling equipment and distribution systems ducts and for constructing buildings with less leakage than results from standard construction practices Most of these compl
219. ions See also Printing Reports amp Company Logo Signature and Stamps User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 17 Building Tree The Building Tree is the backbone of the software It is a graphical representation of the various elements of the building you will be modeling Each building element is represented on the screen with an icon that represents that portion of the modeled building The Building Tree is presented in a hierarchical manner Each parent element contains information pertinent to all its sub elements while each subordinate element in the tree is considered a more detailed part of its parent element Open the Building element to display the total conditioned floor area for the building on the status bar at the bottom of the window Enable the status bar by placing a check mark next to Status Indicator in the Tools Menu E Click on the calculator icon preceding each input heading to determine which if any calculations use the input The Building Tree contains the following elements g ld wat A7 Building Fe Exterior Application kS Skylight Ss Exterior Wall User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 19 Window g Door Interior Surface g es Floor G Lighting HA A Task A 4 Task Lighting 2 T SY interior Thermal Mass is Underground Wall E Underground Floor Building Element Project Design Data Project Title Designers Utility Tab Outdoo
220. ir current values You will not use the other Plant tabs Chilled Water Hydronic Renewables and Exceptional systems in this example 2 Click on the System element Office Mech System to continue 22 Editing the System Element NR Sample User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 129 System Office Mech System General Distribution Residential HERS Credits MECH 2 System Details Name Office Mech System System Type New New System Camier 48PGL 07 5 6 Multiplier 1 00 cs C Use Supply Air Temperature specified in Central System for Load Calculations C Constant Volume Required for Process Exempted Fan Power inches Space gt 8 000 sqft and Ceiling Height gt 15 and LPD gt 0 5 w sqft Section 143 Move past the first System Retail Mechanical System Element to click on the Office Mechanical System Element if you haven t already for this portion of the tutorial 1 The Office Mechanical System Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning has already been defined Compliance rules apply to how you aggregate different zones into a single HVAC System These rules and related design issues are discussed in Nonresidential Compliance Modeling NOTE If this were an actual building you were entering from scratch you would probably wait to choose a System until after you had entered all the building envelope features and run Load Calculations to determine sizing for HVAC unit s
221. is exceptional method 1 Temperature Sensors Each thermal zone including a living zone and a sleeping zone must have individual air temperature sensors that provide accurate temperature readings of the typical condition in that zone 2 Habitable Rooms Each habitable room in each zone must have a source of space heating and or cooling if zonal credit for cooling is desired such as forced air supply registers or individual conditioning units Bathrooms laundry halls and or dressing rooms are not habitable rooms 3 Non closeable Openings The total non closeable opening area W between adjacent living and sleeping thermal zones i e halls stairwells and other openings must be less than or equal to 40 ft All remaining zonal boundary areas must be separated by permanent floor to ceiling walls and or fully solid operable doors capable of restricting free air movement when in the closed position 4 Thermostats Each zone must be controlled by a central automatic dual setback thermostat that can control the conditioning equipment and maintain preset temperatures for varying time periods in each zone independent of the other Other requirements specific to forced air ducted systems include the following 1 Each zone must be served by a return air register located entirely within the zone Return air dampers are not required 2 Supply air dampers must be manufactured and installed so that when they are closed there is no measurabl
222. ive Mechanical requirements Fan Power W cfm For each System listed the Standard design fan power in watts per cfm is the maximum allowed and the Proposed installed fan power must be equal to or less than the Standard for each System for the building to meet the Prescriptive Mechanical requirements For further details see Section 4 1 3 of the Nonresidential Manual or Section 144 of the Standards NR T24 Performance Calculation for Title 24 Compliance Related Topics NR T24 Performance Options NR T24 Performance Results NR T24 Performance Reports The program performs a NR T24 Performance compliance analysis of the building when you select the NR T24 Performance calculation check the Run Standard and Run Proposed calculation options and specify the Scope using the Envelope Lighting Mechanical and or DHW checkboxes If the typical options are selected the program runs a full annual compliance simulation on both the Standard Design and the Proposed Design As explained in Chapter 9 of the Nonresidential Manual the Standard Design TDV Energy Budget sets the standard for the building It is a custom energy budget because it is generated on a case by case basis and becomes the goal for energy efficiency that the Proposed building must meet NOTE This software is not endorsed authorized or associated with the U S Department of Energy The Standard Design The Standard Design is generated automatically by the program based on the
223. ive Results NR Prescriptive Reports The NR Prescriptive calculation is a computerized version of the Nonresidential Prescriptive Envelope Indoor Lighting Mechanical and Outdoor Lighting methods The calculation provides a display of key aspects of Envelope Lighting and Mechanical compliance of the building with the Nonresidential Prescriptive standards Refer to Chapters 3 4 5 and 6 of the Nonresidential Manual for a detailed discussion of the Prescriptive approach Envelope EnergyPro calculates Prescriptive Envelope compliance using the Overall Envelope TDV Approach Prescriptive Envelope compliance is met when the proposed design TDV energy is equal to or less than the standard design TDV energy See the Standards Section 143 and the Nonresidential Manual Section 3 7 for additional details Indoor Lighting To comply with the Prescriptive Indoor Lighting requirements the Proposed installed Watts square foot must be equal to or less than the Standard Watts square foot The program adds up installed wattage and compares it to the Complete Building or Area Category values selected according to the occupancy type of each zone Refer to the Standards Section 146 and to the Nonresidential Manual Section 5 3 for additional details Outdoor Lighting To comply with the Prescriptive Outdoor Lighting requirements the proposed lighting power must be equal to or less than the Standard lighting power The program adds up installed wattage a
224. ive simulation Note that if you mark a building feature or equipment as New EnergyPro will not replace that feature when it runs alternatives This is especially useful when modeling a multifamily project or other projects with multiple pieces of equipment where the owner plans to retrofit only some of the units or features Measure Financing The financial data fields are not used in the Residential Performance simulations These fields are used for CA Home Energy Rating System HERS ratings and reports Refer to HERS Module Calculation Options for additional details regarding the financial fields and calculations Interest Rate Enter the interest rate if the project will be financed The default value is the most recent monthly average commitment rate published by Freddie Mac Number of Years Financed Enter the number of years that the measure s is are financed The default value is 30 years or the measure life if less than 30 years Income Tax Bracket Enter the customer s income tax bracket The default value is 30 which is the combined federal and state marginal tax rate Res Performance Results See Also Res Performance Module and Res Performance Calculation Options Components of the Res Performance Calculation Results User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 97 Calculation Lists Standard and or Proposed and or Alternatives depending on your selection s in Options Heating Lists the annual space
225. ixed for compliance calculations The Process Sensible and Process Latent loads are used in the compliance calculations but must be documented Receptacle Sensible Heat 1 50 watt ft 16 14 watt m Latent Heat Owatt sqft 0 0 watt m There are no Process Equipment or Lighting loads in this area Leave default of zero User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 133 7 Skip the next three tabs Domestic Hot Water Exhaust Fans and Lighting they do not apply to this job You have completed your entries for the Office Room Element At this point you have a choice of Building Tree elements under the level of the Room element Highlight the Room element click the right mouse button and select Add The list of new components drops down and you can choose your next component by highlighting them one at a time as we will do in the next part of this example ED Editing the Lighting Element NR Sample Lighting T 8 Electronic Ballast Name T 8 Hectronic Ballast Luminaire Multiplier Reference Code Control No Lighting Controls 1240 watts Now you will Add a Lighting Element to your Room Element Office by clicking on the Office Element then right clicking and then selecting Add and then selecting the Lighting component or highlight it and click The Lighting element is inserted under the Room element 1 Lighting input Name Lighting Office Luminaire Luminaire Library 2 Lamp 4 ft T8 Rapid Start El
226. izard from the Main Menu or click on the Report Wizard icon in the toolbar A wizard welcomes you to the Select Report Type dialog box 2 Select California Code Title 24 Performance from the list of Residential reports and and Next to continue 3 Select the Forms you wish to include in your report by checking clicking on the appropriate boxes then select Next Note those that have been selected for this sample 4 Toend In the last box Report Complete click Finish to close the Wizard without viewing the report or the Print Preview button to view your report It is ready to print unless you choose to make changes after viewing the Report You can page up or down through the Title 24 Report that has been prepared for this sample building 156 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Special Topics This section presents special issues with which you should be familiar with respect to Title 24 Standards as well as the other calculation modules The information here may be useful when using EnergyPro for compliance with Title 24 or other standards such as ASHRAE 90 1 or to produce HERS II ratings GreenPoint Rated or LEED Title 24 calculations This chapter covers the following topics Residential Compliance Modeling Topics How to properly zone and model residential buildings for compliance and HVAC equipment selection Topics include zoning zonal controls no setback thermostats underground walls and floors heating coo
227. l Credits Now you will add a Room Element to the 1 Floor Zone Element 1 2A Right click on the 1 Floor Zone Element Click on Add Room Click on the new element Undefined Room to define the information specific to the building at this level In this case there is no need to list the zone by rooms the data you input under Room will apply to the whole 1 Floor The General tab is the first tab displayed Input Name 1st Floor Area 1 200 ft 111 5m This is the total gross area of the Room space being modeled measured from the outside surface of the exterior walls Leave the rest of the inputs on the General tab at their default values 5 Leave all inputs in the remaining tabs set to their default values You have completed your entries for the 1 Floor Room Element 7 Atthis point you have a choice of Building Tree elements under the level of the Room element Click the right mouse button and select Add The list of new components drops down You add them one ata time Next you ll add a Roof Element Editing the Roof Element Res Sample Roof R 30 Roof R 30 Root Area 400 it Surface Type New New Assembly R 30 Roof Attic Onentation 0 Tilt Roof Surface Replacement gt 2 000 sqft or 50 Now you will add a Roof Element to the 1 Floor Room Element 1 Click on the 1 Floor Room Element and right click Highlight the Add and then click on Roof The Roof element is
228. l Tab is used to define residential system features The HERS Credits Tab includes residential credits that require a Home Energy Rating System inspection The MECH 2 Tab contains information that will appear on the Title 24 MECH 2 nonresidential forms System Details F Name Enter a descriptive name for the System The system name will appear on both residential and nonresidential compliance and loads documentation E Type Select Existing New Altered or Removed from the drop down list to indicate the System Type e Existing An existing system that will not be altered Select when performing an Existing Addition Alteration or Existing Alteration e New New system for new construction or being added as part of an addition e Altered Select Altered if the system is being altered from existing conditions but is not part of an addition By checking the Altered option the user will need to create an Existing system to illustrate the system prior to any changes or replacement as well as a New system to describe the system after the alteration e Removed This system will be removed as part of an addition or alteration User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 43 E HVAC System Depending on the application and System Type designation above click in the multi edit box Existing System and or New System to choose an HVAC System from the Central System Library 1 Multiplier Enter an integer value to specify the number
229. lding is not known is 1 2 watts per square foot 5 Developed from 121 and Table 121 A of the Standards 6 Hotel uses values for Hotel Function Area from Table N2 6 7 For retail and wholesale stores the complete building method may only be used when the sales area is 70 or greater of the building area 8 For these occupancies when the proposed design is required to have demand control ventilation by 121 c 3 the ventilation rate is the minimum that would occur at any time during occupied hours Additional ventilation would be provided through demand controlled ventilation to maintain CO2 levels according to 121 of the Standards Table N2 6 Nonresidential Occupancy Assumptions cont View Nonresidential Occupancy Assumptions for Complete Building occupancies Table N2 6 Area Occupancy Assumptions When Lighting Plans are Submitted for Portions or for the Entire Building or When Lighting Compliance is not Performed Hot Water Btu h Occupant Sub Occupancy Occupants Sensible Heat Latent Heat Receptacle Type Lighting Ventilation yp 1000saft Occupant Occupant Load W sqft CFM sqft Auditorium 10 Bar Cocktail Lounge and Casino 67 275 1 10 0 50 10 1 20 0 38 Classrooms Lecture Training 50 245 Vocational Room Commercial and Industrial Storage 0 15 conditioned or unconditioned 198 e Case Studies User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Commercial and Industri
230. le House Home Energy Rating and Energy Efficient Mortgage programs This module produces a HERS index which rates the energy efficiency of the home and also performs economic analysis of various energy efficiency upgrades on the home e GreenPoint Rated This module developed in partnership with Build It Green will calculate the energy point score used for compliance with the GreenPoint Rated scoring system used for rating new and existing homes In addition it will produce the form GPR 1 compliance certificate needed to demonstrate compliance with the GreenPoint Rated system e CalRatePro Home Energy Ratings Developed in partnership with CalCERTS this module will perform home energy rating calculations on existing California homes for use with the CalCERTS Whole House Home Energy Rating and Energy Efficient Mortgage programs This module will produce a HERS index which rates the energy efficiency of the home and also allow for economic analysis of various energy efficiency upgrades on the home Residential Load Calculations Determine the size requirements of HVAC systems for low rise residential buildings Utilizing ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals procedures this module will allow for room by room load calculations to determine the proper size of the system Nonresidential Performance allows you to calculate the energy performance of nonresidential buildings when no code or compliance baselines are involved This module will perform an hour
231. liary strip heating sizing neutral or penalty LJSystem supply air control credit neutral or penalty _ Zone terminal controls credit neutral or penalty _ Up to three different chillers staged with energy management system EMS controls credit neutral or penalty _ Cooling tower sizing approach temperature fan speeds pumps credit neutral or penalty Design fan power i e fan size and fan motor efficiency greater than 0 8 watts cfm for constant volume fans over 25 horsepower and greater than 1 25 watts cfm for VAV fans over 25 horsepower penalty Pump control flow rate minimum operating ratio credit neutral or penalty _ Fan system configuration credit neutral or penalty _ Fan volume control e g constant volume forward curved centrifugal fan w discharge dampers forward curved centrifugal fan w inlet vanes variable speed drive credit neutral or penalty LJAir economizers credit neutral or penalty Water side economizers credit neutral or penalty LJAir cooled water cooled and evaporatively cooled condensers credit neutral or penalty _ Evaporative cooling and evaporative pre cooling credit neutral or penalty L_ Service hot water system recovery efficiency neutral or credit User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 109 Which Forms Go On the Drawings According to Section 10 103 a 2 of the state s Administrative Regulations the permit applicant shall file the appropr
232. ling distribution systems hydronic systems no cooling installed HERS compliance credits calculating all four orientations and attached sunspaces garages and others Nonresidential Compliance Modeling Topics How to properly zone and model nonresidential buildings for compliance and HVAC equipment selection Topics include partial permit applications inputting zones by thermal characteristics and occupancy type standard HVAC system according to proposed system type modeling like HVAC systems together unconditioned spaces demising partitions interior partitions between zones underground walls and floors return air plenums T bar ceilings process loads tailored and process ventilation exhaust fans tailored lighting allotment and inputs not used for compliance calculations Mandatory Measures How mandatory measures relate to the compliance calculations that the program performs Additions How to use the program to show Title 24 compliance of additions alone or with the existing building Mixed Occupancy Buildings How the Title 24 Standards and the program treat mixed occupancy buildings Mechanical Systems An overview on how to model mechanical systems using EnergyPro including case Studies Default DOE 2 1E Output Reports in the Nonresidential Performance SIM File A list of the DOE 2 1E calculation output reports generated when you clear the Delete Temporary Files after Simulation is Complete checkbox in the NR Performan
233. ll Editing the Window Element NR Sample 136 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Window East Windows General terior shading Name East Windows Area 160 A Surface Type New Fenestration Double Metal Tinted With the Exterior Wall Element East Wall highlighted right click and select Add Window 1 Click on Window The Window tab is displayed Input Name East Windows Area 160 ft 14 9 m Surface Type New Fenestration Fenestration Library Double Metal Tinted 2 Exterior Shading tab Leave set to Bug Screen same as None Leave all other inputs set to default values Editing the Remaining Walls and Windows NR Sample 1 Click on the Room Element Office then right click and select Add and then select Exterior Wall Click on the Wall Element Exterior Wall On the General tab input Name South Wall Area 400 ft 37 2 m Surface Type New New Assembly Assembly Library R 19 Wall Orientation drop down list or user input South Tilt 90 degrees 2 With the Exterior Wall Element South Wall highlighted right click and select Add Window Name South Windows Area 160 ft 14 9 m Fenestration Fenestration Library Double Metal Tinted User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 137 Exterior Shading tab Leave set to Bug Screen same as None Leave all other inputs set to default values 3 Click on the Room Element Office then right click and select Add
234. ll Element a Window Element by following the instruction number 3 above under Editing the Exterior Wall Element Then in the General tab input Name Right Windows Area 32 ft 3 0 m New Fenestration Fenestration Library Anderson Permashield Click in this field to choose Anderson Permashield then click on OK Exterior Shading tab Leave the Shading Device set to the default selection Bug Screen Editing the Slab Element Res Sample User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 153 Slab On Grade Covered Slab General Thermal Mass Name Covered Slab Area 600 ft Surface Type New New Assembly Slab On Grade Ext Perimeter 1 Add the next component to the 1 Floor Room Element Slab on Grade Then Click on the Slab on Grade Element floor to input on the General tab Name Covered Slab Area 600 ft 55 7 m Surface Type New New Assembly Assembly Library Slab on Grade Ext Perimeter 90 feet 27 4 meters 2 Click on the Thermal Mass Tab Leave all inputs at their default value Exposed Do not check this box as the slab in this example is carpeted 2 Editing the Floor Element Res Sample Floor Raised Floor O Garage General Themal Mass Name Raised Floor 0 Garage Area eji Surface Type New Assembly R 19 Foor Crawlspace er s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 1 Add the next component to the 1
235. lls Enter the depth in inches that the wall extends below grade Use the same method to model nonresidential Underground Floors with the Underground Floor element User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 175 All underground walls and floors are considered compliance neutral There is no credit or penalty associated with underground elements In nonresidential load calculations heat loss for underground assemblies is calculated by multiplying the U Factor by the area Heat loss for slab on grade elements is calculated using slab edge loss Refer to the topic Underground Walls and Floors Residential for modeling details in low rise residential calculations Return Air Plenums A return air plenum is an unoccupied space within the insulated building envelope through which air flows back to the space conditioning system from the space s The return air temperature is usually within a few degrees of the conditioned space temperature and is considered conditioned space Model return air plenums as part of the adjacent conditioned space Model the correct geometry of the Zone including its area height adjacency to other Zones and any exterior surfaces T Bar Ceilings Placing insulation directly over Suspended ceilings is not permitted as a means of compliance except for in limited applications The following excerpt from Section 118 of the Standards describes the conditions under which placing insulation over suspen
236. ltiplier Horizontal Multiplier Display Perimeter If you are just following along skip the next two steps and skip all instructions to add or delete elements Instead simply click on the element being discussed to view input Deleting the 1st Floor Zone and its sub elements for practice 1 2 Click on the Zone Element 1 Floor Zone Click the right mouse button select Delete Create a new 1st Floor Zone Element by clicking on the Res HVAC System element click the right mouse button and select Add Zone An Undefined Zone element appears below the Res HVAC System Element Click on the Undefined Zone Element to define the General Zone information Only the General tab is used for residential buildings You do not use the Lighting Mechanical or Schedules tabs for residential buildings On the General tab input Name 7 Floor Zone User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 147 Occupancy drop down list Single Family Leave the remaining 1 Floor Zone inputs set to their default values You have completed zonal data input for the 1st Floor Zone Next you ll add a Room Element Editing the Room Element Res Sample Room 1st Floor General Infitration Occupant Receptacle Process Domestic Hot Water Exhaust Fan Lighting Area Ceiling Height Type Year Built Winter Indoor Temp Summer Indoor Temp Installed LPD 0 wate Installed LPD does NOT include Contro
237. lue in parentheses is the minimum R value for the entire wall assembly if the wall weight exceeds 40 pounds per sq ft The light mass wall R value in brackets is the minimum R value for the entire assembly if the heat capacity of the wall meets or exceeds the result of multiplying the bracketed minimum R value by 0 65 Any insulation installed on heavy or light mass walls must be integral with or installed on the outside of the exterior mass The inside surface of the thermal mass including plaster or gypsum board in direct contact with the masonry wall shall be exposed to the room air The exterior wall used to meet the R value in parentheses cannot also be used to meet the thermal mass requirement The installed fenestration products shall meet the requirements of Section 151 f 3 The installed fenestration products shall meet the requirements of Section 151 f 4 If the package requires thermal mass the thermal mass shall meet the requirements of Section 151 f 5 Thermostats shall be installed in conjunction with all soace heating systems in accordance with Section 151 f 9 HSPF means heating seasonal performance factor oO ao A O PD A supplemental heating unit may be installed in a space served directly or indirectly by a primary heating system provided that the unit thermal capacity does not exceed 2 kilowatts or 7 000 Btu hr and is controlled by a time limiting device not exceeding 30 minutes 228 e Case Studies User s Manual EnergyPr
238. ly simulation on the building and determine annual energy consumption and energy cost In addition this module can be used for the Savings By Design utility incentive program as a supplement to the Nonresidential Title 24 Performance module as it will allow for calculation of the Non compliance standard and proposed building energy use which can be used for incentive purposes This module uses the DOE 2 1E v119 software engine licensed from the Department of Energy to provide a highly accurate hourly simulation of building energy use LEED Title 24 Performance Compliance One option for documenting compliance with the LEED rating system in California is via the Title 24 compliance method for the determination of the EAc1 point score for the optimization of building energy use However the LEED methodology requires the inclusion of additional end uses not encompassed by Title 24 including process loads process lighting renewables outdoor lighting and exceptional savings measures In addition while Title 24 looks at the TDV energy use of the building this module is designed to look at energy cost as required by LEED This module uses the DOE 2 1E v119 software engine licensed from the Department of Energy to provide a highly accurate hourly simulation of building energy use Documentation produced by this module includes the EAC 1 worksheet which can be used to complete the LEED template ASHRAE 90 1 Performance Compliance Demonstrate com
239. ly Vent fixture types are specified Range amp Units 0 100 Mechanical Tab Zone Level Mechanical System Data a Zonal System Click in this multi edit box to select a zonal system from the Zonal Library 1 Zonal Multiplier Enter the number of identical zonal systems including VAV boxes or Fans in the Zone Range amp Units 1 99 units N A User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 55 a Demand Control VentilationCheck this box if the zone has demand control ventilation DCV DCV systems vary the amount of ventilation air depending on the amount of carbon dioxide detected in the space The standards require DCV systems to use CO2 sensors and do not allow VOC or other indoor air quality sensors to meet the requirement The following text is an excerpt from the Section 4 3 7 of the Nonresidential Manual Refer to that section for additional details on DCV system requirements The Standards require the use of DCV systems for spaces with all of the following characteristics 1 Served by single zone units with any controls or multiple zone systems with Direct Digital Controls DDC to the zone level and 2 Have a design occupancy of 40 ft person or smaller for areas without fixed seating where the design density for egress purposes in the CBC is 40 ft person or smaller and 3 Has an air economizer There are four exceptions to this requirement 1 The following spaces are permitted to use DCV but are not requir
240. ly mirror the actual building usage profile Calculation Processing EnergyPro uses the full capacity of your computer s processors If you have a multiple core processor EnergyPro will use all cores to run the calculations dramatically increasing the speed of simulations especially for parametric runs or very complicated models 4 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 The optimized processing now allows you to edit your project or another project while EnergyPro is running a simulation Title 24 LEED Performance Module You may use EnergyPro s 124 LEED module to calculate compliance with the LEED rating system in California via the Title 24 compliance method for the determination of the EAc1 point score for the optimization of building energy use However the LEED methodology requires the inclusion of additional end uses not encompassed by Title 24 including process loads process lighting renewables outdoor lighting and exceptional savings measures In addition while Title 24 looks at the TDV energy use of the building this module is designed to look at energy cost as required by LEED This module uses the DOE 2 1E v119 software engine licensed from the Department of Energy to provide a highly accurate hourly simulation of building energy use Documentation produced by this module includes the EAC 1 worksheet which can be used to complete the LEED template ASHRAE 90 1 Performance Module Use the NR ASHRAE 90 1 Perform
241. m the Alternatives Tab are added in the order listed on that tab Run Individual Alternative Energy Measures Select this option to instruct EnergyPro to conduct iterative simulations that test the impact of adding one individual energy saving measure to the project at a time The Individual Alternatives process begins by modeling the project as defined then adds an additional energy savings measure to the base case project in each iterative simulation Note that if you mark a building feature or equipment as New EnergyPro will not replace that feature when it runs alternatives This is especially useful when modeling a multifamily project or other projects with multiple pieces of equipment where the owner plans to retrofit only some of the units or features Measure Financing The financial data fields are not used in the GreenPoint Rated simulations These fields are used for CA Home Energy Rating System HERS ratings and reports Refer to HERS Module Calculation Options for additional details regarding the financial fields and calculations Interest Rate Enter the interest rate if the project will be financed The default value is the most recent monthly average commitment rate published by Freddie Mac Number of Years Financed Enter the number of years that the measure s is are financed The default value is 30 years or the measure life if less than 30 years Income Tax Bracket Enter the customer s income tax bracket The
242. mass effects The Schedules selected control the lights 120 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 equipment infiltration occupants ventilation and thermostats each hour of the design day The summer dry bulb and wet bulb design temperatures affect the sensible output capacity of the Mechanical System according to a standard equipment performance curve used by the NR Performance program The program calculates cooling loads for all months and displays the peak loads on screen The peak month and hour are shown on the Room Cooling Loads Summary form in the final report Use Print Preview to view the data prior to printing NOTE Cooling design temperatures for January through June and September through December are automatically modified by the program reduced somewhat in relation to the values listed in the Location Library to reflect a lower probability of reaching the listed design temperature in months other than July and August NR Loads Calculation Options Winter Design Conditions Select the winter design conditions to use for the load calculations from the drop down list Choices include Median of Extremes 2 0 Design Data and 6 0 Design Data Median of Extremes is the default value For an explanation of these categories see the Preface to the ASHRAE publication 96500 Climatic Data for Region X 1982 Summer Design Conditions Select the summer design conditions to use for the load calculations from the drop do
243. matically converts all data entries and measurement units to the selected system In Windows 7 Open the Control Panel and then open the Regional and Language Options selection In the Regional Options tab select the Additional Settings button to open the Customize Format dialog box Select either Metric or U S from the Measurement System drop down list Close the dialog boxes and re start EnergyPro It automatically converts all data entries and measurement units to the selected system Residential Alternatives EnergyPro now allows you to test the impact of individual and multiple energy saving measures for residential projects in one action Individual Alternatives simulate the savings from adding one individual measure to the base design at a time Combined Alternatives simulate the cumulative impact of adding multiple measures one after another You may run alternatives for Title 24 HERS Ratings GreenPoint Rated and other residential projects Calibrating Results For existing buildings EnergyPro allows you to easily compare your simulation results to the building s actual energy usage Each Calculation module contains a Calibration Tab that will create a graph of the monthly simulated and actual energy usage and cost both electricity and natural gas Use this graph to compare your simulation to the actual usage and to identify significant differences between them This will allow you to adjust your simulation as required to close
244. mperature and loads data for each end use in Microsoft Excel The CSV files will be saved in the EnergyPro 5 Results folder under the project name with a csv extension Run Combined Alternative Energy Measures Select this option to instruct EnergyPro to conduct iterative simulations to allow you to test the cumulative impact of adding new energy saving measures to the project The Combined Alternatives process begins by modeling the project as defined then adds an additional energy savings measure to the previous results in each iteration thus building an increasingly efficient model Selected measures from the Alternatives Tab are added in the order listed on that tab Run Individual Alternative Energy Measures Select this option to instruct EnergyPro to conduct iterative simulations that test the impact of adding one individual energy saving measure to the project at a time The Individual Alternatives process begins by modeling the project as defined then adds an additional energy savings measure to the base case project in each iterative simulation Report Source Energy on CF 1R To calculate the CHERS score for LEED H LEED for Homes check the Report Source Energy on CF 1R option By checking the option the CF 1R will report the relevant CHERS score for the proposed design Measure Financing The financial data fields are not used in the Residential T24 Performance simulations These fields are used for CA Home Energy Rating Sy
245. mperial US 0 0 99 999 feet SI Metric 0 0 30 479 7 meters Lighting Tab Choose one from each of the two groups of choices on this tab Standard Lighting to determine the lighting level used in the Standard Budget calculation and Proposed Lighting to determine the lighting level in the Proposed Actual calculation The default settings use the Standard lighting level based upon the selected occupancy type in the General Tab and the Proposed lighting calculated from the Lighting Element entries in the Building Tree Standard Lighting a Use Standard LPD Check this item when using the Complete Building or Area Category method of lighting compliance The program automatically determines the LPD value to be used in the Standard Budget Energy calculation This is the most common selection a Use Calculated Tailored LPD If lighting is to be modeled using the Tailored method check this item The program calculates the amount of allowed lighting using the Tailored Method and sets the Standard Budget Lighting Energy to the Allowed Tailored LPD shown to the right E User Input LPD Area Category lf you are modeling a building for which allowed lighting levels have already been determined via the Area Category Method i e allowed lighting levels have been determined by another lighting consultant check this box and enter the allowed LPD in the User Input LPD box Range amp Units Imperial US 0 000 99 000 W ft
246. ms Test Thermal Energy Storage TES Systems Lighting Automatic Daylighting Controls Acceptance Occupancy Sensor Acceptance Indoor Lighting Control Systems Manual Daylighting Controls Acceptance Automatic Time Switch Control Acceptance Outdoor Lighting User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Case Studies e 219 Outdoor Motion Sensor Acceptance Outdoor Lighting Shut off Controls Outdoor Lighting Control Outdoor Photocontrol Astronomical Time Switch Standard non astronomical Time Switch TABLE R3 30 SUMMARY OF STANDARD DESIGN HVAC SYSTEM TABLE R3 30 SUMMARY OF STANDARD DESIGN HVAC SYSTEM Standard Design Cooling Detailed Heating System Cooling System Heating System Specifications ak Same equipment as proposed design Equipment efficiency Through the wall heat pump with no air distribution ducts determined by CEC Appliance Efficiency Split system heat Regulations pump with air distribution ducts Gas wall furnace Same equipment with or without as proposed design ducts and or with no air circulation fan distribution ducts Any other electric SEER per Package D heat including electric resistance water source heat Split system heat pump with air Verified refrigerant distribution ducts charge prescriptive requirement No credit for sizing 7 l No credit for cooling All other gas Split system air conditioner with gas sail ania heating furnace and air distribution ducts No credit for reduce
247. n Residential modules create an input file and or a comma separated values output file that includes hourly temperature and loads data for each end use Nonresidential modules create the hourly loads data and the simulation input and output files Refer to the Detailed Calculation Data topic for additional details Error Location When a calculation is run EnergyPro s Input Diagnostic tool displays messages for each data item in question in the lower right window pane Messages range from Information to Errors and also include HERS related messages EnergyPro s Input Diagnostic now includes error location assistance Double click on the message in the Location list box and EnergyPro automatically displays the Building Element that is the message s source Report File Format Adobe Acrobat EnergyPro 5 reports and forms are now created in Adobe Acrobat pdf format which greatly simplifies common report related tasks such as printing and emailing reports and importing forms into AutoCAD or other applications EnergyPro 5 also allows you to export file data for uploading to a HERS Provider web site either for Title 24 registration or creating HERS Rating Reports Refer to Exporting Reports and Data for additional details Company Logo Signature and Stamps You may place three files in the EnergyPro Forms folder to automatically include your signature company logo and or a stamp such as the CABEC Certified Energy Analyst
248. n 5 Head This is not a program input Head is calculated automatically by the program based upon the pump Flow Rate and Design Power inputs FH Flow Control Choose one of the three control options One Speed 2 Way Valve One Speed 3 Way Valve or Variable Speed F Minimum Power Ratio Enter the ratio expressed as a decimal of the minimum operating speed to the maximum pump speed for variable speed pumps Range amp Units 0 0 1 0 units N A F Percentage Propylene Glycol in Loop Enter the percentage of propylene glycol in the water loop if any Propylene glycol reduces the temperature at which the water glycol mixture will freeze providing anti freeze protection in VRF condenser water loops However propylene glycol provides a lower heat transfer rate than water only closed loop systems Cooling Tower E Cooling Tower Click this field to choose a Cooling Tower from the Cooling Tower Library Only one type of Cooling Tower is allowed per building although multiple identical units are allowed The Hydronic Cooling Tower is used to define the tower specifically connected to _ a water loop condenser _ a water side economizer or L_ a water loop water source or hydronic heat pump system While one Cooling Tower may physically serve several of these functions it may be necessary to model it as two towers for the NR Performance simulation E Tower Multiplier Enter an integer value to specify the number of
249. n and that all construction assemblies must be updated Note that you must have EnergyPro version 4 installed in order for version 5 to read the file Once you have opened the file in EnergyPro v5 save and close the file then re open it as a version 5 file User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 3 Contacts Database EnergyPro uses a database to store all contact information This allows the user to simply select designers clients from the contacts database rather than having to repeat the entries for each new project The default location for the database is on the local drive in the EnergyPro 5 subfolder of My Documents The filename is EnergyProContacts mdb You may also place the Contacts Database on a network drive Modify the location of the Contacts Database by selecting Options from the Tools menu You must re start the software for any changes in File Locations to take effect Metric System EnergyPro can display entry fields and calculation results in either the US Customary or Metric SI number and measurement systems To switch from one system to the other you must first close EnergyPro In Windows XP Open the Control Panel and then open the Regional and Language Options selection In the Regional Options tab select the Customize button to open the Customize Regional Options dialog box Select either Metric or U S from the Measurement System drop down list Close the dialog boxes and re start EnergyPro It auto
250. n credit This credit must be field verified by an approved HERS rater Check the Measured Duct Surface Area checkbox as listed above and enter the location duct inside diameter length and insulation R Value in the Measured Duct Information dialog box Refer to Chapter 4 of the Residential Manual or Section RA3 1 4 1 of the CEC Reference Appendices Manual for additional information Nonresidential Ducts F gt 25 of Ducts in Unconditioned Check the box if the ducts are part of a single zone system serving less than 5 000 sqft and more than 25 of the ducts are located in unconditioned space This condition requires sealing ducts to limit leakage and field verification by an approved HERS Rater For new ducts leakage must be equal to or less than 6 For new ducts added to an existing system the leakage criteria vary depending on the specific situation Refer to Chapter 4 of the Nonresidential Manual for additional information g Heating Duct Losses Enter the heating duct losses as a percent of the total fan flow Cooling Duct Losses Enter the cooling duct losses as a percent of the total fan flow User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 47 Residential Tab E Thermostat Select a thermostat control for residential low and high rise buildings only Nonresidential program calculations ignore this input The choices are Setback control the default or standard assumption for residential systems No Setback control
251. n re select the Delete Temporary Files checkbox the program will delete the files and will NOT generate a csv file Residential Performance Modules generate project input files inp for all selected simulations including alternative runs Nonresidential Performance Modules generate three DOE 2 files two input files bdl and doe and the simulation results sim All temporary files can be read using text editor or word processing software such as Notepad or Wordpad CSV files include detailed hourly temperature and energy use data for each fuel type and end use in the simulation Use Excel or another spreadsheet program to open the files Alternatives Tab All Residential Modules Use the Alternatives Tab to select energy savings measures to simulate the effect on a residential project s energy use compliance HERS Index or GreenPoint Rated score EnergyPro will run the primary calculation followed by each alternative you select and will display the results in tabbed format in the lower right window pane You may click on any tab to display the results for that module Some of the Alternative Measures DO NOT apply to all calculations For example Indoor Lighting is a mandatory measure in Title 24 thus alternatives will not change the project s compliance results Note that if you run multiple calculations at one time EnergyPro will automatically run the same Alternatives for each calculation provided you check the box es o
252. n the Options Tab for that calculation You may not run different alternatives for each module in the same calculation event For each alternative measure you wish to simulate check the checkbox and enter the alternative energy feature You must also select either Run Individual or Run Combined Alternative Measures in the appropriate Options Tab Note that the Measure Cost fields are used only to generate cost effective measure recommendations for a HERS report You may click either the Select Button LJ to select the measure cost from the HERS database or check the User Defined checkbox and enter a custom measure cost You must export the project data and submit the resulting XML file to a HERS Provider for processing to print the HERS Report and view the alternative measure recommendations If you mark a building feature or equipment as New EnergyPro will not replace that feature when it runs alternatives This is especially useful when modeling a multifamily project or other projects with multiple pieces of equipment where the owner plans to retrofit only some of the units or features Alternative Measures Roof Insulation Select the alternative Roof assembly from the Assembly Library Wall Insulation Select the alternative Wall assembly from the Assembly Library Floor Insulation Select the alternative Floor assembly from the Assembly Library Windows Select the alternative windows from the Fenestration Library HVAC System Selec
253. ncy type 10 Ignore all interior walls and model partitions separating thermal zones as air walls with U factor of 1 0 Btu h fte F If a building has more than one story the core zone of the top floor should be a separate zone from the core areas of the middle and ground floors Likewise the core area of the ground floor should be a zone separate from the middle or top floor and an exterior roof ceiling Since the California Energy Commission considers a larger number of modeled HVAC zones to be a more accurate representation local enforcement agencies may at their own discretion require the permit applicant to model additional HVAC zones up to the limits of the ACM capabilities NOTE The standard design which sets the energy budget for the building uses exactly the same zoning and Interzone surfaces as the proposed design Rule 2 If each zone designated according to Rules 1a 1b and 1c has more than one occupancy type subdivide the zones further according to lighting area categories and special ventilation requirements With the exceptions of tailored lighting allotment tailored ventilation and process loads described below the program normally uses the occupancy type selected to internally fix specific modeling assumptions in the standard design to calculate the energy budget and in the proposed design to calculate energy use These modeling assumptions which are listed in Table N2 5 of the Nonresidential Manual are as follows L
254. nd Zone elements create the equipment in the Central and Zonal System Libraries 2 Inthe Central System Library create a Packaged VAV system that matches the one specified for the building Since there is no reheat None for Reheat Coils Once all the system inputs are complete save the equipment to the Central System Library and return to the Building Tree 3 Inthe Zonal System Library create all the different types of VAV boxes used in the building Remember that each zone can use only one type of zonal system Since there is no terminal reheat in the building do not check the Reheat Coil checkbox Save each VAV box to the Library and return to the Building Tree 4 Inthe System Element name the System and select the equipment you created in the Central System Library and input other relevant information 5 The next step is to load the VAV boxes into each Zone Name each Zone Element and select VAV boxes and multipliers as appropriate Check that the proper values for Supply ACH air changes per hour and Outside ACH have been entered and that the desired schedules have been selected This completes the definition of this mechanical system Case Study 4 Built Up VAV with Reheat A ten story 56 000 ft 5 202 4 m office building has a built up VAV system with hot water reheat coils in the perimeter zones There are five air handling units one each for the north south east and west perimeter zones and one for all interior zone
255. nd compares it to the Outdoor Lighting power allowance based on the outdoor activity selected in the Exterior Application Element of the Building Tree Refer to the Standards Section 147 and to Section 6 of the Nonresidential Manual for additional details Mechanical HVAC To comply with the Prescriptive Mechanical requirements _ Proposed Heating output must be equal to or less than the Standard output for each Mechanical System and the Proposed Cooling output must be equal to or less than the Standard output for each Mechanical System or L_ You must demonstrate the equipment selected has the smallest output capacities that can meet the load within the available options of the desired equipment line as stated in Section 144 a of the Standards LJAir conditioning equipment with cooling capacity greater than 75 000 Btuh 22 0 kW and 2 500 cfm 1179 8 L s may also require an integrated economizer see the Nonresidential Manual Section 4 5 2 100 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 _ Fan systems over 25 horsepower 18 7 kW at design conditions may need to meet specific fan watts cfm requirements see the Nonresidential Manual Section 4 6 6 Heating Btuh The Standard value is the design heating load times 1 43 which is the oversizing factor for heating systems generally allowed under the Prescriptive Mechanical standard with the exception listed above Cooling Btuh The Standard value is the design cool
256. nd doors Outside air is also included either through infiltration or ventilation DOE 2 calculates the effects of these parameters using standard ASHRAE methodology based on the areas and assemblies for each type of surface and the values input for infiltration and ventilation rates In the software conduction surfaces are input in the Room element with opaque assemblies defined in the Assembly Library and glazing types defined in the Fenestration Library Infiltration and Ventilation Schedules are input in the Zone element but are fixed by the CEC for Title 24 compliance calculations Rates of Infiltration AC H and Ventilation cfm occupant are input in the Room element User s ManualEnergyProVersion5_2 2 C C C C C C C C CCT C amp Building Tree 411 Thermal Mass Thermal mass in the building walls acts like a flywheel to moderate the temperature flows between the building and the environment DOE 2 calculates the thermal mass effects for each building based on the characteristics of the assemblies selected for roofs walls floors and windows in each Room element with opaque assemblies defined in the Assembly Library and glazing types defined in the Fenestration Library Solar Heat Gain Solar heat gains enter the building by two routes through the glazing which may have shading devices and through the opaque surfaces Solar gain depends on the solar heat gain coefficient of the glazing the interior
257. nd for energy that is made on the primary energy sources of the building This step called the Systems calculation answers the question How are the accumulative heat extraction and addition rates modified when the characteristics of the HVAC system the time varying set points and the heating cooling and fan schedules are taken into account The Systems simulation gives primary importance to the individual operating characteristics of the numerous air and water distribution systems This improves the accuracy of the calculations but requires program users to have a detailed understanding of how HVAC systems work Another feature of the Systems calculations is the treatment of floating point temperatures In Loads the zone temperatures are assumed to be constant and the thermal loads are calculated at a single set point In Systems the set point temperatures may be reset for day night and summer winter conditions The floating temperature routine calculates the thermal response of the building when no mechanical heating or cooling is occurring It simulates the decay in zone temperatures when the systems are turned off and the lag in recovery of zone temperatures when the systems are turned back on Finally this routine takes into account the throttling range of the thermostat and the limitation of equipment heating and cooling capacities All of these interactions are significant to the energy transferred at coil surfaces and this is the energy
258. ned by the California electrical code The text in the above list of lighting applications that are not regulated has been shortened for brevity Please see Section 6 1 2 B of the Nonresidential Manual for details about lighting applications not regulated Table 6 3 General Hardscape Lighting Power Allowance Table 6 3 Table 147 A in the Standards General Hardscape Lighting Power Allowance Area Wattage Allowance AWA 0 036 W saft 0 045 W saft 0 092 W saft 0 115 W saft Linear Wattage Allowance LWA 0 36 W soft 0 45 W soft 0 92 W soft 1 15 W saft Initial Wattage Allowance IWA AON 510 W 770W 1030 W 214 e Case Studies User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Table 6 4 Additional Lighting Power Allowance For Specific Applications Table 6 4 Table 147 B in the Standards Additional Lighting Power Allowance for Specific Applications ee Lighting Lighting Lighting Lighting All area and distance measurements in plan view unless otherwise noted WATTAGE ALLOWANCE PER APPLICATION Use all that apply as rey Building Entrances or Exits Allowance per door Luminaires 100 watts qualifying for this allowance shall be within 20 feet of the door l 30 wats wane Lowe MANS Gee Primary Entrances Senior Care Facilities Police Stations Hospitals Fire Stations and Emergency Vehicle Facilities Allowance per primary entrances s only Primary entrances shall provide access for the general public and shall not be used 45 watts
259. ng Click in this multi edit box to select a cooling system schedule from the Schedule Library Room Element General Tab Use the Room element of the Building Tree to enter information that describes a particular room or group of rooms in the building In some cases the entire building may be considered a Room Double click on the Building Tree s Room element to bring up a tabbed dialog box Use this dialog box to enter information on general room characteristics infiltration rates occupants equipment and process loads domestic hot water exhaust fans and lighting FH Name Enter a descriptive name for the room or group of rooms For example for residential buildings you may use want to use Whole House or First Floor as your description For nonresidential buildings you may want to use Complete Building or Corridor Support Areas etc F Area Enter the total area for the room or rooms EnergyPro displays the conditioned floor area in the Building Tree at the Building Plant System and Zone levels Fly over the element to display the total conditioned floor area for that element Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 999 999 ft SI Metric 0 00 92 899 9 m2 58 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 1 Ceiling Height Enter the average ceiling height for the room or rooms The program multiplies this value times the floor area to establish the volume of the room Range amp Units
260. ng and leakage testing The prescriptive requirement applies when e The system is constant volume e t serves less than 5 000 sqft of conditioned space e 25 percent or more of the duct surface area is located in the outdoors unconditioned space a ventilated attic in a crawl space or where the U factor of the roof is greater than the U factor of the ceiling except where the roof meets with the requirements of Section 143 a 1C The standard design for systems with the characteristics above assumes duct leakage is 6 of total fan flow If the leakage is field verified by a certified HERS rater you may claim compliance credit for reduced duct leakage if the leakage is diagnostically measured and verified to be less than 6 of fan flow The leakage requirements apply to new duct systems new ducts on existing systems and to existing ducts on existing systems that are being repaired or replaced In addition if the requirements apply when an existing HVAC system is repaired or replaced If the new ducts are an extension of an existing duct system the combined system new and existing ducts must meet 1 A leakage rate of lt 15 percent of fan flow or User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 179 2 A reduction in leakage rate of gt 60 percent as compared to the existing ductwork with all accessible leaks demonstrated through visual inspection to have been sealed or 3 All accessible leaks shall be sealed and verified
261. ng tab for zones with plans For zones without lighting plans submitted check Use Standard LPD No Plans When No Mechanical Design Is Submitted For Permit When mechanical compliance calculations are not required you may turn off mechanical system credits and penalties as well as the mechanical compliance forms for the project In the Scope section of the Calculations Options for either the NR Prescriptive or NR 124 Performance module leave the Mechanical checkbox blank Inputting Zones By Thermal Characteristics and Occupancy Type One of the most important questions to answer before taking off floor areas and other information from the drawings is How many different Zones are necessary to properly model the building the conditioned permitted space To find the answer you must first understand what is needed to capture the effect of different thermal zones within a system or within a building as a whole User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 171 Rule 1a If the actual system s and zoning of the building is known at the time of the performance calculation use the actual zoning and system s This is the most accurate and straightforward approach and should be used whenever possible and practical If the building has twenty thermostats or less you must model one zone for each independent thermostat Any area that is considered one zone must maintain a well balanced distribution of heating and cooling Rule 1b If the b
262. nresidential Compliance Modeling Topics for more details Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 9 999 999 ft SI Metric 0 00 929 030 m2 Room Dimensions aB Room Dimensions Enter the dimensions of the task area Enter the Length and Width or the Perimeter If you enter a value in the Perimeter field it will override the Length and Width entries Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 999 0 ft SI Metric 0 0 304 5 m o Exterior Wall Element When inputting a proposed building for compliance every exterior surface or partition of the proposed building must be modeled 64 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 General Tab FH Name Enter a descriptive name of the Wall e g North Wall Front Wall etc F Area Enter the total gross wall area facing exterior conditions This includes all glazing areas and door areas EnergyPro will subtract the area of all openings to obtain the net wall area Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 99 999 0 ft SI Metric 0 0 9 289 9 m2 NOTE The range for exterior wall area is dynamic The wall area can never be less than the total window and door area in that wall E Surface Type When performing an Existing Addition Alteration calculation the user must assign an identity or Type for each element in the building tree Select from the four options a Type that most closely matches your surface e Existing Existing surface that will not be altered Sele
263. nser Power M M M M M M M m m m mmja Condenser Type MM mmm UM e l l te esorare dT Tr TT TT TT Evap Pre Cooed Cond en M M M W M W Mim im Pump Motor inputs MI MM MM m TE w l Room A C amp Heat Pump sidotowers dT dT d dT ey Controls Fan Operation DODD cyele systomon nint i poccontoistozonetevel Fault Detection amp Diagnostic Controls Maximum numai FT dT dE dE dT EE Outdoor Air air Economizer dP dE PP User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Case Studies e 207 Characteristics J J D TT TTT TT o S o S S o coonomizer Type M MMM Lmt Temperature MM B Water side Economizer M M M E EE UM im Exhaust Air Heat Recovery Energy Recovered f Heat Recovery Effectiveness Min Delta T req for Heat Recovery clecticaleneryuse ft tl Pump Motor runs only when Heat Recovery is in Bypass Mode Fan Savings when Heat Recovery is in Bypass Mode Exhaust Air Stream Evap Cooling Effectiveness Induction Ratio pit TT TT tT SS ee Tt tt Supply Fan Facom mamm Em Fonte MMA now MAA pesin Power MN NA NN Drive Eticieny MN NA N Premium evfciency MjM M M M M N NNNMNNN NENNE r Ariow MBEE E
264. nt the budget is based on the mandatory or prescriptive requirement thus resulting in a penalty The requirement varies depending on the User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 183 component please refer to Section 152 b 2 or Chapter 8 of the Residential Manual for additional details regarding additions and alterations Refer to Sections 1 7 13 and 1 7 14 of the Nonresidential Manual for additional details regarding additions and alterations generally and to the relevant chapter for information about a specific component or end use Functionally residential and nonresidential additions use essentially the same process to show compliance with this approach To show compliance with this approach complete the following steps The following example demonstrates the procedure for a residential building using Res 124 Performance It also applies to a nonresidential occupancy with NR 124 Performance You may view a sample EnergyPro file of the existing plus addition plus alteration method From the File menu open the Existing Alteration Addition bld file located in the Projects folder The following two diagrams show the existing house and the house as it will be permitted Figure A Existing House EXISTING HOUSE Existing House E WALL TO DEMO A Existing Window to Remain B C Existing Windows to be Remove D Existing Window to be Relocated E1 F1 G1 Existing Windows to be Replaced A single model will contain all of th
265. ntrol e g Window Daylighting or Window Daylighting with Occ Sensor If your project will claim compliance credit for the controls in both the primary and secondary daylit zones you may wish to model a second room for the secondary daylit zone Refer to Sections 131 and 143 of the Standards and Chapter 5 in the Nonresidential Manual for details regarding the daylighting requirements and how to calculate the primary and secondary daylighting zones Mandatory Measures Specific mandatory features must be installed in all new buildings and additions These measures must be installed regardless of which method is used to demonstrate compliance Mandatory measures may be superseded by other more stringent requirements in the prescriptive or performance method EnergyPro prints a Mandatory Measures Form for residential buildings Form MF 1R for each project For an explanation of the low rise residential mandatory measures refer to the relevant sections of the Residential Manual Nonresidential mandatory measures are split into envelope lighting and or mechanical mandatory measures You must select the appropriate mandatory measures to include in your report based on the project scope For an explanation of the nonresidential mandatory measures refer to the relevant sections of the Nonresidential Manual Additions Additions are common construction projects that are considered new construction under Title 24 As defined in Section 101 b in
266. nts or other program related questions please contact the appropriate utility as determined by the project location The program is implemented by PG amp E SCE SCG and SDGE You may use EnergyPro to generate an estimate of the potential utility incentive available for a residential new construction project participating in the 2010 2012 Advanced Homes program In the Incentives section of the Res T24 Performance Calculation Options screen select the applicable options if the home meets the program requirements Additional details are below After the simulation is complete include Form UTIL 1R in your report when you create it You must complete certain fields within the Building Tree to enable the bonus incentive calculations shown on Form UTIL 1R as listed below Refer to the program administrator s web sites for additional information and program rules and requirements Meets Energy Star Guidelines Check the box if the project meets Energy Star for Homes guidelines and may be eligible to receive an incentive bonus Further information can be reviewed at the EPA Energy Star web site http www enerqystar qov Certified as a Green Home Check the box if the home will be inspected by an independent third party provider to verify green building elements have been installed Compact Home The project may be eligible for a kicker if the home is at least 10 smaller than the LEED for Homes square footage threshold for new construction by
267. o Version 5 Index 9 90 1 Performance Module 109 A Acceptance Testing 212 Additions 179 180 Analysis of Addition Alone 179 Existing Plus Addition Analysis 180 General Information 179 Advanced Homes 190 Alternate Default Fenestration Procedure 205 Alternative Measures 121 Alternatives 121 ASHRAE 90 1 Performance Module 109 ASHRAE Fan Power Limitation Table 199 Attic Radiant Barriers 164 B Basis and Capabilities of NR T24 Performance Calculation 107 Basis and Capabilities of the Res T24 Performance Calculation 86 Below Grade Floor 72 Below Grade Wall 71 Build It Green GreenPoint Rated 88 Building Element 20 Building Features Modeled by NR T24 Performance 108 Building Features Modeled by Res T24 Performance 88 Building Tree 19 General Information 19 C CA Advanced Homes Program 190 CalCERTS Module 90 Calculate 82 User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Calculation Options 81 Calculation Results 82 Calculations 81 Calibrating Results 123 CBPCA Module 90 CHEERS Module 90 Contacts 10 Cool Roofs 165 D Daily Lighting Hours 218 219 Default Assumptions for Existing Buildings 215 Default DOE 2 1E Reports in the NR Performance Output SIM File 119 Demising Partitions 172 Door Element 66 E Energy Conservation Measures Modeled by NR T24 Performance 104 Exhaust Fans 174 Existing Buildings 215 Existing Plus Addition Analysis 180 Exporting Reports 16 Exterior Application Element 27 Exterior
268. o complete some additional calculations to determine some of the inputs You may also find additional details in Appendix B of the 2008 Residential ACM Manual User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 41 E DC Rating Enter the nameplate DC power rating of the photovoltaic system in kilowatts kW PV module power ratings are for standard test conditions STC of 1 000 W m solar irradiance and 25 C PV module temperature TDV Enter the annual TDV energy in kBtu sqft yr produced by the PV system Obtain this value from the CECPV calculator results It is subtracted from the total TDV energy use for HERS II and GreenPoint Rated analyses but is ignored in Title 24 calculations You must convert the annual TDV energy production from the CECPV Calculator Results data from the TDV kWh units to kBtu saft yr Production kWh Enter the estimated photovoltaic system energy production for each month You may obtain this information from the CECPV Calculator Results data Demand kW Enter the estimated maximum demand in kW produced by the photovoltaic system each month The CECPV Calculator produces a spreadsheet in comma separated values csv format that lists hourly data including system production in Watts You must obtain the monthly demand information from the detailed hourly data and convert the demand from Watts to kW F Cost Enter the estimated electricity cost savings in from the photovoltaic system each
269. o the baseline or standard building If this value is negative the project does not comply with the Title 24 Standards Alternative Measures When you run alternative measures the results are shown on one or more lines below the Proposed design results If you selected both Combined and Individual Alternatives in the Options tab the results list begins with the Combined Alternatives cumulative then lists the Individual Alternatives measure results Note that if you mark a building feature or equipment as New EnergyPro will not replace that feature when it runs alternatives This is especially useful when modeling a multifamily project or other projects with multiple pieces of equipment where the owner plans to retrofit only some of the units or features To demonstrate compliance the Proposed Total must be equal to or less than the Standard Total See Chapter 7 in the Residential Manual for a detailed discussion of the Performance Method Res T24 Performance Reports See Also Res T24 Performance Module Res 124 Performance Results and Res 124 Performance Calculation Options EnergyPro creates reports documenting the project s energy features estimated energy usage and energy costs See Printing Reports for basic instructions on how to create a report Select Reports from the options in the lower left window pane to select the appropriate pages for a report EnergyPro Res T24 Performance reports include the following forms e Cover
270. ocations to take effect What types of buildings may you analyze with EnergyPro e Low rise Residential buildings use Residential Performance Title 24 and non Title 24 Residential Loads CA Home Energy Efficiency Ratings GreenPoint Rated and CalCERTS Home Energy Ratings e High rise Residential buildings use NR Prescriptive Nonresidential Performance Title 24 and non Title 24 Nonresidential Loads LEED Title 24 Performance Compliance and ASHRAE 90 1 Performance Compliance e Hotels Motels use NR Prescriptive Nonresidential Performance Title 24 and non Title 24 Nonresidential Loads LEED Title 24 Performance Compliance and ASHRAE 90 1 Performance Compliance User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 11 e Nonresidential buildings use NR Prescriptive Nonresidential Performance Title 24 and non Title 24 Nonresidential Loads LEED Title 24 Performance Compliance and ASHRAE 90 1 Performance Compliance e Outdoor Lighting Use NR Prescriptive Outdoor Lighting LEED Title 24 Performance Compliance and ASHRAE 90 1 Performance Compliance What building information do you need for EnergyPro Before you try to perform any Title 24 compliance analysis it is essential that you have the most recent editions of certain manuals from the California Energy Commission listed as References in the Introduction These publications contain key explanations of the Standards and include information you need to run EnergyPro
271. of Chiller Types Enter the number of chiller tyoes used in your project You may define up to four different chiller types Chilled Water Supply Enter the temperature of the chilled water supply at design conditions Enter the chilled water suipply temperature at the ARI or alternate rating conditions in the Chiller Library Chiller Entries Click on each chiller to define the chiller characteristics and the associated primary pumping 4 Chiller Click in this field to choose a Chiller from the Chiller Library This entry is required for buildings with central Chillers You may select up to four chiller types per building Chiller Multiplier Enter an integer value to specify the number of identical chiller units in the central plant of the building Range amp Units 0 99 units N A Chilled Water Pump i Flow Rate per Pump Enter the chilled water pump flow rate Range amp Units Imperial US 0 99 999 gpm SI Metric 0 0 6 309 9 L s a Pump Multiplier Enter an integer value to specify the number of identical primary chiller pumps in the system Range amp Units 0 99 units N A 32 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 a Pump Motor Design Power Enter the power output of the water loop pump at design conditions If pump energy is expressed in kilowatts kW divide kilowatts by 0 746 to convert to brake horsepower Range amp Units Imperial US 0 000 99 999 000 hp brake horsepower
272. of each occupancy separately For example in a two story building with 10 000 ft 929 m of nonresidential space and a 1 500 ft 139 4 m dwelling unit the documentation for the low rise residential occupancy portion of the building would be totally separate from the nonresidential reports even if the building is entered within the program as one entity with different zones and HVAC systems Perhaps the clearest way to execute this using the program would be to print out two complete reports each one for the applicable occupancy or occupancies within the same building The title information should be clear to those reviewing the calculations A useful exception in the Standards to Section 100 e is If one occupancy constitutes at least 90 percent of the conditioned floor area of the building the entire building may comply with the provisions of Title 24 Part 6 applicable to that occupancy provided that the applicable mandatory measures in Sections 110 through 139 and 150 are met for each occupancy When the exception is used model the whole building within the program as the predominant occupancy That is include the area and features of the subordinate occupancy zone but specify only the dominant 188 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 occupancy type For example a building which is 95 retail and 5 office may be modeled as if the entire building were retail space In this case the occupancy may be set to Retail
273. ogether cccccccccccseseeeeeeeeeseeeeessaeeeeeeesseaseeeeeeeas 174 LJMICONGHIONER Zone Sars e EA E E a 174 Demis NOP arONS erroria A aana 175 Underground Walls and Floors Nonresidential ccccccsseeeeeeeeaeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeeas 175 REUMAN PIGS sess ets acteeecsotaascieedaseudsateaensetdescualneteasvcncuseanssauses done NARA 176 WB ak CENS areren a aTa E NA 176 POCESS Loads eein a aE a AEREE SE RS 176 Tailored and Process Ventilation cccccccccccssecceceeeeeceeecesceeeceesseeeeesseeeesseeeesseees 176 Exhaust Fan 2c cia te ashe te ciate a a E e a a 177 vi e Contents User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Nonresidential Fenestration ccccccccececcecccceccccecescecesueceeceacecesuenesueaesueass 177 Manufactured Factory Assembled Fenestration Products ccccccccseeeeeeeeeeees 178 Site Built Fenestration Products and Skylights ccccccccsssceeceeseeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeees 178 NFRC Component Modeling Approach CMA Product Certification Program 178 Field Fabricated FenesiraulOntzssuctccsete at tie ieccse eis ls seeeeles ened aa 179 Mixed Fenestration Type Sers a el wehbe ee 179 Tight Ducts in Nonresidential OCCUPANCIES ccceecceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeesaees 179 Tailored Lighting Calculations scccsesnc2ccces ccencacecasiecacn Gave cau Gash vaca Gah ince Gereteteeeeees 180 Title 24 Daylighting Requirements ccccccseccsseccseeseseceeeecseeseeseneeene
274. on 5 Case Studies e 191 Case Study 1 Gas Furnace A residential building in Climate Zone 6 has a typical gas furnace with R 4 2 ducts in the attic and a setback thermostat There is no cooling How is this input Answer 1 Define and save the furnace in the Central System Library or confirm that the desired unit is already in the Library You can use the CEC Equipment Directory Database to help input some of the furnace information Return to the Building Tree 2 Inthe General Tab of the System element give the system a name e g Whole House System select the HVAC unit you created in the Central System Library and enter the number of identical units in the Multiplier field The remainder of the inputs on this tab are default values for residences 3 Inthe Distribution Tab select the duct location default is Attic Ceiling Ins vented the R Value of the insulation 4 2 and check the Verified Duct Leakage checkbox this is the prescriptive requirement and requires HERS field verification Since there is no cooling you can ignore the cooling system inputs Leave them set at default values In the Residential Tab select Setback for the thermostat For Title 24 compliance the operating schedule is set automatically If the system isn t being modeled for compliance purposes set the schedule in the Zone Element Schedules tab This completes the mechanical system inputs for a typical gas furnace Case Study 2 Packaged
275. on 5 Case Studies e 211 Equation NA6 1 Ur C C2 XUc Where wa The fenestration product U Factor Ga Coefficient selected from Table NA6 1 Ge Coefficient selected from Table NA6 1 ios 2 Center of glass U Factor Table NA6 1 U Factor Coefficients Product Type Frame Type Site Built Vertical Fenestration Non Metal Skylights with a Curb Skylights with no Curb 0 878 NA6 3 Default Solar Heat Gain Coefficient The SHGC of the fenestration product shall be calculated using the following equation Equation NA6 2 SHGC 0 08 0 86 x SHGC c Where SHGCy SHGC for the fenestration including glass and frame SHGCc SHGC for the center of glass alone Table 12 12 NEMA Premium Efficiency Motor Ratings Table 12 12 NEMA Premium Efficiency Electric Motors Full Load Efficiencies Enclosed Motors 4 Pole Random Wound O oup Nominal Efficiency Minimum Efficiency 212 e Case Studies User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Source NEMA Standards Publication MG 1 2006 Table 6 1 Scope of the Outdoor Lighting Requirements Table 6 1 Scope of the Outdoor Lighting Requirements Lighting Applications Covered Lighting Applications Not General Hardscape Specific Applications Regulated tradeoffs permitted tradeoffs not permitted only as detailed in 147 The general hardscape area ofa Canopies Sales and Non sales Temporary site shall include parking lot s roadway s driveway s Drive Up Windows Required
276. on and or insulation compliance options alone This method requires that the designer must enter the design characteristics of all supply ducts that are not located within conditioned space This compliance option also allows credit for the special case of ducts that are buried by blown attic insulation Duct Location There are three ways to achieve credit for favorable duct location when using the performance compliance method e f no more than 12 LF linear feet of supply duct are outside conditioned space e When 100 percent of the supply ducts are located in either the crawlspace or the basement rather than in the attic and if the design specifies that all supply registers are located in the floor or within two feet of the floor and shows the appropriate locations for the ducts This measure requires field verification by the inspector and does not require HERS Rater verification e High efficiency duct design credit through the Diagnostic Supply Duct Location Surface Area and R value compliance option described above Duct Insulation Buried and Deeply Buried Ducts Ducts that are buried by attic blown in insulation may be eligible for a compliance credit if they meet all requirements Ducts lying on the ceiling or within 3 5 inches of it are considered buried ducts and deeply buried ducts are enclosed in a lowered section of the ceiling and completely covered by the insulation Credit for buried ducts requires that the the system must
277. onal details Underground Floors Use the Underground Floor element to model basement below grade floors Model the construction assembly as it exists Heating and Cooling Distribution Systems If there are any ducts in unconditioned space you must specify the distribution system location Ducts in Attic is the default location with no associated credits or penalties Many distribution system features require field 160 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 verification by an approved HERS rater Refer to the HERS Compliance Credits topics for additional details regarding those measures _ You may select Crawlspace or Basement for ducts located in a crawl space or basement if the duct layout and design are shown on the plans and if all supply registers are located in the floor or no more than two feet above the floor If any building story has supply registers located more than two feet above the floor you must select the Attic for that entire floor _ If all ducts are 100 within the conditioned envelope select Ducts in Conditioned _ If the system has fan coils with no ducts select Ductless with Fans _ For a gas wall furnace without fans select Ductless for the Heating and Cooling Distribution L With a hydronic radiant floor system select Radiant Floor L With hydronic baseboard or electric baseboard select Baseboard _ If ducts are in a slab on grade or slab below grade select Ducts in Attic with
278. oners and heat pumps it does not apply to package equipment In CZ 2 and 8 15 refrigerant charge measurement is a prescriptive requirement 164 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Refrigerant Charge Indicator Display CID The purpose of the CID is to provide real time information to the building occupant about the status of the system refrigerant charge metering device and cooling coil airflow Refer to Reference Appendix JA6 for additional details on the requirements for charge indicator displays Verified Cooling Coil Airflow Prescriptively in Climate Zones 10 15 the central forced air system fans must maintain airflow greater than 350 CFM per nominal ton of cooling capacity across the cooling coil and have a fan watt draw less than 0 58 Watts CFM Adequate cooling coil airflow rates must be attained in order to deliver maximum rated capacity and efficiency Refer to Section 4 3 3 of the Residential Manual and Reference Appendix RA3 3 for additional details Air Handler Fan Watt Draw Credit is available for demonstrating that a high efficiency fan and duct system with a low wattage fan has been installed Reducing the central forced air system fan Watt draw can provide significant peak demand savings because the fan is generally running continuously on the hottest days when the electricity system peaks occur All prescriptive packages require central forced air systems to install a fan that draws less than 0 58 Watts CFM Pe
279. onresidential Title 24 Performance etc Click on the sign next to the checkbox to display all forms related to that report Place a check in the box adjacent to each form you wish to include in the report Acceptance Tests Acceptance tests are one way to help ensure that equipment controls and systems operate as intended and as required by the Standards Acceptance Test requirements in the 2008 Title 24 Standards were significantly expanded to include approximately increased the number of nonresidential measures that require Acceptance Testing EnergyPro automatically identifies and lists which equipment or features in a particular project require acceptance testing and indicates which acceptance tests must be performed for each item Refer to Table 2 3 Measures Requiring Acceptance Testing from the Nonresidential Manual for a complete list of measures for which acceptance tests are required User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 7 Introduction EnergyPro is a comprehensive energy analysis program that may be used to document compliance with CA Building Energy Efficiency Standards Title 24 Part 6 ASHRAE 90 1 Standards HERS energy rating systems as well as residential and nonresidential Green Building rating systems such as GreenPoint Rated and LEED EnergyPro is composed of an interface which includes a Building Tree and Libraries as well as several different residential and nonresidential calculation modules The pro
280. ons Winter Design Conditions Select the winter design conditions to use for the load calculations from the drop down list Choices include Median of Extremes 2 0 Design Data and 6 0 Design Data Median of Extremes is the default value For an explanation of these categories see the Preface to the ASHRAE publication 96500 Climatic Data for Region X 1982 Summer Design Conditions Select the summer design conditions to use for the load calculations from the drop down list Choices include 0 5 0 4 Design Data 1 0 Design Data and 2 0 Design Data For an explanation of these categories see the Preface to the ASHRAE publication 96500 Climatic Data for Region X 1982 Use Design Wet Bulb not Mean Coincident Check the checkbox to use the Design Wet Bulb rather than the Mean Coincident value in the load calculations Ignore Exterior Shades in Load Calculations Check the checkbox if you wish to calculate loads without the effects of any exterior shades Design Day for Schedules Select a day of the week to use as the Design Day for Schedules or select Ignore to set all to 100 The program will use the weekly schedules you have selected throughout the building description using the day of the week you have selected When the variable is set to Ignore Schedules use 100 the program automatically overrides the schedules selected and runs maximum 100 on 24 hours per day schedules in all load calculations Generate CSV Outpu
281. opriate version of the ASHRAE 90 1 standard and Title 24 standard from the drop down list on the Miscellaneous Tab ASHRAE 90 1 Performance Rating Method Appendix G EnergyPro s ASHRAE 90 1 Performance module uses the Performance Rating Method specified in Appendix G of the standard to create an hourly simulation to generate the baseline and proposed energy use and cost data EnergyPro automatically creates the baseline data required by the standard as well as the proposed design data To calculate the baseline data Appendix G requires the building to first be modeled at its actual orientation then it must be rotated by 90 180 and 270 degrees The baseline against which the proposed design is compared is the average of the four runs calculated automatically by the program EnergyPro displays the end use energy usage results for each orientation automatically calculates the average and displays both the baseline and the proposed energy cost estimates and the margin between the baseline and proposed design Refer to the ASHRAE web site to obtain additional details and or copies of the ASHRAE 90 1 2004 of 2007 Standards ASHRAE Policy Statement ASHRAE 90 1 Performance Results See Also ASHRAE 90 1 Performance Calculation Module ASHRAE 90 1 Performance Calculation Options and ASHRAE 90 1 Performance Reports When the calculation is complete the display summarizes the results of the NR 90 1 Performance calculation according to cate
282. other lighting consultant and enter the allowed lighting power Watts in the Use Override box EnergyPro will calculate the allowable outdoor lighting power for both the Title 24 and ASHRAE standards a Proposed Outdoor Lighting Select Use Standard when no outdoor lighting plans or specifications are submitted for permit Select Use Installed when the Proposed Actual calculation will be based on the outdoor light fixtures as input in the Exterior Task Element of Building Tree The installed LPD including control credits is shown to the right Select Use Override if you are modeling a project for which the installed outdoor lighting levels have already been determined e g installed lighting levels have been calculated by another lighting consultant and enter the actual lighting power Watts in the User Input Use Override box EnergyPro will calculate the allowable outdoor lighting power for both the Title 24 and ASHRAE standards Operating Schedule Click in this box to select the Outdoor Lighting operating schedule from the Schedule Library HERS Tab The HERS tab contains the required fields to produce a HERS rating Enter the required data for each of the energy using components in the house NOTE If the home has solar water heating solar space heating or photovoltaic panels enter the system information in the Renewables Tab of the Plant Element For multifamily projects with multiple pieces of equipment
283. ou do not make any selection the DOE 2 output will contain only the default DOE 2 reports WARNING In order to have any DOE 2 reports available you must instruct the software to save the DOE files after the run Remove the check mark from the Delete DOE Files After Run checkbox see above The NR T24 Performance calculation is a Title 24 compliance version of the U S Department of Energy s DOE 2 1E program which is a comprehensive hourly building energy simulation program NOTE This software is not endorsed authorized or associated with the U S Department of Energy 104 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 NOTE If you need to review the intermediate NR T24 Performance files to identify a program error look at the BDL file first then look at the SIM file This can be done with a word processor NR T24 Performance Results When the calculation is complete the display summarizes the results of the NR T24 Performance calculation according to category of energy end use The NR T24 Performance Annual TDV Energy Use Estimate kBtu saft yr is shown for both the Standard Design Total energy budget and the Proposed Building Total energy use For a building to comply the Proposed Total TDV energy use must be equal to or less than the Standard Total TDV energy budget All calculation results displayed are for the building as a whole Categories of TDV energy end use are as follows Heating Annual TDV energy used for
284. ou mark a building feature or equipment as New EnergyPro will not replace that feature when it runs alternatives This is especially useful when modeling a multifamily project or other projects with multiple pieces of equipment where the owner plans to retrofit only some of the units or features Measure Financing The financial data fields are not used in the Residential T24 Performance simulations These fields are used for CA Home Energy Rating System HERS Rating Reports Each HERS Report includes a set of recommendations for cost effective energy efficiency improvements Measure cost effectiveness is determined when the first year energy cost savings is equal to or greater than the additional annual mortgage payments with consideration of tax benefits The recommendations may be created using either the HERS Standard Approach or a Custom Approach The Standard Approach limits the measures analyzed and uses default assumptions of measure cost savings and financial information The Custom Approach allows the Rater to account for unusual situations usage patterns or additional equipment In addition Custom Approach cost effectiveness calculations allow you to use cost data based on bids a homeowner may have already received You may also specify different criteria to identify different packages of measures including using a fixed budget for investments minimum performance level and or customer identified measures Refer to Chapter 6 of t
285. ow assembly from the Fenestration Library Exterior Shading Tab 1 Shading Device Select an exterior shade type from the available choices For residential compliance the program assumes a Standard Bug Screen is in place unless other exterior shading is specified The SHGC for the choices are as follows e Standard Bug insect Screen Default Exterior Shade Same as None 0 76 User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 67 e Woven Sunscreen SC lt 0 35 0 30 e Louvered Sunscreen 0 27 e Low Sun Angle Sunscreen 0 13 e Roll down Awning 0 13 e Roll down Blinds or Slats 0 13 Refer to Section 3 2 4 in the Residential Manual for more detailed information regarding exterior shading If you select Bug Screen then there is no requirement that any exterior shade be present at final inspection If you specify another exterior shade type from the CEC approved list for solar heat gain reduction credit it must be present at final inspection In nonresidential buildings the program assumes there is no exterior shading for compliance calculations The NonRes Loads calculation will use the pre set value for the other selections Overhangs and Sidefins 8 Window Width Enter the combined width of all windows with the specified glass and shading combination Glass Width is needed for glazing which has overhangs or sidefins Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 99 999 0 ft SI Metric 0 0 30 479 7 m Window Heigh
286. pliance with the ASHRAE 90 1 Standard using the Appendix G compliance methodology This module will automatically create the four baseline runs needed to show compliance with either the 2004 or the 2007 version of the standard For LEED compliance the 90 1 methodology is used for projects outside of California and can optionally be used for projects inside California This module uses the DOE 2 1E v119 software engine licensed from the Department of Energy to provide a highly accurate hourly simulation of building energy use Documentation produced by this module includes the EAC 1 worksheet which can be used to complete the LEED template Nonresidential Loads Calculation which determines ASHRAE design heating and cooling loads useful for nonresidential HVAC equipment selection A Nonresidential Performance DOE 2 1E noncompliance calculation which predicts annual building energy performance using some variable inputs which are normally fixed for compliance NOTE This software is not endorsed authorized or associated with the U S Department of Energy EnergyPro analyses provide Ready to print compliance and loads reports including appropriate forms and supporting worksheets required for submittal to local enforcement agencies Economic summaries including time of use utility rates for nonresidential and high rise residential buildings and hotels motels A diagnostic check to detect input errors before running calculations Access to
287. put changes to identify the file as yours Next follow the instructions to delete the 1st Floor Zone element and then insert an Undefined Zone and re input the 1st Floor Zone and Room data from scratch After you have completed inputs run calculations Compare your calculation Results to the Results of the existing Res Sample file Check your practice file input against that of the existing file if there are discrepancies L To follow along Open the Res Sample file and follow along on screen as you read the text here The step by step procedures listed here assume you are using the for practice method but apply equally well should you choose to simply follow along with the existing file on screen Do not use the sample files that come with the program to create templates for future use The sample files are designed to be used only as tutorials Use the Arrow buttons located either at the top left of the Help window or at the bottom of each page to advance through the tutorial Text in brackets indicates that a drop down list or library will be displayed from which you make a selection Text in parentheses contain directions All data inputs are shown in bold italics Data previously input is in underlined italics Practice data to input is shown in blue italics 1 To begin select File Open from the Main Menu Select Res Sample bld Immediately choose File Save As and give the file anew name The data you enter will be
288. qualifying for this allowance No 0 02 0 04 0 06 Allowance W saft W soaft W saft shall be rated for 100 watts or less as determined in accordance with Section 130 d and shall be post top luminaires lanterns pendant luminaires or chandeliers WATTAGE ALLOWANCE PER SPECIFIC AREA W sqft Use as appropriate provided that none of the following User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Case Studies e 215 specific applications shall be used for the same area Building Facades Only areas of building fa ade that are illuminated shall qualify for this allowance Luminaires qualifying for No 0 18 0 35 0 50 this allowance shall be aimed at the fagade and shall be capable of Allowance W saft illuminating it without obstruction interference by permanent building W sait W sqft features or other objects Outdoor Sales Lots Allowance for uncovered sales lots used exclusively for the display of vehicles or other merchandise for sale Driveways parking lots or other non sales areas shall be considered 0 164 0 555 0 758 0 1 285 hardscape areas even if these areas are completely surrounded by W saft W saft W saft W saft sales lot on all sides Luminaires qualifying for this allowance shall be within 5 mounting heights of the sales lot area Vehicle Service Station Hardscape Allowance for the total illuminated hardscape area less area of buildings under canopies off property or obstructed by signs or structures Luminaires 0 014 0 155 0 30
289. r System Requirements Form MECH 3 C Mechanical Ventilation Form MECH 4 C HVAC Misc Prescriptive Requirements Form MECH MM Mechanical Mandatory Measures Parts 1 and 2 HVAC System Heating and Cooling Loads Summary optional Zone Load Summary Room Load Summary optional Room Heating Peak Loads optional Room Cooling Peak Loads optional Room Cooling Coil Loads optional TES ay OH ee A E N T TOC 0 Y R G EE A ER i OE S E A E a Pe fal Ee a Which Forms Go On the Drawings According to Section 10 103 a 2 of the state s Administrative Regulations the permit applicant shall file the appropriate Certificate s of Compliance on the plans This means that the permit drawings must include a signed copy of ENV 1 C LTG 1 C OLTG 1 C SLTG 1 C and MECH 1 C forms as appropriate for the scope of the project NR Prescriptive Results TDV Energy EnergyPro calculates NR T24 Prescriptive envelope compliance using the Overall Envelope TDV Energy approach The calculation results display the total TDV energy Envelope of the envelope for the standard and or proposed building design The project complies with the Title 24 Standards if the proposed building TDV energy is less than the standard building TDV energy For further details see Section 3 1 2 of the Nonresidential Manual Prescriptive Lighting calculations include up to three separate components depending on the Lighting 2u ding design Indoor Conditioned Lighting Power Densi
290. r Tab HERS Tab Use the Building element of the Building Tree to enter the building s general information Open the Building element to display the total conditioned floor area for the building on the status bar at the bottom of the window Enable the status bar by placing a check mark next to Status Indicator in the Tools Menu Project Design Data Tab Building Name Enter a descriptive name of the project This should be the title of the project as shown on the plans and as known to the building department This entry is for display only it will not appear on the compliance forms Building Type Choose a Building Type from one of the following _ Existing Used in Existing plus Addition calculations L New Applies to any new building or newly conditioned space that is not an addition L_ Addition Any newly conditioned floor area and volume which is associated with an existing building or an existing tenant space and is modeled alone for compliance 20 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 _ Existing Addition Alteration See Special Topics section for a detailed description FE Job Number Enter any combination of numbers and or letters used to identify the job file FH Front Orientation Enter the front orientation azimuth of the building in degrees or select one of the eight orientations from the drop down list This input is used as a reference on the residential Certificate of Compliance CF 1R
291. r of zones and systems _ The type and speed of the computer s CPU _ The amount of the computer s available random access memory RAM User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 105 NR T24 Performance Compliance Reports The program can print either prescriptive or performance Title 24 reports or both See Printing Reports for basic instructions Select Reports from the options in the lower left window pane to select the appropriate pages for a report Refer to Appendix A in the Nonresidential Manual to see sample compliance forms Submit only those forms which are appropriate to the category covered by the permit envelope lighting and or HVAC Within each category print all forms except as noted below NOTE The program will print a NR Title 24 performance compliance report for a building that does not meet the Standards however it will stamp the PERF 1 Form with a message stating Building Does Not Comply Also it will not print a report if changes were made but no re calculation was run EnergyPro displays a message on screen noting that the calculations are out of date and the report cannot be printed The software compliance documentation for the NR 124 Performance approach for envelope lighting and HVAC includes _ Cover Sheet optional Table of Contents optional Nonresidential Performance Title 24 Forms Form PERF 1 Performance Certificate of Compliance Parts 1 2 and 3 Form ENV 1 C Certificate o
292. rary Only one type of Boiler is allowed per building although multiple identical units are allowed NOTE When you don t want to model the Central Boiler for nonresidential compliance e g when modeling the envelope only or a tenant space linked to an existing Central Boiler Chiller and or Cooling Tower for nonresidential compliance using Win DOE leave the plant inputs set to undefined Multiplier Enter an integer value to specify the number of identical Boiler units in the building Range amp Units 0 99 units N A E Loop Setpoint Temperature Enter the setpoint temperature for the hot water loop Range amp Units 32 F 210 F Hot Water Pump T Flow Rate per Pump Enter the Boiler pump flow rate Range amp Units Imperial US 0 99 999 gpm SI Metric 0 0 6 309 9 L s 30 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 HW Hot Water Pump Multiplier Enter an integer value to specify the number of identical Boiler pumps in the system Range amp Units 0 99 units N A i Pump Motor Design Power Enter the power output of the water loop pump at design conditions If pump energy is expressed in kilowatts kW divide kilowatts by 0 746 to convert to brake horsepower Range amp Units Imperial US 0 000 99 999 000 hp brake horsepower SI Metric 0 00 74 599 25 kW Head This is not a program input Head is calculated automatically by the program based upon the pump Flow Rate and Des
293. re not the same on every page The program will also generate a preset selection of DOE 2 1E reports if Delete Temporary Files After Simulation is Complete is cleared NOT checked when performing NR T24 Performance calculations These reports will be saved in the Results subfolder to a text file with the same name as your input file plus the extension of SIM i e filename SIM You may customize which DOE 2 reports are included in the sim file in the Utility Tab of the Building Element DOE 2 reports are divided into four different groups Loads Systems Plant and Economics Reports Each group is further sub divided into two types verification reports and summary reports When you select a report for inclusion in the output file the default selections for that report type are nullified For example if you select the PS A report the output file will not contain the PS B or PS D reports unless you also select them All other default reports will still be included in the file NOTE DOE 2 1E bug DOE 2 registers the SS P report command as an invalid command If you select the SS P report the DOE 2 simulation will not run See Also Default DOE 2 1E Reports Energy Conservation Measures Modeled by NR T24 Performance The NR T24 Performance module models many building and system features Given the nature of how the Standard Design is automatically generated by the program and used to set the annual TDV energy budget it is important to keep
294. re to be run Options running the calculations Calculate displaying calculation results and diagnostic messages Results To access the Calculations functions select Calculations from the list in the lower left window pane Modules e Res 124 Performance e Res GreenPoint Rated e California Whole House Energy Rating HERS e Res Performance e Res Loads e NR T24 Prescriptive e NR T24 Performance e NRASHRAE 90 1 Performance e NRT24 LEED e NR Performance e NR Loads Options Related Topics Results Calculate Each calculation module allows you to select specific calculation Options that identify which calculations to run the scope of each project and several other options Calculation Options Residential Calculations Res T24 Performance Res GreenPoint Rated California Whole House Home Energy Rating HERS Modules HERS Providers CHEERS CalCERTS CBPCA Res Performance Res Loads User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 83 Res 124 Performance Res Performance and Res Loads calculations are only performed on zones which are designated as low rise residential occupancies Single Family or Multi Family The software ignores any nonresidential hotel motel and high rise residential occupancies when you select a low rise residential calculation Nonresidential Calculations NR 124 Prescriptive NR T24 Performance NR T24 LEED NR ASHRAE 90 1 Performance NR Performance NR Loads Calculate Related Topics Re
295. reenPoint Rated certification Points Lists the number of GreenPoints for the Rated Home and each design alternative earned in the Energy category Anew home musi earn at least 30 points in the Energy category and meet ALL other requirements to be eligible for GreenPoint Rated certification HERS Index The HERS Index Score for the CHERS Standard always 100 and the Rated Home User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 91 GreenPoint Rated Calculation Options GreenPoint Rated Module GreenPoint Rated Results Delete Temporary Files after Simulation is Complete Check this box to delete all temporary files generated during the simulation The default setting is to delete the files Generate CSV Output File Containing Detailed Results Select this option to instruct EnergyPro to produce an output file that includes hourly temperature and loads data for each end use in Microsoft Excel The CSV files will be saved in the EnergyPro 5 Results folder under the project name with a csv extension Run Combined Alternative Energy Measures Select this option to instruct EnergyPro to conduct iterative simulations to allow you to test the cumulative impact of adding new energy saving measures to the project The Combined Alternatives process begins by modeling the project as defined then adds an additional energy savings measure to the previous simulation in each iteration thus building an increasingly efficient model Selected measures fro
296. rface prior to any changes or replacement as well as a New surface to describe the surface after the alteration e Removed This surface will be removed as part of an addition or alteration E Existing and or New Underground Floor Click in this multi edit box to select a construction assembly for the Underground Floor from the Assembly Library Nonresidential performance Win DOE calculations require the Underground Wall assembly to include 12 305 mm of soil earth on the outside The underground wall construction is modeled identically in both the proposed and standard buildings Thermal Mass Tab Note that this mass only applies to Lowrise Residential Occupancies User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 75 a Mass Type Use this drop down list to select a material type that most closely resembles the mass material you wish to model For more information on Material Type see Thermal Mass in the Glossary in Section JA1 of the CEC Reference Appendices E Thickness Enter the thickness of the material Range amp Units Imperial US 0 000 99 000 inches SI Metric 0 0 2 515 mm E Exposed If a Mass surface is exposed not covered by cabinets or carpeting etc check this box Appropriate thermal mass credit will be applied Roof Element General Tab F Name Enter a descriptive name of the Roof The roof name is for your information only and does not appear on any program report E Area Enter
297. rformance compliance credit is available for demonstrating the installation of a high efficiency fan and duct system with a lower wattage fan than the prescriptive requirement Refer to Section 4 3 3 of the Residential Manual and Reference Appendix RA3 3 for additional details High Energy Efficiency Ratio EER The EER is the full load efficiency at specific operating conditions It is possible that two units with the same SEER can have different EERs Using the performance compliance method credit is available for specifying an air conditioner with an EER greater than 10 Presence of a matched High Efficiency Compressor Unit Evaporator Coil Refrigerant Metering Device and where specified Air Handling Unit and or Time Delay Relay Maximum Rated Cooling Capacity Avoiding oversizing is especially important for cooling equipment because efficiency degrades when the system cycles on and off frequently Refer to Section 4 3 3 of the Residential Manual and Reference Appendix RA3 4 for additional details Maximum Rated Total Cooling Capacity Title 24 offers a compliance credit when the installed air conditioning equipment is sized in accordance with the Reference Residential Appendix RA1 4 The calculations for determining Maximum Rated Total Cooling Capacity need not be field verified but the prerequisites to taking the credit Prescriptive Cooling Coil Airflow duct sealing and EER must be field verified and diagnostically tested Evaporati
298. rgy necessary to at least make up for the alteration s that fail to meet 152 b 2 In other words to receive full credit for improving the energy performance of any altered component the Standards now require that the altered components meet either the mandatory or prescriptive performance level If the altered component meets the requirement the energy budget is based on the existing condition However if the altered component does NOT meet the requirement the budget is based on the mandatory or prescriptive requirement thus resulting in a penalty The requirement varies depending on the component please refer to Section 152 b 2 or Chapter 8 of the Residential Manual for additional details regarding additions and alterations Nonresidential Projects The proposed energy budget is calculated based on existing building features that remain unaltered and all alterations actual values of the proposed alterations plus the proposed addition The standard allowed budget is calculated based on the existing building features that remain unaltered and all proposed alterations modeled to meet the requirements of 149 b 2B these are generally mandatory or prescriptive requirements for mechanical envelope and lighting systems plus the addition modeled to meet the requirements of 141 If the altered component meets the requirement the energy budget is based on the existing condition However if the altered component does NOT meet the requireme
299. rgy use Fans Lists the annual space cooling TDV energy in kBtu sf yr for the Standard and or Proposed designs DHW Pump Lists the annual space cooling TDV energy in kBtu sf yr for the Standard and or Proposed designs DHW Lists the annual domestic hot water system TDV energy in kBtu sf yr for the Standard and or Proposed designs CHERS Standard Total The total predicted TDV energy use of the CHERS standard design in TDV kBtu saft yr Rated Home Total The total predicted TDV energy use of the Rated Home in TDV kBiu soaft yr HERS Index The HERS Index Score for the CHERS Standard always 100 and the Rated Home Savings The annual energy cost savings with respect to the Rated Home shown only when you run alternative measures If you selected both Combined and Individual Alternatives in the Options tab the results list begins with the Combined Alternatives cumulative savings then lists the individual measure savings HERS Module Calculation Options HERS Providers CHEERS CalCERTS CBPCA The HERS Rating calculation requirements are documented in detail in the CA Home Energy Rating System Technical Manual published by the CA Energy Commission Refer to HERS Modules Basis and Capabilities of the HERS Calculations or the CEC HERS Technical Manual for additional details regarding HERS Ratings Delete Temporary Files after Simulation is Complete Check this box to delete all temporary files generated during the
300. ries with another Pressure drop device at fan system design cooling coil conditions Sound Attenuation Section 0 15 in w c Deductions Fume Hood Exhaust Exception required if 6 5 3 1 1 Exception c is taken Table D 4 Central System Inputs by System Type Table D 4 Central System Inputs by System Type ged FAU A C Room A C Room A C ged Heat Pump DD Pkged Electric ipe Fan Coil oe Induction Evap Room Heat Pump Packaged VVT m 4p Packaged VAV O O lt 3 4 3 5 iz 9 3 A C m Split FAU m Hydron Heat Pump m Electric mm Fau m Elec Evap Cooling Electrical Power kW U mMm O JA Oln iiI I 3 I3 S 9 o S r jo 8 2 15 2 S S Plc 0 1 8 a l3 O 4 I5 IOD lQ lt jo S a a O 3 lt O 3 Z Q S _ I JIO O O lo I D D D o mt Z D Heat Coils 206 e Case Studies User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Prereatsouee m mmm im sepon m m mjmjm m Reheat Coils eee Peneatsovce MMU B E E E poar M m mjmjaj mj n nm E E E a Baseboard Heat Baseboard Heat Source Mi M M M M MM MM NjA NjA jN j j jE Cooling cooing con corico mmm m out MANAN ANNE NENENENENNNE D LEA ELEn Supply Temperature E E E CA mee Tna a T T aa T Fan Heat inciuded in Output M M M MMM j j emn Maaa m l Comp Conde
301. riven fan is 97 Range amp Units 0 0 100 0 units N A Fan Multiplier Enter an integer value to specify the number of identical exhaust fans If there is no exhaust fan in the room leave the airflow above set to zero Range amp Units 1 99 units N A Lighting Tab Task Data Activity Click the Select Activity button LJ to select a category that best describes the room s activity from the IES Lighting Handbook list of lighting categories The application automatically displays the IES Lighting Category for the selected activity Task Height Enter the height above the floor at which the task will be performed User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 63 Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 999 0 ft SI Metric 0 0 304 5 m E Mounting Height Enter the height above the floor at which the fixtures will be mounted Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 999 0 ft SI Metric 0 0 304 5 m Daylighting Sidelit Area Enter the area of the portion of the room lit by sidelighting If your project also has skylights be careful not to double count the daylit area Refer to Nonresidential Compliance Modeling Topics for more details Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 9 999 999 ft SI Metric 0 00 929 030 m2 1 Skylit Area Enter the area of the portion of the room lit by skylights If your project is also sidelit be careful not to double count the daylit area Refer to No
302. rmation User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 51 General Tab F Zone Name Enter a descriptive name of the Zone F Zone Type Select the Zone Type from the drop down list The choices are Conditioned Unconditioned or Return Air Plenum For nonresidential performance calculations DOE 2 1E requires the first zone to be conditioned F Occupancy View Occupancy List Select Single Family Detached Single Family or Multi Family for low rise residential buildings Select High Rise Residential Living for the living spaces in multi family dwellings with four or more habitable floors Select an occupancy type from the remaining categories for all other occupancies covered under the Nonresidential Standards Select a Complete Building occupancy if all areas of the entire building are complete the envelope HVAC and lighting system are fully designed and submitted as part of the current permit AND the building consists of 90 one occupancy type According to Section 5 3 of the Nonresidential Manual you may also use the Complete Building method for tenant improvements if 90 of the permitted space is one occupancy exclusive of support spaces and the support spaces make up 15 or less of the total permitted space You may not use the Complete Building method for high rise residential or hotel motel buildings You may select an Area Category occupancy type Auditorium through Waiting Area and All Others or for Hospitals Anesthesia
303. rnia HERS Index Components The HERS Rating is a method of providing a score that represents the relative energy efficiency of a residential building as compared to a Reference Home The HERS Technical Manual defines the CA HERS Index as the ratio of the Time Dependent Value TDV energy of the rated home to the TDV energy of the reference home The HERS Index ranges from 0 250 A score of 0 represents a Zero Net Energy home and a score of 100 represents the reference home one that just meets the requirements of the 2008 Building Energy Efficiency Standards Title 24 Part 6 The basis of the building envelope HVAC and water heating features of the reference home is prescriptive Package D which is contained in Section 151 f of the 2008 Building Energy Efficiency Standards The following paragraphs describing the energy uses included in the CA HERS Index and the general rules for photovoltaic systems and larger homes are excerpted from the HERS Technical Manual The TDV energy of the rated home and reference home shall include heating cooling and water heating the traditional energy uses included in Title 24 energy compliance calculations but also all other interior gas and electric energy for appliances interior lighting and miscellaneous use Energy shall also be included for outdoor lighting that is attached to the building or located in the garage but all other outdoor energy uses shall be excluded from the Californ
304. roduct Certification Program CMA PCP Before the components can be accepted into the Component Library Database they must be first verified by an Independent Certification and Inspection Agency IA which has been licensed by NFRC Note that the report generated by the NFRC s CMA software contains non certified performance data This report IS NOT an NFRC Approved Label Certificate Refer to the NFRC web site at http www nfrc org or section 3 2 1 of the Nonresidential Manual for additional information about the CMA program and obtaining a label certificate Field Fabricated Fenestration Field fabricated fenestration and field fabricated exterior doors may be installed only if the compliance documentation has demonstrated compliance using U factors from Standards and SHGC values from Standards Table 116 B No labeling is required for field fabricated fenestration products Mixed Fenestration Types If mixed fenestration is included in the compliance analysis then the compliance submittal must demonstrate which are certified fenestration products and which are non certified fenestration or site assembled fenestration products The manufacturer s documentation and calculations for each product must be included in the submittal and either the ENV 1C or PERF 1C form must be included on the building plans Tight Ducts in Nonresidential Occupancies The prescriptive requirements for some nonresidential HVAC duct systems include duct seali
305. rogram Files Energy Pro 5 Weather Return to the Project Design Data tab of the Building Element check the User Defined Location box and select Edit Browse to the Weather File list and select your file Note that the BIN files do not replace the Design Data on the Seasonal Data tab you must input the ASHRAE design conditions for the location from the Handbook of Fundamentals FH Select Click on the Select button to Select a project location from the location list Project Title Tab Enter the Project name and address The information found on these tabs will appear on the residential and nonresidential compliance forms Any item left blank will be omitted from the printout FH Remarks Enter any remarks and or special project features here Remarks appear on the PERF 1C form for nonresidential projects and the CF 1R form for residential projects under Special Remarks Features Designer Lighting Designer and Mechanical Designer Tabs Enter the Primary Lighting or Mechanical as appropriate Designer s name company name address and contact information The information found on these tabs will appear on the residential and nonresidential compliance forms Any item left blank will be omitted from the printout NOTE You may wish to start by clicking the Select button to create a contact entry in the Contact Database so you don t have to repeat the entries in the future Select Click the Select button to choose a Designer from t
306. rogram uses the actual Occupant Density and Ventilation cfm per Occupant in both NR Loads and NR T24 Performance compliance calculations You may be required to demonstrate justification for tailored ventilation rates by the local enforcement agency Process ventilation to the extent that it requires the heating and cooling of outside air to remove fumes or other special contaminants may be included in the total ventilation rate entered as an Occupant Density and Ventilation cfm per Occupant Process ventilation and the fan power associated with it may be ignored in compliance calculations because the Standards exempt the energy use of fans associated with fume hood exhausts and air filtration systems see the Nonresidential Manual Section 4 6 6 Adjust the fan power for fans which serve both process load and provide space conditioning using the equation in the Standards Section 144 c Exhaust Fans Exhaust fans must be modeled for compliance calculations including exhaust fans in kitchens conference rooms workrooms computer rooms and storerooms Exhaust fans that are manually controlled such as bathroom fans may not operate at design conditions and therefore shall not be included in the fan system power demand calculations Fume hood exhausts relief fans and exhaust fans associated with economizers that do not operate at peak conditions are exempt as are all fans that move only unconditioned air To model exhaust fans Crea
307. s Proposed Energy Cost The estimated annual energy cost of the proposed building design Percent Better The difference percentage between the proposed and baseline design energy costs If this number is negative the estimated proposed design energy costs are higher than the baseline design LEED EAc1 Points The number of LEED Energy and Atmosphere points the proposed design is eligible to earn through optimizing energy performance LEED Energy and Atmosphere Credit 1 LEED requires each new construction project submitted for certification after 6 26 2007 to earn at least two points in this category Thus the proposed design must exceed ASHRAE 90 1 2004 baseline by at least 14 Process The percentage of the energy cost attributed to process loads LEED default assumption is 25 If the process energy cost for the proposed design is less than 25 you must submit documentation substantiating the values NOTE You should have a copy of the appropriate ASHRAE 90 1 Standard available for reference when using the NR 90 1 Performance module ASHRAE 90 1 and T24 LEED Performance Calculation Options See Also ASHRAE 90 1 Performance Calculation Module ASHRAE 90 1 Performance Results and ASHRAE 90 1 Performance Reports Calculations Run Baseline s ASHRAE 90 1 Runs the four Baseline simulations which sets the energy cost budget for the building Appendix G of ASHRAE 90 1 uses the average results from the four simulations actual
308. s A chiller provides cooling for the whole building and a boiler supplies all reheat at the zones There is no other space heating other than the reheat How is this system modeled for compliance Answer 1 In many respects the inputs for this built up VAV system are similar to those for the packaged VAV system defined in Case Study 3 The building must still be divided into zones that correspond to thermally distinct zones In this case there are fifteen Zones four perimeter zones and a core zone for the ground floor a similar five zones for the top floor and another five zones for the combined interior floors levels 2 through 9 2 Inthe Central System Library create a built up VAV system corresponding to each separate air handling unit proposed for the building The Cooling Output for each unit should equal the rated output of its cooling coil This example has hot water reheat so select Hot Water for the Reheat Coils Since there is no central heating under the Heating tab set Heating Type to None and Total Output to zero 0 and select the coil control type from the drop down list User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Case Studies e 193 Once all the Systems are in the Central Library open the Zonal Library 1 Inthe Zonal System Library create all the different types of VAV boxes used in the building Since this example includes reheat in the perimeter zones check the Reheat Coil checkbox for the boxes to serve the perimeter
309. s Full year operational schedules reduce these values by up to 50 for compliance simulations and full year test simulations 3 From Table 1 p 29 4 ASHRAE 2001 Handbook of Fundamentals 4 From Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory study This value is fixed and includes all equipment that is plugged into receptacle outlets 5 From Table 146 F of the Standards for the applicable occupancy Compliance software shall use this value for the standard building design when lighting compliance is performed for the zone or area in question 6 Developed from 121 and Table 121 A of the Standards 7 Refer to residential water heating method 8 The use of this occupancy category is an exceptional condition that shall appear on the exceptional conditions checklist and thus requires special justification and documentation and independent verification by the local enforcement agency 9 For hotel motel guest rooms and high rise residential living spaces all these values are fixed and are the same for both the proposed design and the standard design Compliance software shall ignore user inputs that modify these assumptions for these two occupancies Spaces in high rise residential buildings other than living spaces shall use the values for Housing Public and Common Areas either multi family or senior housing 10 For these occupancies when the proposed design is required to have demand control ventilation by 121 c 3 the ventilation rate is the minim
310. s New signs must meet the requirements of 130 c mandatory requirements and Luminaire Power requirements 148 130 c describes how the wattages of various lighting components are added up to calculate the total luminaire wattage Compliance with this Section is only required for signs that comply under the Component Performance Approach described below 148 provides two alternative ways to comply with the sign Standards Both alternatives encourage the use of readily available cost effective lighting technology More information pertaining to the Outdoor Lighting and Signs topic can be found in Section 6 of the Nonresidential Manual 28 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 i Name Type in a user defined name for the sign This is only used to identify the task in the tree E Sign Application Select the compliance option that most closely matched the sign design being submitted for compliance Alternative 1 Component Performance Approach Internally illuminated Allows 12 W f times the area of the sign face Use only one sign face to calculate the area for double sided internally illuminated signs Externally illuminated Allows 2 3 W f times the area of the sign face Alternative 2 Requires that the sign be illuminated only with one or more of the following light sources Some of the sources listed below have additional requirements Refer to Section 148 of the Standards for details High Pressure Sodium
311. s you must instruct EnergyPro to save them Select Calculations from the list in the lower left window pane and for each simulation type clear uncheck the Delete Temporary Files After Simulation is Complete check box Specify all other calculation options as usual The DOE 2 files are saved in your Results folder specified in the Tools Options menu You may customize which DOE 2 reports are included in the sim file in the Utility Tab of the Building Element DOE 2 reports are divided into four different groups Loads Systems Plant and Economics Reports Each group is further sub divided into two types verification reports and summary reports When you select a report for inclusion in the output file the default selections for that report type are nullified For example if you select the PS A report the output file will not contain the PS B or PS D reports unless you also select them All other default reports will still be included in the file If you do not select specific DOE 2 reports the output file will contain only the default reports listed below Three reports will always be included in the output file regardless of your selections BEPS ES D and ES F These reports are not shown as selections in the DOE 2 Report Choices dialog box NOTE DOE 2 1E bug DOE 2 registers the SS P report command as an invalid command If you select the SS P report the DOE 2 simulation will not run The SIM file includes the following default
312. s radiant barriers or high thermal mass levels Refer to the relevant sections in the Residential Manual for additional information Similarly compliance credit for features such as improved duct efficiency or reduced building envelope air leakage that require diagnostic testing and field verification also require special documentation and processing See Section 2 5 of the Residential Manual for HERS Field Verification and Diagnostic Testing requirements 88 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Approval of Computer Methods For any computer method to be used for compliance with the Standards the method must first be approved by the Commission Approval involves the demonstration of minimum modeling capabilities and program documentation The program must be able to _ Automatically calculate the energy budget based upon the standard design C Calculate the energy use of the proposed design in accordance with specific fixed and restricted inputs _ Perform basic water heating calculations C Print the appropriate standardized compliance reports Modeling capabilities are tested by using the program to calculate the energy use of certain prototype buildings under specific conditions The results are then compared with the results from the Commission s reference computer method The Commission approves the alternative calculation method according to the procedures outlined in Title 24 Part 1 Sections 10 108 through 10
313. s you begin at the top of the tree Once you complete the general project information add new elements to the Building Tree to describe each component of the building including the Plant Systems Zones Rooms Lighting and Envelope features Detailed descriptions of each element in the Building Tree are provided in the Building Tree Information topic and in Building Tree Overview 4 Run Calculations After you completely describe your building in the Building Tree select the type of calculations you wish to run Running Calculations lists step by step procedures 5 Print Reports The program allows you to print reports and full page graphic forms which are reproductions of those used by state and other standards agencies The Report Wizard makes it easy to prepare a report for printing Details for preparing a printed report are provided in Printing Reports EnergyPro Installation The EnergyPro Version 5 installation process is now more consistent with other software with Program and Project files installed and stored separately The installation wizard will walk you through the process Program Files EnergyPro 5 program files are now automatically installed on the local drive in the Program Files folder in the EnergyPro 5 subfolder unless you specify another location such as a network drive Refer to Network Installations for more information about running EnergyPro 5 from a network Project Files EnergyPro 5 creates a subfolder in
314. se button and Inserting a Skylight 2 The Thermal Mass tab is not used in this example You ve completed the Roof Element and now you will keep adding elements to the Room Element Office using the instruction at the end of the Editing the Lighting Element section ED Editing the Exterior Wall Element NR Sample User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 135 Wall East Wall General Thermal Mass East Wall Area 400 it Surface Type Ne New Assembly x an x rentation Tilt 20 Click on the Room Element Office then right click and select Add and then select Exterior Wall Click on the Wall Element Exterior Wall On the General tab input Name East Wall We are working in a clockwise direction around the building N E S W The North wall of the retail space is a shared wall with the Retail space and is thus not shown here Area 400 ft 37 2 m Surface Type New New Assembly Assembly Library R 19 Wall Orientation drop down list or user input East The program will change this to 90 degrees on screen Tilt 90 degrees 2 You have completed input for the East Wall 3 You may insert two types of sub components for each wall as applicable Windows and Doors Doors or portions of doors made of glass are input using the Windows element as shown under the Retail System With the Exterior Wall element highlighted East Wall in this example Insert a Window element under the East Wa
315. se projects must either have a NFRC label certificate or use the default values in Section 116 of the Standards NFRC label certificates can substitute for the temporary and or permanent label for site built fenestration products NFRC Component Modeling Approach CMA Product Certification Program The following text is an excerpt of Section 3 2 1 of the Nonresidential Manual The National Fenestration Rating Council NFRC has developed a new commercial certification product program that rates whole fenestration products to include site built fenestration in accordance with NFRC 100 and NFRC 200 This new approach determines the U factor Solar Heat Gain Coefficient SHGC and Visible Transmittance VT of a product faster and more accurately without actual physical laboratory testing in most cases Such 178 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 results can be used in a pre bid report or for other energy performance analysis and is used for obtaining an NFRC CMA Label Certificate Each component that makes up a fenestration product shall have values that are NFRC approved and maintained by NFRC NFRC s Approved Component Library Database includes the glazing spacer and frame components Each of the components is NFRC certified before they are inputted into the library s database The component manufacturers shall have their products approved by NFRC in accordance with the new NFRC 705 2009 Component Modeling Approach P
316. secccsececeececeececeuseceusecsusecsusessusessueeseaees 15 iv e Contents User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 SST Sel AD rete oe erect asec ERE ATAS AA AETA AAE E TELS A EIEE E TER 75 Thermal Mass Tabocas 75 ROO EICMEN eors ee O 76 General TaD enei e a a a ea ete ae 76 LOU I ASS Tabria a E O r o wee Oe eeiet 77 VNC ESN INNS sese ESE EEEO 78 General TaD acetate ata ae aca eae stiches acre a eee 78 Extenoronadng TaD seatata cea amnaciih sinatiata a a aan stari da n eeetmennt 79 BW Clalit ale fil Re 0 senenesrmmeern renee a mine tr omnen rrar remeron enone ene 79 EINUM IO MEN Uzoni et ec nnn een ter EE 80 TaSKABICMNC M 5 25 siotstxtscaresntstatetetacateint ato d eat A a a A 81 Interior Thermal Mass El Ment ccccccecceecseeceeeeeeseeteeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaes 82 Calculations 83 9 6 p ceemere ee enn Rete ene te ee te ee a noe ore eee Trea eee 83 Caca asia EEA vat etat stesso enter sa A S EEE AAE A 84 RESUS canana a E dg AA EAA A AAE actos 84 Res 124 Performance CalCUlatiOn ivescissccscsesrscovazesscenssaxscensnesacaversusaavstoxeaavarazes 85 Res T24 Performance Calculation Options cccccccsseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeas 85 Res T24 Performance Results wired csviehw sales eee he eee ed ee ete 87 Res T24 PeMOMManCes REDON araea rr a E E eE iE 87 Basis and Capabilities of the Res T24 Performance Calculation ccccccceeeeeeees 88 Building Features Modeled by Res 124 Performance
317. select the orientation from the drop down list Range amp Units 0 360 3 Tilt Specify the angle of the roof relative to the horizontal Roofs range between horizontal 0 up to and including a 59 tilt Any exterior surface with a tilt 60 or greater is considered a wall Range amp Units 0 59 _ F Replacing gt 50 of the Roof Surface or gt 2 000 sqft NonRes or 1 000 sqft Res Select this option when either more than 50 of the total roof surface area is being replaced or for Nonresidential projects more than 2 000 sqft and Residential projects more than 1 000sqft whichever is less Thermal Mass Tab Note that this mass only applies to Lowrise Residential Occupancies F Mass Type Use this drop down list to select a material type that most closely resembles the mass material you wish to model For more information on Material Type see Thermal Mass in the Glossary in Section JA1 of the CEC Reference Appendices E Thickness Enter the thickness of the material Range amp Units Imperial US 0 000 99 000 inches SI Metric 0 0 2 515 mm E Exposed If a Mass surface is exposed not covered by cabinets or carpeting etc check this box Appropriate thermal mass credit will be applied User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 77 Skylight Element Use the Skylight element of the Building Tree to enter the building s skylight and exterior shading information General Tab F Name
318. simulation The default setting is to delete the files Generate CSV Output File Containing Detailed Results Select this option to instruct EnergyPro to produce an output file that includes hourly temperature and loads data for each end use in Microsoft Excel The CSV files will be saved in the EnergyPro 5 Results folder under the project name with a csv extension User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 95 Run Combined Alternative Energy Measures Select this option to instruct EnergyPro to conduct iterative simulations to allow you to test the cumulative impact of adding new energy saving measures to the project The Combined Alternatives process begins by modeling the project as defined then adds an additional energy savings measure to the previous simulation in each iteration thus building an increasingly efficient model Selected measures from the Alternatives Tab are added in the order specified in Section 6 2 of the HERS Technical Manual Run Individual Alternative Energy Measures Select this option to instruct EnergyPro to conduct iterative simulations that test the impact of adding one individual energy saving measure to the project at a time The Individual Alternatives process begins by modeling the project as defined then adds an additional energy savings measure to the base case project in each iterative simulation Selected measures from the Alternatives Tab are added in the order listed on that tab Note that if y
319. splay Perimeter is used for a special calculation of window area in the standard design building as explained in Sections 3 2 2 of the state s Nonresidential Manual Refer also to the definition of Exterior Wall in the Glossary of the Nonresidential Manual f you specify Display Perimeter the maximum fenestration area in the standard design is equal to the greater of either the product of the length of the display perimeter times 6 ft in height or 40 of gross wall area Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 99 999 feet SI Metric 0 0 30 479 7 meters User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 53 E Display Perimeter West Enter the West orientation length in feet of an exterior wall in a Group B Group F Division 1 or Group M occupancy that immediately abuts a public sidewalk measured at the sidewalk level for each story that abuts a public sidewalk The Display Perimeter is used for a special calculation of window area in the standard design building as explained in Sections 3 2 2 of the state s Nonresidential Manual Refer also to the definition of Exterior Wall in the Glossary of the Nonresidential Manual The maximum fenestration in a west facing wall is 40 of the west facing wall area If you specify Display Perimeter the maximum fenestration area in the standard design is equal to the greater of either the product of the length of the display perimeter times 6 ft in height or 40 of gross wall area Range amp Units I
320. ss lighting input within the program Outdoor Annual energy used for outdoor lighting Receptacle Annual energy used to meet equipment receptacle load This value is fixed for compliance by occupancy Renewables Annual energy provided by renewable systems This value is negative and is subtracted from the total proposed energy use Exceptional Annual Energy saved from reducing process loads This value is only used for LEED projects Fans Annual energy used for fans moving conditioned air Heat Rejection Annual energy used for cooling tower operation Pumps Annual energy used pumps for hot water chilled water and condenser water piping systems Process Annual energy used in process loads input within the program DHW Annual energy used for domestic service hot water Total The Total annual energy used by the building NR Performance Reports See Also NR Performance Module NR Performance Calculation Options and NR Performance Results EnergyPro creates reports documenting the project s energy features estimated energy usage and energy costs See Printing Reports for basic instructions Select Reports from the options in the lower left window pane to select the appropriate pages for a report EnergyPro NR Performance reports include the following forms e Cover Sheet e Table of Contents User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 119 e Form MECH 5 Mechanical Equipment Details e Form ECON 1 Energy Use and
321. st Rooms 0 15 gt 500 ft Library 0 15 Reading Rooms Library Bank User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Case Studies e 203 Medical amp Clinical Care 100 Retail Stores See Stores School Shops amp Vocational Rooms Skating Rinks Skate Area Skating Rinks On Deck Retail Sales Whole sale Showrooms Basement and Ground Floor Upper Floors Grocery Malls Arcades and Atria Swimming Pools Pool Area Swimming Pools On Deck eee i Warehouses Industrial amp O1 Q 1 Q 1 O1 O1 O1 O1 rh O1 Commercial Storage Stockrooms 0 002 Commercial amp 0 08 Industrial Work Footnotes Equations used to find Including Unknown 100 Corridors Restrooms amp Support Areas Convention Conference Meeting Rooms Equation 1 NumberOf People _ 1 000 Bars Cocktail amp Smoking Lounges Casinos 1 000sqft sqft Occupants 3 See Conference Rooms or Dining Rooms a Equation 2 cfm cfm guestroom CBC Based Ventilation Cafe 15cfm Highrise Residential See 1994 UBC Section 1203 Ventilation N 204 e Case Studies User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 AUL less than 500 ft use 30 Occupants per 0 15 0 15 0 15 0 50 0 25 0 25 0 20 0 25 0 25 0 15 0 50 0 15 0 15 0 15 0 15 1000sqft 1000 Table N2 13 Standard Design HVAC System Selection Table N2 13 Standard Design HVAC System Selection System
322. stem HERS ratings and reports Refer to HERS Module Calculation Options for additional details regarding the financial fields and calculations Interest Rate Enter the interest rate if the project will be financed The default value is the most recent monthly average commitment rate published by Freddie Mac Number of Years Financed Enter the number of years that the measure s is are financed The default value is 30 years or the measure life if less than 30 years Income Tax Bracket Enter the customer s income tax bracket The default value is 30 which is the combined federal and state marginal tax rate Incentives EnergyPro will automatically calculate an incentive estimate for residential projects participating in the 2010 2012 California Advanced Homes program Select the relevant checkboxes in the Incentives section and the UTIL 1R Utility Incentive Worksheet form from the Residential T24 Performance Reports list to view and print an estimate of the potential incentive Note that incentive estimates produced here are NOT GUARANTEED All projects must meet all program requirements to qualify Meets Energy Star Guidelines Check the box if the project meets ENERGY STAR for Homes guidelines and may be eligible to receive an incentive bonus EnergyPro automatically calculates the bonus amount and includes the information on the UTIL 1R form Certified as a Green Home Check the checkbox if the project has been certified as
323. sting surface that will not be altered Select when performing an Existing Addition Alteration or Existing Alteration e New New surface for new construction or being added as part of an addition e Altered Select Altered if the surface is being altered from existing conditions but is not part of an addition By checking the Altered option the user will need to create an Existing surface to illustrate the surface prior to any changes or replacement as well as a New surface to describe the surface after the alteration e Removed This surface will be removed as part of an addition or alteration E Existing and or New Door Click in this multi edit box to select a door assembly from the Assembly Library The door assembly determines the materials and thermal characteristics of the door s in the wall NOTE Doors of more than 50 glass are input as glazing For a partial glass door lt 50 input only the wood or metal area input the glazed area plus a 2 inch border all around in the Window element select Door lt 50 Glass for the Window Type o Interior Surface Element Use the Interior Surface element to model ceilings walls and floors which serve as demising partitions and other interior partitions In some cases modeling interior walls is optional but it is recommended so that mechanical systems do not appear to the program to be oversized Under the nonresidential Standards demising partitions may not be modeled as ext
324. sults Calculation Options You may run selected calculations by clicking on the Calculate button in the toolbar EnergyPro runs all the calculations that have been selected in the Calculations list When the calculations are complete all results are displayed in tabbed format in the bottom right window pane Each results tab is labeled with the calculation type e g NR T24 Performance You must re calculate each time you make changes to your file to update Results If you try to view or print reports after changes were made to the file but you did not recalculate EnergyPro displays a message reminding you to update your results You may view and print the reports but they will not include any calculation results Instead the report will print a message stating that Calculated Results Are Not Current Results Related Topics Calculate Options EnergyPro displays the most recent calculation results in tabbed format in the lower right window pane Each results tab is labeled with the calculation type e g NR T24 Performance Click on any tab to display the results In addition EnergyPro displays the Input Diagnostic messages on a separate tab in the results pane Input Diagnostics provide guidance at five different levels ranging from Information to Errors Double click on any message in the Diagnostic Tab Location List Box and EnergyPro will take you to the source of the message You may adjust the results display size on the screen
325. system are combined into one Central System Library entry It is not possible to have more than one type of Central System in an HVAC System unless multiple different units have been averaged into one Central System Library entry No other inputs are needed to describe this system 192 e Case Studies User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Case Study 3 Packaged VAV without Reheat A one story 5 600 ft 520 2 m office building has a packaged VAV variable air volume system with no reheat at the VAV boxes Both heating and cooling are supplied by the packaged unit How is this system modeled for compliance Can the building be modeled as one large zone or must it be divided into separate zones Answer 1 Any building served by a VAV system must be divided into separate zones that correspond to thermodynamically similar parts of the building Typical minimum zoning for a one story rectangular building if the actual zoning isn t known is to have separate perimeter zones for each orientation plus a central core zone Multi story buildings often require additional zones to account for the roof and floor conditions Refer to the Inputting Zones by Thermal Characteristics and Occupancy Type topic for additional details regarding zoning The first step in defining this system is to divide the building into appropriate thermal zones which will be input as separate Zone Elements under one System Element Before starting the input in the System a
326. t Enter the height of all windows with the specified glass and shading combination in feet The height is measured from the window sill to its head Window Height is needed only for glazing that has an overhang An area weighted average glass height may be used as explained in the Residential Manual under Professional Judgment in Chapter 5 Window Width is needed for glazing which has overhangs or sidefins Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 99 999 0 ft SI Metric 0 0 30 479 7 m E Overhang Click in this multi edit box to select an Overhang assembly from the Overhang Library Sidefin Click in this multi edit box to select a Sidefin assembly from the Sidefin Library Door Element 2a Name Enter a descriptive name of the Door The name is for your information only and does not appear on any program report 68 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 a Area Enter the total area of doors of the specified door type located in the wall Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 99 999 0 ft SI Metric 0 0 9 289 9 m NOTE The range for door area is dynamic The total door and window area in one wall can never be greater than the total exterior wall area E Surface Type When performing an Existing Addition Alteration calculation the user must assign an identity or Type for each element in the building tree Select from the four options a Type that most closely matches your surface e Existing Exi
327. t The field displays the airflow per square foot of all exhaust fans in the zone Enter exhaust fan data in the Exhaust Fan Tab of the Room Element Schedules Tab Load Profiles aB Lighting Click in this multi edit box to select a lighting schedule from the Schedule Library E Process Lighting Click in this multi edit box to select a process lighting schedule from the Schedule Library FH Infiltration Click in this multi edit box to select an infiltration schedule from the Schedule Library Occupant Click in this multi edit box to select a schedule from the Schedule Library that defines the time and duration of occupancy for the room F Receptacle Click in this multi edit box to select a receptacle schedule from the Schedule Library The receptacle schedule specifies the percentage of total equipment power that is on at any given hour of the day User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 57 F Process Click in this multi edit box to select a process schedule from the Schedule Library The process schedule specifies the percentage of total process load at any given hour of the day E DHW Click in this multi edit box to select a domestic hot water schedule from the Schedule Library HVAC Operation FH Fan Click in this multi edit box to choose a schedule for the fans from the Schedule Library Heating Click in this multi edit box to select a heating system schedule from the Schedule Library E Cooli
328. t File Containing Detailed Results Select this option to instruct EnergyPro to produce an output file that includes hourly temperature and loads data for each fuel and end use Use Microsoft Excel or another spreadsheet program to view and analyze the data The CSV files will be saved in the EnergyPro 5 Results folder under the project name with a csv extension The Res Loads calculation is a computerized version of the residential ASHRAE heating and cooling loads methodology Res Loads Results Components of the Res Loads Calculation Results System The name of the Mechanical System serving the Zone s selected Heating Load The design block heating load of all the Zones served by the System in Btu hr Heating Output The heating output of the mechanical system in Btu hr User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 99 Sensible Load The design block sensible cooling load of all the Zones served by the System in Btu hr tons The design block sensible cooling load of all the Zones served by the System in tons Sensible Output The cooling output of the mechanical system in Btu hr tons The cooling output of the mechanical system in tons Latent Load The design block latent cooling load of all the Zones served by the System in Btu hr Latent Output The design block latent cooling output of all the Zones served by the System in Btu hr NR T24 Prescriptive Calculation Related Topics NR Prescriptive Options NR Prescript
329. t from the drop down list to indicate the presence of an ordinance and whether the ordinance requires a minimum or average Footcandle Level T Requirement When a local ordinance dictates specific higher outdoor lighting levels than the state standard indicate the footcandle requirements of that ordinance maximum equals 4 0 footcandles EnergyPro will automatically adjust the Title 24 Standard wattage allowance Calculated Data Not a Program Input T 24 Standard Displays the maximum lighting power Watts allowed by Title 24 based upon the Lighting Zone selected in the Outdoor Tab of the Building Element and the Exterior Lighting Application type at the site 90 1 Standard Displays the maximum lighting power Watts allowed by ASHRAE 90 1 based upon the Exterior Lighting Application type at the site Proposed EnergyPro automatically calculates and displays the lighting power for the Proposed task Watts E Signs Element The sign energy Standards apply to all internally illuminated cabinet and externally illuminated signs whether they are used indoors or outdoors Examples are internally illuminated and externally illuminated signs including billboards off premise and on premise signs They do not apply to unfiltered signs traffic signs or exit signs Exit signs must meet the requirements of the Appliance Efficiency Regulations The sign energy Standards are the same throughout the state and are independent of outdoor Lighting Zone
330. t the alternative HVAC System from the Central System Library User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 125 HVAC Duct Leakage Select the alternative leakage level from the drop down list Choices include Leaky 22 28 Moderate 15 Tight 8 Very Tight 6 and Sealed in Conditioned 0 HVAC Duct Insulation Enter the alternative Duct Insulation R Value Building Leakage Select the alternative Building Leakage level from the drop down list Choices include No Testing Specific Leakage Area and Airflow Appliances Enter the alternative Appliance characteristics for the inside or outside refrigerator or dishwasher displayed as DW Enter the annual energy usage for the alternative refrigerator using the published EnergyGuide label information if Known The default values are 775 KWh yr for the inside refrigerator 1 013 kWh yr for each additional refrigerator and 929 kWh yr for each standalone freezer Enter the alternative Energy Factor for the dishwasher using the published value if available The default value is 0 46 Indoor Lighting Select the alternative Fixture Type and Control for ALL indoor lights Choices include High Efficacy Screw in CFL or Incandescent fixture types and On Off Switch Dimmer or Occupant sensor controls You may not select only a portion of the indoor lighting for this alternative calculation Outdoor Lighting Select the alternative Fixture Type and Control for ALL outdoor lights
331. t window pane Expand the applicable report type to see the forms available then select the specific forms you wish to include from the list displayed in the upper left pane Select File Print or Print Preview Alternatively you may select the Print Preview or Print icon from the toolbar EnergyPro creates a pdf file and displays the report on screen Choose the print settings from the Acrobat software to print the entire report only selected pages or vary the number of copies you wish to print 16 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 See also Exporting Reports amp Company Logo Exporting Reports and Data Back to Building Tree Overview The software allows you to electronically export reports for use in other applications The export feature is used to export data for use with Home Energy Rating System HERS web sites Exporting Data for Submittal to HERS Provider From the software s menu select File Export Select the file format to which you wish to export the report Title 24 Results for Upload to HERS Providers or Home Rating Results for Upload to HERS Providers Select the folder in which you wish to save the export file and name the file Title 24 Results The exported file in a zip format contains two password protected files for upload to a HERS Provider web site CF 1R pdf and Data xml You may not open or view the files HERS Rating Results The exported file is an xml format which you can view
332. te or modify exhaust fans in the Room Element Exhaust Fan tab Enter an Exhaust Fan Multiplier to specify the number of fans in the Room Nonresidential Fenestration Manufactured Site Built Field Fabricated NFRC CMA Program Mixed Types Title 24 requires that nonresidential fenestration products be certified to comply with the mandatory requirements in Section 116 of the Standards The requirements include maximum allowed air leakage methods for calculating the U Factor and SHGC labeling and acceptance requirements Specific requirements vary according to the specific fenestration product type The definition of each type from Section 101 of the Standards is shown below FENESTRATION PRODUCT MANUFACTURED is a fenestration product constructed of materials which are factory cut or otherwise factory formed with the specific intention of being used to fabricate a fenestration product A manufactured fenestration product is typically factory assembled before delivery to a job site However a knocked down or partially assembled product sold as a fenestration product is also a manufactured fenestration product when provided with temporary and permanent labels as described in Section 10 111 otherwise it is a site built fenestration product when provided with temporary and permanent labels as described in Section 10 111 FENESTRATION PRODUCT SITE BUILT is fenestration designed to be field glazed or field assembled units using specific
333. that the Quality Insulation Installation checkbox be checked on the HERS tab e Attic Deeply Buried For an explanation of the effects of this selection refer to the CEC Reference Appendices Reference Appendix 3 1 Note that this feature requires HERS verification and that the Quality Insulation Installation checkbox be checked on the HERS tab E Duct Insulation Input the rated R Value of the duct insulation Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 999 0 hr ft F Btu SI Metric 0 00 174 2 m C W a Less than 12 Feet of Duct in Unconditioned Check the box if less than twelve lineal feet of ducts lie outside conditioned space You may not use this checkbox if you have selected Ducts in Conditioned or an unducted system in the System Element General Tab This credit requires field verification by an approved HERS rater E Duct Leakage Not Verified If no duct leakage test is performed for the existing duct system HomeRatePro assumes a default leakage value Duct leakage factors for untested and tested duct systems are shown in Table R3 39 Duct Air Handler Leakage Factors in the Residential ACM Manual Sealed Ducts with Leakage Verified Check the box if the duct leakage has been reduced from the 22 default value to a maximum of 6 The ducts must be tested and certified by the installer and tested and verified by an approved HERS rater If no credit is taken for Reduced Building Envelope Leakage which requires diagnos
334. that required to meet the design R value of the assembly and 2 the minimum tested thickness shall be no more than 1 2 inch less than the required thickness for the R value Refer to Section 3 3 7 of the Residential Manual and Reference Joint Appendix JA7 for additional details regarding the required installation procedures and eligibility for credit PV Field Verification Protocol To receive a New Solar Home Partnership rebate the output of the installed photovoltaic system must be field verified to show compliance with the information on the application to receive a New Solar Home Partnership rebate See Reference Appendix RAS 6 for additional details regarding the field verification requirements Some measures require only field verification by the building inspector but because they can provide significant compliance credit they are listed in the Special Features Inspection Checklist on the CF 1R Form to alert the inspector of the measure s presence Duct efficiency improvements and building envelope air sealing measures that are considered Special Features but do not require HERS verification include Duct insulation Performance credit is available if all ducts are insulated to a level higher than required by the prescriptive packages If ducts with multiple R values are installed the lowest duct R value shall be used for the entire duct system Alternatively when there s a mix of duct insulation values you may use the Supply Duct
335. the Standards an addition is any change to a building that increases conditioned floor area and conditioned volume See also newly conditioned space Addition is also any change that increases the floor area or volume of an unconditioned building of an occupancy group or type regulated by Part 6 Addition is also any change that increases the illuminated area of an outdoor lighting application regulated by Part 6 Refer to Chapter 8 of the Residential Manual for a discussion of low rise residential additions The Nonresidential Manual contains a general summary of the addition requirements in Section 1 7 14 and more specific information in each of the relevant chapters You may use any one of three options to document compliance of an addition _ Addition Alone Demonstrate that the addition alone meets the energy budget for new construction L_ Existing Plus Addition Plus Alteration Demonstrate that the existing building plus the addition and or alteration meets the energy budget by using the same or less energy than the existing building plus an addition that meets the current standards energy budget for new construction e Whole Building Demonstrate that the whole building including the addition complies with the current standards For reasons of stringency the last option is rarely used The first option is the most straightforward approach when the addition is able to comply with that approach and is especially recommended
336. through 12 grade school campuses A student pick up drop off zone is a curbside controlled traffic area on a school campus where No l No students are picked up and dropped off from vehicles The allowed Allowance W saft W saft Allowance h NO IN Ql area shall be the smaller of the actual width or 25 feet times the smaller of the actual length or 250 feet Qualifying luminaires shall be within 2 mounting heights of the pick up drop off zone Outdoor Dining Allowance for the total illuminated hardscape of outdoor dining Outdoor dining areas are hardscape areas used to serve and consume food and beverages Qualifying luminaires shall ve i a o o be within 2 mounting heights of the hardscape area of outdoor q q q q dining 0 019 No W saftt Allowance Special Security Lighting for Retail Parking and Pedestrian Hardscape This additional allowance is for illuminated retail 0 007 0 009 parking and pedestrian hardscape identified as having special W saft W saft security needs This allowance shall be in addition to the building 216 e Case Studies User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 entrance or exit allowance es es Table 7 Rules for Determining Luminaire Lighting Fixture Count CEC HERS Technical Manual Table 7 Rules for Determining Luminaire Lighting Fixture Count Luminaire Type Examples Description Method of Counting Track Lighting Line voltage or low voltage track Larger of One luminaire for each 3 fe
337. through a visual inspection by a certified HERS rater Refer to Sections 144 and 149 b 1E of the Standards Section 4 4 2 of the Nonresidential Manual and to Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA2 for additional information regarding nonresidential duct leakage requirements NOTE One can avoid sealing the ducts by insulating the roof and sealing the attic vents as part of a larger remodel thereby creating a conditioned space within which the ducts are located and no longer meets the criteria of 144 k Tailored Lighting Calculations Use EnergyPro to quickly and easily document compliance using the Tailored Method Based on your task and activity selections and other descriptive characteristics EnergyPro automatically calculates the maximum Allowed Lighting Power as well as the Proposed design LPD A main concept of the prescriptive lighting approach is that the permit applicant has the option of establishing a lighting allotment or allowable lighting power density for the conditioned permitted space by completing forms which document lighting needs tailored to the specific lighting requirements of the building or area The Tailored Method is one of three Prescriptive methods for determining the Allowed Lighting Power for a project the others are Complete Building and Area Category Method Because the Tailored Method is based on task activities this method requires the most detail on the plans and in some cases requires documentation of t
338. tic testing and verification of the building envelope by an approved HERS rater the building will also receive a pre set credit for reducing building envelope leakage by reducing duct leakage The credit is equal to a 0 5 reduction in the Specific Leakage Area SLA which is equivalent to reducing building infiltration by approximately 10 The default value is infiltration which corresponds to an SLA equal to 4 9 for ducted systems If you take credit for Reduced Building Envelope Leakage the proposed design will be modeled with the SLA as input the building will not get the 0 5 credit in addition to the specified target SLA The building will still receive the duct leakage credit Refer to the Residential Manual Chapter 4 for more details regarding all HERS credits and requirements E Low Leakage AHU or HERS II Leakage Verified Check the box if the air handler is tested and certified by the CEC as a low leakage air handler The air handler must achieve a 2 percent or less leakage rate at 1 inch water gauge when all air inlets air outlets and condensate drain port s when present are sealed This credit must be used in combination with the verified duct leakage credit 46 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 E If the measured duct leakage is less than 6 of the total airflow enter the actual percent here When a certified low leakage air handler is installed you may use the actual measured duct leakage value provided th
339. tility Rate Library In the NR T24 Performance Calculations Options check Run Standard and Run Proposed Select the appropriate Scope categories and clear un check Delete DOE Files After Run if you wish to save the DOE 2 output files To run DOE 2 1E as a stand alone program from the BDL input file generated by EnergyPro see Using NR Performance as a DOE 2 BDL and Report Generator NOTE This software is not endorsed authorized or associated with the U S Department of Energy Detailed Calculation Data You may save detailed calculation data from any residential or nonresidential calculation module that runs an hourly simulation First select Calculations from the options in the left window pane then place a check in the 124 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 checkbox for each calculation you wish to run Each module has calculation options that allow you to customize the specific calculation features and the data you wish to save for additional analysis The default setting for all modules is to Delete Temporary Files when the simulation is complete Clear the checkbox to save the files You must clear the Delete Temporary Files box to enable the option to Generate CSV Output File which contains the detailed hourly output files in the comma separated values csv format Note The Delete Temporary Files option will overwrite the Generate CSV Output Files option If you select the Generate CSV Output File option the
340. ting system Range amp Units Imperial US 0 000 1 000 inches SI Metric 0 0 25 mm E Multi Family Central System Check this option when the proposed design has more than 6 dwelling units The DHW system is considered to be a Central system and requires that you describe the pump and pipes E Monitored System Check this box if the multi family central water heating system contains a computer modulated boiler control or hourly monitoring equipment See Chapter 5 of the Residential Manual for additional information Pump a Pump Control Choose the type of control for the DHW recirculation pump The choices are Timer Control Demand Control Temperature Control Time and Temperature Controls E Pump Multiplier Enter an integer value to specify the number of identical DHW pumps in this system Range amp Units 0 999 units N A User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 39 E Design Power Enter the power output of the hot water pump at design conditions brake horsepower or bhp If pump energy is expressed in kilowatts kW divide kilowatts by 0 746 to convert to brake horsepower Range amp Units Imperial US 0 000 99 999 000 hp brake horsepower SI Metric 0 00 74 599 25 kW Piping a Length Outside Describe the central system piping by inputting the linear feet of pipe outside Range amp Units Imperial US 0 0 99 999 0 feet SI Metric 0 0 30 479 meters E Length
341. tion files in the System Element Each central system may include both heating and cooling equipment Some mechanical systems particularly those used in low rise residential buildings may be completely defined as central systems Examples include typical gas furnaces and air conditioners Such systems do not require any other Library inputs When to Use and How to Create Default Mechanical Systems There is a situation when you may want to use the NR T24 Performance DOE calculation but want to model a default or minimum efficiency mechanical system For example when you model only a part of a building e g a tenant space which is served by a central boiler central chiller and or central cooling tower you can create a default HVAC system for the proposed building Default HVAC System User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 189 To model a default HVAC system simply set the HVAC input of the System element to Undefined NR T24 Performance will automatically define a packaged single zone system for both the standard and proposed designs For projects where a built up system is the appropriate system type you may use an alternative method to force the program to model the system type you select In the Central System Library Heating Tab select the System Type from the drop down list Set all heating and cooling entries to zero You may model the actual fan characteristics if known or model a fan power index equal to 0 365
342. to aggregate Zones and evaluate which piece or pieces of HVAC equipment are suited to serve each Zone L When two or more different pieces of equipment are to be used separate Systems with separate Zones will properly model the performance of the Systems for both compliance and design purposes Zonal Controls To take credit for zonal controls in a residential building Create separate zones for the living and sleeping portions of the house Each zone must have its own thermostat and the non closeable opening between the zones can be no greater than 40 square feet In the Residential Tab of the System Element select either Living or Sleeping for the Thermostat as appropriate Set the zone which includes the living spaces of the house i e living room kitchen dining room to Living Set the zone which includes the sleeping spaces in the house i e bedrooms to Sleeping Additionally you must model the interior surfaces and open areas between the Living and Sleeping zones Refer to Chapter 4 5 2 of the Residential Manual for more details regarding zonal control special modeling techniques Excerpts from the guidelines in the Residential Manual and Residential ACM for modeling zonal controls follows Residential Manual Chapter 4 5 2 There are unique eligibility and installation requirements for zonal control to qualify under the Standards The following steps must be taken for the building to show compliance with the Standards under th
343. tor Efficiency Ratings 206 Multi Pane 2 N NA6 2008 Alternate Default Fenestration Procedure 205 Network Installations 9 New Features 1 230 e Index Nonresidential Compliance Modeling Topics 166 168 169 171 172 173 174 177 Daylighting 177 Demising Partitions 172 Exhaust Fans 174 Inputting Zones By Thermal Characteristics and Occupancy Type 169 Modeling Guidelines for Compliance 166 Modeling Like HVAC Systems Together 171 Partial Permit Applications 168 Process Loads 173 Return Air Plenums 173 Standard HVAC System According To Proposed System Type 171 Tailored and Process Ventilation 174 Tailored Lighting Calculations 177 T Bar Ceilings 173 Unconditioned Zones 171 Underground Walls and Floors Nonresidential 172 Nonresidential Daylighting 177 Nonresidential Fenestration 174 Nonresidential Occupancy Assumptions 191 Additional Occupancies 192 Complete Building Occupancies 191 Nonresidential Sample Building 125 NR Loads Calculation 117 General Information 117 NR Performance Module 114 NR Prescriptive Calculation Module 97 NR T24 Performance Calculation 100 O Outdoor Lighting 27 Outdoor Lighting Tab Building Element 23 P Package D 221 Partial Permit Applications 168 Plant Element 29 Pool and Spa Equipment 165 Printing Reports 16 Process Loads 173 Project Files 10 R Radiant Barriers 164 Registration HERS 164 Report Wizard 16 Res Loads Calculation 95 General Information 95 Res Performance Mo
344. ts The Res T24 Performance calculation is a state approved alternative compliance method performance simulation as described in Chapter 7 of the Residential Manual The building complies when the Proposed Total TDV Energy Use is equal to or less than the Standard Total TDV Energy Budget Compliance Calculations Run Standard Runs the Standard Design which sets the energy budget for the residential building as explained in Chapter 5 of the Residential Manual Run Proposed Runs the Proposed Design whose energy use is compared to the Standard energy budget as explained in Chapter 5 of the Residential Manual Scope Run Four Orientations Runs the building in all four cardinal orientations Itis selected only when you are showing compliance of a residential unit plan which is to be built in any orientation within the same subdivision User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 85 Domestic Hot Water Runs residential domestic hot water DHW calculations It is normally selected for all new low rise residential buildings and generally not selected with additions or alterations if no new water heater is being installed Delete Temporary Files after Simulation is Complete Check this box to delete all temporary files generated during the simulation The default setting is to delete the files Generate CSV Output File Containing Detailed Results Select this option to instruct EnergyPro to produce an output file that includes hourly te
345. ts for residential roofing products and Section 3 7 2 for prescriptive requirements which vary depending on the climate zone and roofing material Also refer to Section 3 4 in the Nonresidential Manual for details regarding nonresidential requirements Pool and Spa Equipment sections 114 and 115 of the Standards describe the mandatory requirements for pool and spa heating equipment All requirements are mandatory and cannot be used for achieving compliance using the performance path The Standards include manufacturer s as well as installation requirements including a minimum thermal efficiency switching operation instructions and other features as detailed in the Standards and Section 5 2 9 of the Residential Manual Nonresidential Compliance Modeling Topics The state s ACM Approval Manual Nonresidential requires that program documentation contain a chapter or section on how to model buildings for compliance and how to prepare a building input file for a compliance run This section is intended to fulfill that purpose and explain other special topics Modeling Guidelines for Compliance Partial Permit Applications Inputting Zones by Thermal Characteristics and Occupancy Type Standard HVAC System According to Proposed System Type Modeling Like HVAC Systems Together Unconditioned Zones Demising Partitions Hydronic Systems Underground Berm Walls and Floors Return Air Plenums Process Loads Tailored and Process Ventilation
346. ts or both See Printing Reports for basic printing instructions Using the Report Wizard feature makes it easy to select the appropriate forms to include in your report Refer to Appendix A in the Nonresidential Manual to see sample compliance forms Submit only those forms which are appropriate to the category covered by the permit envelope lighting and or HVAC Within each category print all forms except as noted below NOTE If you made changes to the model but did not re calculate the software will display a message reminding you to re calculate and warning you that the reports will be printed without calculation results if you print The Title 24 compliance documentation for the prescriptive approach for envelope lighting and HVAC includes User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 101 Cover Sheet optional Table of Contents optional Form ENV 1 C Envelope Certificate of Compliance Form ENV 3 C Overall Envelope TDV Approach Form ENV 4 C Minimum Skylight Area Worksheet Form ENV MM_ Envelope Mandatory Measures Form LTG 1 C Lighting Certificate of Compliance Form LTG 2 C Lighting Controls Credit Worksheet Form LTG 3 C Indoor Lighting Power Allowance Form LTG 4 C Tailored Method Worksheet Form LTG MM Lighting Mandatory Measures Form OLTG 1 C Certificate of Compliance Form OLTG 2 C Lighting Compliance Summary Form SLTG 1 C Sign Lighting Compliance Form MECH 1 C Certificate of Compliance Form MECH 2 C Air and Wate
347. ts require diagnostic testing and field verification by a certified HERS rater All of the following credits will appear on printed compliance documentation Related Topics HERS Compliance Credits NOTE All HERS credits require field inspection and verification by an approved HERS rater Also refer to the Residential Manual Section 2 5 and Chapters 3 and 4 for more details regarding HERS credits and requirements HVAC Measures E Verified Refrigerant Charge or Charge Indicator Display Select to take the HERS credit Refrigerant charge refers to the actual amount of refrigerant present in the system Excessive refrigerant charge can lead to premature compressor failure and insufficient charge can cause compressors to overheat This credit requires field verification by an approved HERS Rater Verified Air Conditioner EER Select to take the HERS credit The EER is the full load efficiency at specific operating conditions It is possible that two units with the same SEER can have different EERs Using the performance compliance method credit is available for specifying an air conditioner with an EER greater than 10 When credit is taken for a high EER field verification by a HERS rater is required See Appendix RI in the 2005 Residential ACM Manual Verified Cooling Coil Airflow Select to take the HERS credit The Standards offer a compliance credit for adequate airflow which is defined as a minimum of 400 cfm per ton operating
348. ty LPD Indoor Unconditioned LPD qhind and Outdoor Lighting Power 102 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 NR Prescriptive Lighting calculations results display the total indoor lighting power density in Watts per square foot of the Standard design the maximum lighting allowed and the Proposed design for each applicable Indoor Lighting Component The Proposed LPD must be equal to or less than the Standard in each case for the proposed building to meet the Prescriptive lighting requirements Outdoor Lighting power is displayed for both the standard and proposed designs in Watts Indoor and Outdoor lighting must comply with the requirements independently there are no tradeoffs between the two allowed Refer to Section 5 3 of the Nonresidential Manual for additional information regarding the Prescriptive lighting requirements and Section 6 4 for additional information regarding Outdoor Lighting Power compliance Heating Btuh For each System listed the Standard design heating load is the maximum Mechanical allowed and the Proposed installed heating capacity must be equal to or less than the Standard for each System for the building to meet the Prescriptive Mechanical requirements Cooling Btuh For each System listed the Standard design cooling load is the maximum allowed and the Proposed installed cooling capacity must be equal to or less than the Standard for each System for the building to meet the Prescript
349. u may assume a normal equipment or receptacle load of 1 5 watts ft 16 1 W m and a sensible process load of 4 0 1 5 2 5 watts saft 43 0 16 1 26 9 W m If you are unsure as to what value to use for equipment consult Table N2 5 for standard occupancy assumptions automatically used with the performance calculations Tailored and Process Ventilation The Standards require a minimum mechanical ventilation rate to be provided in all conditioned zones when natural ventilation as defined in Section 121 b 1 cannot be met Specifically the Standards require outdoor air to be provided in accordance with Table No 121 A of the Standards or 15 cfm 7 1 L s per person times 176 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 the number of occupants whichever is a higher ventilation rate The number of occupants shall be the number of fixed seats in occupancies which include fixed seating or an occupant density no less than one half the occupant density assumed for exiting purposes in Chapter 33 of the UBC times the area of the zone Table 4 3 lists correct inout values to use for ventilation for a variety of nonresidential occupancies As explained in the Zone Element Mechanical tab CEC Standards set the ventilation to the value in Table N2 5 for the NR T24 Performance calculation and set Occupant Density and Ventilation cfm per Occupant to the values specified in the NR Loads calculation When Vent Type is set to Tailored the p
350. uilding has more than twenty thermostatically controlled zones and the zoning of the building is too convoluted and or cannot be modeled as is you may make some simplifying assumptions in which you merge thermodynamically similar zones within the same system or within a group of identical systems e g packaged units all serving thermodynamically similar zones Thermodynamically similar zones must be able to use a single thermostat or HVAC controlling device or sensor to maintain physical comfort Typically physical zones which have the same or similar glazing orientation s the same or similar glazing area to floor area ratio and the same occupancy types will be thermodynamically similar since for example they experience their peak cooling loads at the same hour The methods of combining thermal zones shall be consistent with the definition for Zone Space Conditioning in Section 101 b of the Standards which states that a space conditioning zone is a space or group of spaces within a building with sufficiently similar comfort conditioning requirements so that comfort conditions as specified in 144 b 3 or 150 h as applicable can be maintained throughout the zone by a single controlling device An example of similar zones are central core areas on multiple floors of a multi story building An example of dissimilar zones is a perimeter area on one facade of a building part of which includes a large amount of glazing and part of which has no
351. ulation Enter the R Value of the tank insulation This data is used to calculate the heat transfer from the tank to the surrounding area Secondary Chilled Water Pump Entries Click on the pump to define the chilled water secondary pump characteristics E Flow Rate per Pump Enter the secondary pump flow rate Range amp Units Imperial US 0 99 999 gpm SI Metric 0 0 6 309 9 L s a Pump Multiplier Enter an integer value to specify the number of identical secondary pumps in the system Range amp Units 0 99 units N A E Pump Motor Design Power Enter the power output of the secondary pump at design conditions If pump energy is expressed in kilowatts kW divide kilowatts by 0 746 to convert to brake horsepower Range amp Units Imperial US 0 000 99 999 000 hp brake horsepower SI Metric 0 00 74 599 25 kW Head This is not a program input Head is calculated automatically by the program based upon the pump Flow Rate and Design Power inputs FH Flow Control Choose one of the three control options One Speed 2 Way Valves One Speed 3 Way Valves or Variable Speed 34 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 FH Minimum Power Ratio Enter the ratio expressed as a decimal of the minimum operating speed to the maximum pump speed for variable speed pumps Range amp Units 0 0 1 0 units N A Chiller EMS Entries Click on the Chiller EMS graphic to define the chiller EMS schedul
352. ult Construction Assemblies will be applied in the next new project file They will not change the data in an open project Project Defaults EnergyPro 5 also allows you to set Project Defaults which only apply to the currently open project Select the Project Defaults option in the left window pane Select assemblies you expect to use 2 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 in your project Each time you create a building tree element that uses one of the assemblies EnergyPro will automatically populate the library field with the specified default assembly Library Functions EnergyPro libraries contain several enhancements from previous versions providing much greater flexibility and streamlining the way in which library items are created and used The libraries function in generally the same way but contain additional library command options and are displayed in a new format that allows the user to easily view the list while editing an item Export Library ltems EnergyPro 5 allows the user to export library items from one project to another eliminating the need to re create an item for new projects The user can export from the default libraries to any open project or from any open project to another open project or to the default libraries for use in future projects Filtering CEC Equipment Database Lists You may filter the CEC equipment list when importing items from the CEC Appliance Efficiency Databases to the Centr
353. um Ventilation Requirement cc ccccseeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeens 201 Table N2 13 Standard Design HVAC System Selection cccccceeeeee 205 Table 6 5 3 1 1B Fan Power Limitation Pressure Drop Adjustment 205 Table D 4 Central System Inputs by System Type cccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 206 Table 146 H Mounting Height Multipliers ccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeas 209 Table 116 A Default Fenestration Product U Factors cccccccseeeeeeeees 210 Table 116 B Default Solar Heat Gain Coefficient cceccccseeeeeeeeeeeeees 211 Nonresidential Appendix NA6 2008 Tables ccccceceeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeens 211 Table 12 12 NEMA Premium Efficiency Motor RatingS c cccceeeeee 212 Table 6 1 Scope of the Outdoor Lighting Requirements cccceeeee 213 Table 6 3 General Hardscape Lighting Power Allowance 000008 214 Table 6 4 Additional Lighting Power Allowance For Specific Applications 215 Table 7 Rules for Determining Luminaire Lighting Fixture Count CEC HERS Technical MahUAl ssnissa Gs desu teerdun dunia ah 217 Table 8 Permanently Installed Luminaire Types CEC HERS Technical Mandalasari oe Neer cer ame E area aren neonate ene ee oer ere 218 Table 2 3 Measures Requiring Acceptance Testing cccseeeeseeeeseeeees 219 User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Contents e vii Index viii e Contents TABLE R3 30 SUMMARY OF
354. um that would occur at any time during occupied hours Additional ventilation would be provided through demand controlled ventilation to maintain CO2 levels according to 121 NO O1 h NO h NO O e e e e fo iS NO O1 Table 4 3 Minimum Ventilation Requirements Table 4 3 Required Minimum Ventilation Rate per Occupancy User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Case Studies e 201 h oO I NO O1 O O1 O an O1 CBC CBC CBC Based Ventilation Req Occupancy Occupancy Ventilation from Table Ventilation Occupancy Use Load Load 121 A Largest sqft Occ Occ saft cfm saft cfm saft cfm saft q Aircraft Hangars lt r 0 02 0 15 0 15 See Section Assembly Areas Concentrated Use sts See Section Bowing Alleys 5 Occl ane 01 NA Churches amp Chapels Religious 1 07 0 15 1 07 Worship See Section See Section Assembly Areas Conference amp SING M OOMS 0 50 0 15 0 50 Areas Drinking 0 50 Establishments Exhibit Gymnasiums 0 50 ee Arenas 1 50 Gaming Keno Slot Machine and Live Games l 0 68 Areas 202 e Case Studies User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Barber amp Beauty Shops 0 0 08 240 Children s Homes amp Homes for 120 0 15 0 15 Aged Dormitories 0 15 Dry Caa 0 30 Coin Operated Dry Cleaning Commercial An Healthcare Facilities Sleeping Rooms o e cas Healthcare Facilities 240 4 0 03 0 15 0 15 Treatment Rooms Hotel Guest Rooms Hotel Gue
355. upancy type correctly since occupancy in conjunction with the tailored lighting allotment tailored ventilation and process loads set the energy budget for the building Be User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 173 sure that the building is divided into zones which properly set an appropriate energy budget for lighting and ventilation in the standard design Any local enforcement agency may at its own discretion demand that the permit applicant provide special documentation or justification as to the reasonableness of the way in which the building has been zoned for the performance compliance calculation Standard HVAC System According To Proposed System Type Based on the proposed HVAC system entered the program chooses a standard default system for the standard design which is run to set the annual energy budget Table N2 13 from the 2008 Nonresidential ACM Manual lists the five mechanical system types from which the software selects a system for the standard design Refer to the Nonresidential ACM Manual for detailed information on the standard system type and characteristics assumed for a variety of proposed system types Modeling Like HVAC Systems Together You may model like systems together as one system provided the following conditions are met 1 The zones served by the individual units meet the requirements of thermal zones as described in Inputting Zones by Thermal Characteristics and Occupancy Type and 2 Th
356. ut will contain only the default DOE 2 reports WARNING In order to have any DOE 2 reports available you must instruct the software to save the DOE files after the run Remove the check mark from the Delete DOE Files After Run checkbox see above The NR Performance calculation uses the U S Department of Energy s DOE 2 1E calculation engine v119 which is a comprehensive hourly building energy simulation program NOTE This software is not endorsed authorized or associated with the U S Department of Energy NOTE If you need to review the intermediate NR Performance files to identify a program error look at the BDL file first then look at the SIM file This can be done with a word processor NR Performance Results See Also NR Performance Module NR Performance Calculation Options and NR Performance Reports When the calculation is complete the display summarizes the results of the NR Performance calculation according to category of energy end use The NR Performance Standard if selected Annual Site Energy Use Estimate in kKBtu saft yr is shown for each orientation and the Proposed Building Total energy use All calculation results displayed are for the building as a whole in kBtu soaft yr Categories of energy end use are as follows Heating Annual energy used for space heating Cooling Annual energy used for space cooling Lighting Annual energy used for electric lights Process Lighting Annual energy used in proce
357. vely Cooled Condensers Evaporatively cooled condensers work by replacing the outdoor unit of a standard air cooled air conditioner When credit for an evaporatively cooled condenser is taken the project must also include sealed ducts and proper refrigerant charge and airflow or a charge indicator lights Ice Storage Air Conditioners Ice storage air conditioners run the compressor during the off peak hours nighttime to create ice and store it for cooling the following day When cooling is required the system uses the ice in the storage tank rather than the compressor to provide cooling When credit for an ice storage air conditioner is taken the project must also include sealed ducts and proper refrigerant charge and airflow or a charge indicator lights You may only claim compliance credit for an ice storage system using the performance method Building Envelope Sealing or Blower Door Testing You may claim credit for reducing the building envelope leakage below the standard Specific Leakage Area SLA for an untested home of 4 3 ft of leakage area per 10 000 ft of floor area Check the Building Leakage Test checkbox and enter the SLA target in the HERS Credits tab of the System Element Refer to Section 3 5 3 of the Residential Manual for additional details The CEC considers dwellings with target or measured SLA values of 1 5 or less to be unusually tight construction per the California Mechanical Code and requires that such dwellings
358. walls roofs ceilings and floors per zone L Interior partitions between zones L_ Demising partitions _ Unconditioned spaces _ Return air plenums L_ Receptacle load L_ Infiltration rate Ventilation rate generally _ Process loads sensible _ Process loads latent _ Modeled LPD when no lighting is designed Value is set to the appropriate Complete Building lighting allotment Table N2 5 if the Nonresidential ACM HVAC and Service Hot Water Proposed heating system capacity oversizing heating system output divided by design heating load up to 143 _ Proposed cooling system capacity oversizing sensible cooling system output divided by design sensible cooling load up to 121 _ Design fan power i e fan size and fan motor efficiency up to 0 8 watts cfm for constant volume fans over 25 horsepower and up to 1 25 watts cfm for VAV fans over 25 horsepower _ Fan system operation _ Pump power pump size and pump motor efficiency for boiler chiller and or cooling tower _ Piping heat gains and heat loss LJAIl service hot water system attributes except recovery efficiency Measures Modeled as a Penalty or Credit in Proposed Design The following measures or building system attributes are modeled in the Proposed building as designed These features may be an energy credit energy penalty or be energy neutral as compared to the assumptions used in the Standard Design Envelope and Lighting 108 e Building Tr
359. will contain only the default DOE 2 reports WARNING In order to have any DOE 2 reports available you must instruct the software to save the DOE files after the run Remove the check mark from the Delete DOE Files After Run checkbox see above The ASHRAE 90 1 Performance calculation uses the U S Department of Energy s DOE 2 1E version 119 program which is a comprehensive hourly building energy simulation program NOTE This software is not endorsed authorized or associated with the U S Department of Energy NOTE If you need to review the intermediate NR ASHRAE 90 1 Performance files to identify a program error look at the BDL file first then look at the SIM file This can be done with a word processor ASHRAE 90 1 and LEED T24 Performance Reports EnergyPro creates reports documenting the project s energy features estimated energy usage and energy costs See Printing Reports for basic instructions Select Reports from the options in the lower left window pane to select the appropriate pages for a report EnergyPro ASHRAE 90 1 Performance reports include the following forms e Cover Sheet e Table of Contents e Form EAC 1 LEED Compliance Summary e Form MECH 5 Mechanical Equipment Details e Form ECON 1 Energy Use and Cost Summary e HVAC System Heating and Cooling Load Summary e Zone Load Summary e Room Load Summary e Room Heating Peak Loads e Room Cooling Peak Loads e Room Cooling Coil Loads User s Manual Energ
360. wing reference standards e 2001 Title 24 2004 ASHRAE e 2005 Title 24 2004 ASHRAE e 2008 Title 24 2007 ASHRAE The selected reference standard is displayed in the status bar in the lower right corner of the window Note that irrespective of the Title 24 standard selected for the simulation the report will appear on the 2008 Title 24 forms Building Tree Construct the Building Tree by entering the building description of an unlimited number of thermal Zones and HVAC Systems as explained in the Building Tree Overview and Building Tree Information topics The building description includes the specification of all envelope characteristics installed lighting power and controls applicable primarily to nonresidential buildings domestic hot water and HVAC systems 12 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Place your mouse over the Building Plant System or Zone Elements in the Building Tree to display the conditioned floor area for that element Libraries Program libraries contain commonly used systems and components and allow you to create modify and store additional frequently used items as well as specific entries needed for a particular project as documented in the main Libraries topic The Assembly Library is used to define and calculate the R Values U Factors and heat capacities of walls ceilings floors and doors based upon specified components framing percentage and framing material The Fenestration Librar
361. wn list Choices include 0 5 0 4 Design Data 1 0 Design Data and 2 0 Design Data For an explanation of these categories see the Preface to the ASHRAE publication 96500 Climatic Data for Region X 1982 Use Design Wet Bulb not Mean Coincident Check the checkbox to use the Design Wet Bulb rather than the Mean Coincident value in the load calculations Ignore Exterior Shades in Load Calculations check the checkbox if you wish to calculate loads without the effects of any exterior shades Design Day for Schedules Select a day of the week to use as the Design Day for Schedules or select Ignore to set all to 100 The program will use the weekly schedules you have selected throughout the building description using the day of the week you have selected When the variable is set to Ignore Schedules use 100 the program automatically overrides the schedules selected and runs maximum 100 on 24 hours per day schedules in all load calculations Generate CSV Output File Containing Detailed Results Select this option to instruct EnergyPro to produce an output file that includes hourly temperature and loads data for each fuel and end use Use Microsoft Excel or another spreadsheet program to view and analyze the data The CSV files will be saved in the EnergyPro 5 Results folder under the project name with a csv extension The NR Loads calculation is the full hourly nonresidential ASHRAE heating and cooling loads method NR Loads R
362. y is used to define glazing characteristics Fenestration Library entries included with the software contain default U Factors and the corresponding National Fenestration Rating Council NFRC Solar Heat Gain Coefficient SHGC values required by the California Energy Commission CEC Overhang and Sidefin Libraries are used to define horizontal and vertical shading devices and contain sample entries for typical overhang and sidefin configurations The Central System Library is used to define the central system components of the HVAC system This library lets you define standard HVAC system equipment and you may also load equipment information for CEC certified HVAC equipment into these libraries using the Import function The Zonal Library is used to define the zonal level components of built up HVAC systems such as VAV boxes or Variable Refrigerant Flow units The Plant Libraries are used to define Chillers Cooling Towers and DHW Boiler systems for both domestic hot water and space conditioning You may also load information on CEC certified water heaters and boilers into this library using the CEC equipment directories provided with the program The Luminaire Library is used to define light fixtures including lamp and ballast types and total wattage for each fixture The Schedule Library is used to set weekly and yearly schedules associated with occupants lights equipment infiltration DHW processes heating cooling and fans for a typ
363. y type For each occupancy type the floor area of the interior zone shall be the total area less the floor area of the perimeter zones created in paragraphs 2 and 3 above 5 Prorate the roof area and the floor area among the zones according to the floor area of each zone Prorate the roof and floor areas among the perimeter zones created in paragraphs 2 and 3 above according to the floor area of each exterior zone 6 Assign skylights to interior zones If the skylight area is larger than the roof area of the interior zone then the skylight area in the interior zone must be equal to the roof area in the interior zone and the user must prorate the remaining skylight area among the perimeter zones based on the floor area 7 If the area of the zone is less than 300 ft 27 9 m combine it with its adjacent zone of the same occupancy type and zone type interior or exterior 172 e Building Tree User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 8 Courtyards are considered outside or ambient air Walls floors and roofs separating conditioned spaces from courtyards are exterior walls floors and roofs Create an exterior zone for each wall orientation separating the conditioned space from the courtyard The user shall not combine these exterior zones with other exterior zones even if their exterior walls have the same orientation 9 Model spaces adjacent to demising walls as interior zones Combine these zones with other interior zones within the same occupa
364. yPro Version 5 Building Tree e 115 e DOE 2 Simulation Output Proposed e DOE 2 Simulation Output Standard NOTE All pages of the performance report are automatically stamped by the program with a Run Initiation Time Run Code and Date The local enforcement agency may reject a compliance report if all these values are not the same on every page The program will also generate a preset selection of DOE 2 1E reports if Delete Temporary Files After Simulation is Complete is cleared NOT checked when performing ASHRAE 90 1 Performance calculations These reports will be saved in the Results subfolder to a text file with the same name as your input file plus the extension of SIM i e filename S M You may customize which DOE 2 reports are included in the sim file in the Utility Tab of the Building Element DOE 2 reports are divided into four different groups Loads Systems Plant and Economics Reports Each group is further sub divided into two types verification reports and summary reports When you select a report for inclusion in the output file the default selections for that report type are nullified For example if you select the PS A report the output file will not contain the PS B or PS D reports unless you also select them All other default reports will still be included in the file NOTE DOE 2 1E bug DOE 2 registers the SS P report command as an invalid command If you select the SS P report the DOE 2 simulation will not
365. yPro Version 5 Building Tree e 167 The product must meet all requirements for California certified insulation materials radiant barriers of the Department of Consumer Affairs Bureau of Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation as specified by CCR Title 24 Part 12 Chapter 12 13 Standards for Insulating Material Cool Roofs A Cool Roof is a roofing material with high solar reflectance and high emittance that reduces heat gain through the roof Compliance credit may be taken when a cool roof is installed when using the performance approach The credit is available only if there is no radiant barrier installed In the performance method calculations the cooling benefit of a cool roof is assumed to be equal to that of a radiant barrier There is no heating impact calculated for a cool roof while there is some heating benefit assumed for a radiant barrier To model a Cool Roof from the Roof element of the Building Tree click on the Assembly field to open the Assembly Library and edit the cool roof related fields These include the checking the CRRC certified checkbox selecting the roofing type from the drop down list and entering the CRRC certified Aged Solar Reflectance and Thermal Emittance values If the certified Aged Solar Reflectance isn t available use the equation in Section 3 7 1 of the Residential Manual to calculate it Refer to Section 3 7 1 of the Residential Manual for additional information about the mandatory requiremen
366. you have not purchased the Res T24 Performance module you will not able to run the Res T24 Performance calculation Select the Loads calculation Leave the inputs set at their default values for this calculation Now you are ready to run Calculations Select the Calculate button on the toolbar EnergyPro displays results for each type of calculation you have selected in a tabbed format in the bottom right window pane The Residential Sample Building complies with the Standards as shown in the Res 124 Performance Results tab In addition the HERS tab lists each of the five HERS measures that require field verification by a certified HERS Rater Preparing and Printing Reports Res Sample User s Manual EnergyPro Version 5 Building Tree e 155 Report Wizard Step 1 Welcome to the Report Wizard ls The Report Wizard will allow you to easily customize the content of your report to include exactly the forms you choose Begin by choosing the type of report you would like Residential Califomia Code Title 24 Performance GreenPoint Rated Performance Nonresidential Califomia Code Title 24 Prescriptive Califomia Code Title 24 Performance Performance LEED Title 24 Performance ASHRAE 90 1 Perfomance i To continue click Next 1 You may either use the Report Wizard to prepare a report for printing or select Reports from the choices in the bottom right window pane Select File Report W
367. ystem In the Distribution Tab select the heating distribution type from the drop down list based upon the actual condition This could be Radiant Floor if the piping is embedded in the floor Baseboard if the system uses perimeter hot water radiators or in some cases a Ducted system if using fan coils In the Residential Tab select Heating Boiler Provides Heat from the Hydronic Space Heating drop down list If the hydronic heating only serves a portion of the residence you must model the hydronically heated area under its own Plant element If the area is also served by its own water heater then complete the applicable data in the DHW tab also If there is no separate water heater in this area for domestic consumption i e the entire house is served by a single water heater leave the DHW system tab s Undefined Alternatively use a DHW multiplier of zero You might also enter a comment in the Remarks box in the Building element noting that the hydronic area receives domestic hot water from a water heater modeled under another Plant element Nonresidential Systems Combined hydronic space and water heating systems are modeled as follows In the Plant element under the Heating Hot Water Tab create a boiler or select one from the Boiler Library Enter the Boiler pump capacity and energy use data Do not model a domestic hot water system the program automatically calculates the service water heating load on the boiler In the System element cre
368. yzing annual space conditioning and water heating energy use of different building conservation features levels and techniques computer methods are the basis of performance standards A computer method can perform a significant number of calculations to project the interactive thermal effects of many different building components in conjunction with specific outdoor weather conditions The calculations include _ Heat gain and heat loss through walls roof ceilings floors fenestration and doors _ Solar gain through fenestration as affected by orientation fixed shading or operable shading devices _ Natural ventilation by operable windows and infiltration through cracks and porous surfaces in the building envelope Heat storage effects of different types of thermal mass in buildings with large amounts of mass e g passive solar buildings JEfficiencies of mechanical heating and cooling equipment and duct systems Computer methods are generally the most detailed and flexible compliance path The energy performance of a proposed building design can be calculated according to actual building geometry and site placement Credit for certain conservation features such as improved duct efficiency or reduced building envelope leakage cannot be taken in the prescriptive packages but can be evaluated with an approved computer method NOTE Use of a computer method may require special documentation associated with particular features such a

User`s Manual EnergyPro Version 5

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents